Strength Checker

[Herms]

----Notice:This old thread is part of my series of guides. To avoid necro-posting, please post any comments you have in the sticky thread for my guides, rather than here. Thanks!----

AKA "More Information Than You Require"

Intro
To cut to the chase, this thread catalogs more or less every strength-related quote throughout the manga, and organizes them into a (hopefully) easily searchable format. So if you want to check out everything said about, say, Goku’s strength during the battle with Freeza, you can do so without having to go through 2 or 3 manga volumes. Hence ‘strength checker’.

I had help collecting all these quotes from lash, Bussani, Super Saiyan Turlast x4, Savage68, Cold Skin, Cableguy, jackjack, Kaboom, and…um, maybe some other people. I kinda lost the list. So really sorry if I left anyone out there. I oversaw all the translations for these quotes. Some I translated straight from Japanese myself, while other times people provided me with the Viz translations and I compared them to the original, making any adjustments I felt necessary, or just wanted to make for the hell of it. In Cold Skin’s case, he gave me his own personal English translations of the French kanzenban translation. This project took several months to complete, and I’m very grateful for all the help I received. I tried proofreading all this stuff, but it's so long I probably didn't do too good of a job. So any help spotting typos would be appreciated, and rewarded with candy (OK, not really).

Organization

All of these quotes are organized first by story arc. The longer story arcs have been broken up into several parts, based on which divisions seemed most convenient for the purposes of this guide. From there, characters are listed alphabetically. Some characters will be subdivided into subsections for their different forms, or for before and after they receive some power-up, or other things like that. Some ‘character’ sections might not actually be for characters per say, but for techniques, general groups of people, training regimes, power-up items, or anything else that I felt warranted being split off on its own.

Inside each subsection for a character or their forms, quotes are arranged in chronological order. Quote entries have the following format:

Chapter: chapter 195 (DBZ 1), P1.1
Context:
Goku: “Hey, look!”
Note

As you can see, for Raditz and onwards, both the original chapter number and Viz’s DBZ chapter number are provided. P stands for page. Here’s the important thing: the number after P indicates the chapter page number, rather than a volume page number. That is, “chapter 195, P1” indicates the first page of chapter 195, rather than of tankoubon 17, or kanzenban 14, or Viz’s DBZ graphic novel 1, or DBZ VizBig 1. The reasoning behind this is, as you might guess, to prevent confusion between different people with different editions of the manga. Now, only actual pages of manga story are counted, and not title pages. In cases where the title page is used as the first page of the story (as is common in the Boo arc), then that’s counted as page 1. Anyway, after the page number is the panel number, set off by a period. So P1.1 indicates the first panel of the first page.

“Context” is for any setup needed to understand the quote, and so isn’t included for quotes that don’t need setup. At the moment, the “Context” part might come before or after the actual quote, but I’ll try and unify this later. “Note” is for any, well, things I thought should be noted, including translation notes or things that might help further clarify the relevance of the quote. Only a few quotes have notes.

Index and search feature

So this guide is long. Really, really long. I know I’ve made long guides before, but I think this pretty much takes the cake. In order to make it as convenient as possible, I’ve set up a system where you can use the “Find” feature on your internet browser to quickly warp to particular story arcs or characters. Each story arc has its own 3 letter code, and so do all of the important characters (and some not-so-important ones). To go to the start of a particular story arc’s section, search #(whatever the code is)#STA. So to go to a particular character in any part of the story, search #(whatever their code is), and you can go through that character’s sections in each story arc they appear. Or you can go to the section for a particular character in a particular story arc by searching #(story arc code)#(character code). Furthermore, for characters with different forms or “before” and “after” subsections in a story arc, you can search #(story arc code)#(character code)#(subsection code). So potentially, you can go straight to the section for Super Saiyan 2 Gohan during the Cell Games.

That’s assuming you can remember all these codes (and assuming I didn’t screw up the search system somehow). I tried to make them as logical and easy to remember as possible, but we’ll see. Here are the story arcs divisions I used for this guide, and their codes:

I: Search for the Dragonballs, chapters 1-23 [DRA]
II: Kame-sennin’s Training, chapters 24-32 [TRA]
III: 21st Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 33-54 [21T]
IV: Red Ribbon Army, chapters 55-96 [RRA]
V: Uranai Baba, chapters 97-112 [UBB]
VI: 22nd Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 113-134 [22T]
VII: Piccolo Daimao, chapters 135-165 [MAO]
VIII: 23rd Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 166-194 [23T]
IX: Saiyan section part 1: the battle with Raditz and training, chapters 195-211 (DBZ 1-17) [SA1]
X: Saiyan section part 2: the battle with Vegeta and Nappa, chapters 212-243 (DBZ 18-49) [SA2]
XII: Freeza section part 1: the battle on Namek & Ginyu Special-Squad, chapters 244-290 (DBZ 50-96) [FR1]
XII: Freeza section part 2: the battle with Freeza, chapters 291-328 (DBZ 97-134) [FR2]
XIII: Cell section part 1: Trunks, chapters 329-336 (DBZ 135-142) [CE1]
XIV: Cell section part 2: Androids 16-20 & Cell, chapters 337-388 (DBZ 143-194) [CE2]
XV: Cell section part 3: the Cell Games, chapters 389-420 (DBZ 195-226) [CE3]
XVI: Boo section part 1: High School and 25th Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 421-444 (DBZ 227-250) [BO1]
XVII: Boo section part 2: Babidi and Boo, chapters 445-484 (DBZ 251-290) [BO2]
XVIII: Boo section part 3: the final battle, chapters 485-517 (DBZ 291-323) [BO3]
XIX: Boo section part 4: 28th Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 518-519 (DBZ 324-325) [BO4]

Now here are the characters and their codes. These are also the names and spellings used to alphabetize things:

Akkuman [AKK]
Androids, in general [AND]
Android No.8 [A08]
Android No.16 [A16]
Android No.17 [A17]
Android No.18 [A18]
Android No.19 [A19]
Android No.20 [A20]
Appule [APP]
Arale and friends [ARA]
Babidi [BBD]
Blue, General [BLU]
Boo, Majin [BOO]
Burta [BUT]
Buyon [BUY]
Cell [CEL]
Chaozu [CHA]
Chapa, King [KCH]
Chi-Chi [CHI]
Cymbal [CYM]
Dabra [DAB]
Dende [DEN]
Dodoria [DOD]
Drum [DRU]
Elder Kaioshin [EKS]
Farmer with Shotgun [FAR]
Freeza [FRE]
Genki-Dama [GEN]
Ginyu [GIN]
Giran [GIR]
God [GOD]
Gotenks [GTK]
Gurd [GUR]
Gyuumao [GYU]
Jewel [JEW]
Jheese [JES]
Kaio [AIO]
Kaioshin (East Kaioshin) [KAI]
Kame-sennin [KAM]
Katatz’s child [KAT]
Kibito [KIB]
Kikoho [KIK]
Killer [KLR]
Kinto’un [KIN]
Kui [KUI]
Kuririn [KUR]
Lunch [LUN]
Man-Wolf [WOL]
Metallic, Sergeant [MET]
Mighty Mask (the real one) [MMK]
Mummy-kun [MUM]
Murasaki, Sergeant Master [MUR]
Mutaito [MUT]
Namekians, in general (NMK)
Namu [NAM]
Nappa [NAP]
Oob [OOB]
Oolong [OOL]
Pan [PAN]
Panput [PUT]
Piccolo [PIC]
Pilaf Machine [PIL]
Potara [POT]
Pui-Pui [PUI]
Punter [PUN]
Raditz [RAD]
Recoom [REC]
Room of Spirit and Time [RST]
Son Gohan, grandpa [GRA]
Son Gohan [GOH]
Son Goku [GOK]
Son Goten [GOT]
South Kaioshin [SKS]
Spopovitch [SPO]
Suke-san (the invisible man) [INV]
Super God Water [SGW]
Super Saiyan (in general) [SUP]
Tambourine [TAM]
Tao Pai Pai [TAO]
Tenshinhan [TEN]
Training Principles [TPR]
Trunks (future and present) [TRU]
Tsuru-sennin [TSU]
Vegeta [VEG]
Vegetto [VGT]
Yamcha [YAM]
Yajirobe [YAJ]
Yakon [YAK]
Zarbon [ZAR]
Z Sword [ZSW]
Z Warriors, in general [ZED]

Here are codes for transformations

Saiyan transformations:
Oozaru [OZA]
Super Saiyan [SSJ]
Super Saiyan Grade II [SG2]
Super Saiyan Grade III [SG3]
Super Saiyan 2 [SS2]
Super Saiyan 3 [SS3]

Kaio-Ken:
Kaio-Ken x2 [KK2]
Kaio-Ken x3 [KK3]
Kaio-Ken x10 [KK10]
Kaio-Ken x20 [KK20]

Saiyans’ regular forms, and quotes about them in general, have the code [REG]. Full Power Super Saiyan doesn't have its own code; you can just look up Goku and Gohan during the Cell Games era: [-CE3-GOK] and [-CE3-GOH].

First Form (for Freeza, Cell): [1ST]
Second Form (likewise): [2ND]
Freeza’s Third Form [3RD]
Freeza’s Fourth Form [4TH]
Freeza’s 100% full power [100]
Cell’s perfect form [PER]

Boo’s transformations
Good (Mister Boo) [GOO]
Pure evil (skinny) [PEV]
Evil (‘super’) [EVI]
Pure (‘kid’) [PUR]
The fat form of Boo which initially appears is treated as the default and has no specific code. However, it only appears in section B02, and so can be gone to directly by searching for -B02-BOO.

For Boo’s absorptions, tack on the character code for the most prominent absorbed character:
Gotenks, Piccolo-absorbed [GTK]
Gohan-absorbed [GOH]
Piccolo, Trunks, Goten-absorbed [PIC]
South Kaioshin-absorbed [SKS]

Cyborg Tao Pai Pai and Mecha Freeza are designated with [MEC].

The versions of No.17, No.18, Gohan, and Cell in future Trunks' timeline are designed with the code [FUT]. However, future Trunks himself isn't set apart with that code, since he and the main timeline's Trunks aren't around in the same story arcs. Well, technically they are, but nobody ever says anything about baby Trunks' strength. I did though use the code [YOU] to designate 14-year old Trunks in his own timeline, as featured in Trunks: the Story...mostly because I couldn't come up with anything better.

Many characters have various “before” and “after” subsections, such as before and after training or receiving a power-up. Most of these use PRE for before and POS for after. Vegeta in the Namek/Ginyu arc with his 3 near-death power-ups uses 1ST 2ND and 3RD

In certain cases, characters are spoken of as a pair so often that I found it more convenient to group them together and just create subsections for the few quotes that talk about a specific one of them. I did this with Android No.17 & No.18, and Goten & Trunks during certain parts of the story. The code SPE is used for the subsection for each character specifically.

Not all characters have specific codes. For each story arc, every subsection is numbered, so for these code-less subsections, you can warp to there by searching #(story arc code)#(subsection number). Note that this only works for subsections that don’t otherwise have a special code, even though all subsections are numbered.

Hopefully this is all not too overwhelming. Here’s the master index for each story arc and its various subsections, so you can get a sense of how everything’s set up. The codes for each specific section and subsection are given too, but with – instead of #, to keep the index from interfering with anyone’s searches. So if you wanted to go to section -ABC-XYZ in the actual guide, you'd search for #ABC#XYZ

I: Search for the Dragonballs, chapters 1-23 [-DRA-STA]
1. Chi-Chi [-DRA-CHI]
2. Gyuumao [-DRA-GYU]
3. Kame-sennin [-DRA-KAM]
4. Oolong [-DRA-OOL]
5. Son Gohan, Grandpa [-DRA-GRA]
6. Son Goku [-DRA-GOK]
---Oozaru--- [-DRA-GOK-OZA]
7. Yamcha [-DRA-YAM]

II: Kame-sennin’s Training, chapters 24-32 [-TRA-STA]
1. Kame-sennin [-TRA-KAM]
2. Kame-sennin’s training principles [-TRA-TPR]
3. Kinto’un [-TRA-KIN]
4. Kuririn [-TRA-KUR]
5. Son Goku [-TRA-GOK]

III: 21st Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 33-54 [-21T-STA]
1. Bacterian [-21T-1]
2. Giran [-21T-GIR]
3. Kame-sennin (Jacky Chun) [-21T-KAM]
4. Kuririn [-21T-KUR]
5. Namu [-21T-NAM]
6. Oorin Temple seniors [-21T-6]
7. Ran-Fan [-21T-7]
8. Son Gohan, grandpa [-21T-GRA]
9. Son Goku [-21T-GOK]
---Oozaru--- [-21T-GOK-OZA]
10. Yamcha [-21T-YAM]

IV: Red Ribbon Army, chapters 55-96 [-RRA-STA]
1. Android No.8 [-RRA-A08]
2. Arale and friends [-RRA-ARA]
3. Black, Assistant [-RRA-3]
4. Blue, General [-RRA-BLU]
5. Bora [-RRA-5]
6. Bruce Lee-lookalike [-RRA-6]
7. Buyon [-RRA-BUY]
8. Kame-sennin [-RRA-KAM]
9. Karin [-RRA-KAR]
10. Kinto’un [-RRA-KIN]
11. Kuririn [-RRA-KUR]
12. Lunch [-RRA-LUN]
13. Metallic, Sergeant [-RRA-MET]
14. Murasaki, Sergeant Master [-RRA-MUR]
15. Pirate Robot [-RRA-15]
16. Red Ribbon Army soldiers [-RRA-16]
17. Son Goku [-RRA-GOK]
---Pre-Karin Training— [-RRA-GOK-PRE]
---Post-Karin Training--- [-RRA-GOK-POS]
18. Son Goku and friends (in general) [-RRA-18]
19. Tao Pai Pai [-RRA-TAO]
20. White, General [-RRA-20]

V: Uranai Baba, chapters 97-112 [-UBB-STA]
1. Akkuman [-UBB-AKK]
2. Dracula Man [-UBB-2]
3. Kame-sennin [-UBB-KAM]
4. Kuririn [-UBB-KUR]
5. Mummy-kun [-UBB-MUM]
6. Pilaf Machine [-UBB-PIL]
7. Son Gohan, grandpa [-UBB-GRA]
8. Son Goku [-UBB-GOK]
9. Suke-san (the invisible man) [-UBB-INV]
10. Upa [-UBB-10]
11. Uranai Baba’s fighters (in general) [-UBB-11]
12. Yamcha [-UBB-YAM]

VI: 22nd Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 113-134 [-22T-STA]
1. Chaozu [-22T-CHA]
2. Chapa, King [-22T-KCH]
3. Kame-sennin (Jacky Chun) [-22T-KAM]
4. Kikoho [-22T-KIK]
5. Kuririn [-22T-KUR]
6. Man-Wolf [-22T-WOL]
7. Panput [-22T-PUT]
8. Son Goku [-22T-GOK]
9. Tenshinhan [-22T-TEN]
10. Tsuru-sennin [-22T-TSU]
11. Yamcha [-22T-YAM]

VII: Piccolo Daimao, chapters 135-165 [-MAO-STA]
1. Cymbal [-MAO-CYM]
2. Drum [-MAO-DRU]
3. God [-MAO-GOD]
4. Karin [-MAO-KAR]
5. Kame-sennin [-MAO-KAM]
6. King Castle guard [-MAO-6]
7. Kuririn [-MAO-KUR]
8. Mister Popo [-MAO-POP]
9. Mister Popo’s training principles [-MAO-TPR]
10. Mutaito [-MAO-MUT]
11. Piccolo Daimao [-MAO-PIC]
---old, and in general--- [-MAO-PIC-PRE]
---young--- [-MAO-PIC-POS]
12. Super God Water [-MAO-SGW]
13. Son Goku [-MAO-GOK]
---Pre-Super God Water--- [-MAO-GOK-PRE]
---Post-Super God Water--- [-MAO-GOK-POS]
14. Tambourine [-MAO-TAM]
15. Tenshinhan [-MAO-TEN]
16. Tsuru-sennin [-MAO-TSU]
17. Yajirobe [-MAO-YAJ]

VIII: 23rd Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 166-194 [-23T-STA]
1. Chaozu [-23T-CHA]
2. Chapa, King [-23T-KCH]
3. Chi-Chi [-23T-CHI]
4. God (Shen) [-23T-GOD]
5. Kame-sennin [-23T-KAM]
6. Kuririn [-23T-KUR]
7. Piccolo (Ma Junior) [-23T-PIC]
8. Son Goku [-23T-GOK]
9. Tao Pai Pai (cyborg) [-23T-TAO-MEC]
10. Tenshinhan [-23T-TEN]
11. Tournament participants (in general) [-23T-11]
12. Yajirobe [-23T-YAJ]
13. Yamcha [-23T-YAM]

IX: Saiyan section part 1: the battle with Raditz and training, chapters 195-211 (DBZ 1-17) [-SA1-STA]
1. Chaozu [-SA1-CHA]
2. Enma Daio [-SA1-ENM]
3. Farmer [-SA1-FAR]
4. Kaio [-SA1-AIO]
5. Kaio’s training principles [-SA1-TPR]
6. Kame-sennin [-SA1-KAM]
7. Kuririn [-SA1-KUR]
8. Piccolo [-SA1-PIC]
9. Raditz [-SA1-RAD]
10. Saiyans (in general) [-SA1-SAI]
11. Son Gohan [-SA1-GOH]
---Oozaru--- [-SA1-GOH-OZA]
12. Son Goku [-SA1-GOK]
13. Tenshinhan [-SA1-TEN]
14. Yajirobe [-SA1-YAJ]
15. Yamcha [-SA1-YAM]

X: Saiyan section part 2: the battle with Vegeta and Nappa, chapters 212-243 (DBZ 18-49) [-SA2-STA]
1. Earth Warriors [-SA2-1]
2. Genki-Dama [-SA2-GEN]
3. Kaio-ken [-SA2-KEN]
4. Kuririn [-SA2-KUR]
5. Namekians (in general) [-SA2-NMK]
6. Nappa [-SA2-NAP]
7. Piccolo [-SA2-PIC]
8. Saibaimen [-SA2-BAI]
9. Son Gohan [-SA2-GOH]
---Regular--- [-SA2-GOH-REG]
---Masenko---[-SA2-GOH-MAS]
---Oozaru---[-SA2-GOH-OZA]
10. Son Goku [-SA2-GOK]
---Regular form, and in general---[-SA2-GOK-REG]
---Kaio-Ken (x2)--- [-SA2-GOK-KK2]
---Kaio-Ken x3---[-SA2-GOK-KK3]
11. Tenshinhan [-SA2-TEN]
12. Vegeta [-SA2-VEG]
---Regular form, and in general---[-SA2-VEG-REG]
---Oozaru---[-SA2-VEG-OZA]
---Post-Oozaru---[-SA2-VEG-POS]
13. Vegeta and Nappa (in general) [-SA2-13]
14. Yamcha [-SA2-YAM]

XI: Freeza section part 1: Namek to Ginyu Special-Squad, chapters 244-290 (DBZ 50-96) [-FR1-STA]
1. Appule [-FR1-APP]
2. Burta [-FR1-BUT]
3. Dende [-FR1-DEN]
4. Dodoria [-FR1-DOD]
5. Freeza (first form and in general) [-FR1-FRE-1ST]
6. Freeza and co. (in general) [-FR1-6]
7. Freeza’s reconnaissance team [-FR1-7]
8. Ginyu [-FR1-GIN]
---Regular--- [-FR1-GIN-REG]
---Goku’s body--- [-FR1-GIN-POS]
9. Ginyu Special-Squad (in general) [-FR1-GSS]
10. Gurd [-FR1-GUR]
11. Jheese [-FR1-JES]
12. Katatz’s child [-FR1-KAT]
13. Kui [-FR1-KUI]
14. Kuririn [-FR1-KUR]
---Initially--- [-FR1-KUR-PRE]
---After power-up--- [-FR1-KUR-POS]
15. Nail [-FR1-NAI]
16. Namekians (in general) [-FR1-NMK]
17. Namekian warriors [-FR1-NMK-YOU]
18. Piccolo, Tenshinhan, Yamcha, and Chaozu [-FR1-PIC] [-FR1-TEN] [-FR1-YAM] [-FR1-CHA]
19. Recoom [-FR1-REC]
20. Saiyans (in general) [-FR1-SAI]
21. Son Gohan [-FR1-GOH]
---Initially--- [-FR1-GOH-PRE]
---After power-up--- [-FR1-GOH-POS]
22. Son Goku [-FR1-GOK]
---initially--- [-FR1-GOKU-PRE]
---post-gravity training--- [-FR1-GOK-POS]
23. Super Saiyan [-FR1-SUP]
24. Vegeta [-FR1-VEG]
---initially--- [-FR1-VEG-1ST]
---after the first Zarbon fight--- [-FR1-VEG-2ND]
---after the Recoom fight--- [-FR1-VEG-3RD]
25. Zarbon [-FR1-ZAR]
---Pre-transformation--- [-FR1-ZAR-PRE]
---Post-transformation--- [-FR1-ZAR-POS]

XII: Freeza section part 3: the battle with Freeza, chapters 291-328 (DBZ 97-134) [-FR2-STA]
1. Chi-Chi [-FR2-CHI]
2. Freeza [-FR2-FRE]
---First Form--- [-FR2-FRE-1ST]
---Second Form--- [-FR2-FRE-2ND]
---Third Form--- [-FR2-FRE-3RD]
---Fourth Form--- [-FR2-FRE-4TH]
---100% Full Power--- [-FR2-FRE-100]
3. Genki-Dama [-FR2-GEN]
4. Kuririn [-FR2-KUR]
5. Piccolo [-FR2-PIC]
---Initially--- [-FR2-PIC-PRE]
---Post-merge--- [-FR2-PIC-POS]
6. Son Gohan [-FR2-GOH]
---Initially--- [-FR2-GOH-PRE]
---Post power-up--- [-FR2-GOH-POS]
7. Son Goku [-FR2-GOK]
---Regular form--- [-FR2-GOK-REG]
---Kaio-Ken x10--- [-FR2-GOK-KK10]
---Kaio-Ken x20--- [-FR2-GOK-KK20]
---Super Saiyan--- [-FR2-GOK-SSJ]
8. Vegeta [-FR2-VEG]
---Initially--- [-FR2-VEG-PRE]
---After power-up--- [-FR2-VEG-POS]

XIII: Cell section part 1: Trunks, chapters 329-336 (DBZ 135-142) [-CE1-STA]
1. Androids [-CE1-AND]
2. Cold, King [-CE1-COL]
3. Freeza (mecha) [-CE1-FRE-MEC]
4. Piccolo [-CE1-PIC]
5. Son Gohan [-CE1-GOH]
6. Son Goku [-CE1-GOK]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-CE1-GOK-REG]
---Super Saiyan--- [-CE1-GOK-SSJ]
7. Trunks [-CE1-TRU]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-CE1-TRU-REG]
---Super Saiyan--- [-CE1-TRU-SSJ]
8. Trunks’ Sword [-CE1-8]
9. Vegeta [-CE1-VEG]

XIV: Cell section part 2: Androids 16-20 & Cell, chapters 337-388 (DBZ 143-194) [-CE2-STA]
1. Androids (in general) [-CE2-AND]
2. Android No.16 [-CE2-A16]
3. Android No.17 and No.18 [-CE2-A17] [-CE2-A18]
---in general---
---Android No.17 specifically-- -[-CE2-A17-SPE]
---Android No.18 specifically--- [-CE2-A18-SPE]
4. Android No.19 [-CE2-A19]
5. Android No.20 [-CE2-A20]
6. Cell [-CE2-CEL]
---First Form--- [-CE2-CEL-1ST]
---First Form, post- power up--- [-CE2-CEL-1ST-POS]
---Second Form--- [-CE2-CEL-2ND]
---Perfect Form--- [-CE2-CEL-PER]
7. Chaozu [-CE2-CHA]
8. Fighting jackets [-CE2-8]
9. Future No.17 and No.18 [-CE2-A17-FUT] [-CE2-A18-FUT]
10. Future Son Gohan [-CE2-GOH-FUT]
11. God [-CE2-GOD]
12. Kuririn [-CE2-KUR]
13. Piccolo [-CE2-PIC]
---Initially--- [-CE2-PIC-PRE]
---Post-merge--- [-CE2-PIC-POS]
14. Room of Spirit and Time [-CE2-RST-TPR]
15. Son Gohan [-CE2-GOH]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-CE2-GOH-PRE]
---Super Saiyan--- [-CE2-GOH-SSJ]
16. Son Goku [-CE2-GOK]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-CE2-GOK-REG]
---Super Saiyan (pre-RoSaT)--- [-CE2-GOK-SSJ]
17. Super Saiyan [-CE2-SUP]
18. Tenshinhan [-CE2-TEN]
19. Trunks [-CE2-TRU]
---young Trunks, in his own timeline--- [-CE2-TRU-YOU]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-CE2-TRU-REG]
---Super Saiyan--- [-CE2-TRU-SSJ]
---Post-RoSaT, in general--- [-CE2-TRU-POS]
---Super Saiyan Grade III--- [-CE2-TRU-SG3]
20. Vegeta [-CE2-VEG]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-CE2-VEG-REG]
---Super Saiyan (pre-RoSaT)--- [-CE2-VEG-SSJ]
---Post-RoSaT, in general--- [-CE2-VEG-POS]
---Super Saiyan Grade II--- [-CE2-VEG-SG2]
21. Yajirobe [-CE2-YAJ]
22. Yamcha [-CE2-YAM]

XV: Cell section part 3: the Cell Games, chapters 389-420 (DBZ 195-226) [-CE3-STA]
1. Android No.16 [-CE3-A16]
2. Cell [-CE3-CEL]
---Perfect Form--- [-CE3-CEL-PER]
---Second Form (self-destruction form)--- [-CE3-CEL-2ND]
---Post-self destruction--- [-CE3-CEL-POS]
3. Cell (Trunks’ timeline) [-CE3-CEL-FUT]
4. Cell Juniors [-CE3-CJR]
5. Mister Satan [-CE3-SAT]
6. Piccolo [-CE3-PIC]
7. Son Gohan [-CE3-GOH]
---Super Saiyan Full Power, and in general--- [-CE3-GOH-SSJ]
---Super Saiyan 2--- [-CE3-GOH-SS2]
8. Son Goku [-CE3-GOK]
9. Tenshinhan [-CE3-TEN]
10. Trunks [-CE3-TRU]
11. Vegeta [-CE3-VEG]

XVI: Boo section part 1: High School and 25th Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 421-444 (DBZ 227-250) [-BO1-STA]
1. Android No.18 [-BO1-A18]
2. Bukujutsu [-BO1-TPR]
3. Dende [-BO1-DEN]
4. Kaioshin [-BO1-KAI]
5. Kibito [-BO1-KIB]
6. Kinto’un [-BO1-KIN]
7. Kuririn [-BO1-KUR]
8. Mister Satan [-BO1-SAT]
9. Piccolo [-BO1-PIC]
10. Punter [-BO1-PUN]
11. Son Gohan [-BO1-GOH]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-BO1-GOH-REG]
---Super Saiyan--- [-BO1-GOH-SSJ]
---Super Saiyan 2--- [-BO1-GOH-SS2]
12. Son Goku [-BO1-GOK]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-BO1-GOK-REG]
---Super Saiyan--- [-BO1-GOK-SSJ]
13. Son Goten [-BO1-GOT]
14. Spopovitch [-BO1-SPO]
15. Tenkaichi Budoukai participants, in general [-BO1-15]
16. Trunks [-BO1-TRU]
17. Vegeta [-BO1-VEG]
---regular form, and in general--- [-BO1-VEG-REG]
---Super Saiyan--- [-BO1-VEG-SSJ]
18. Videl [-BO1-VID]

XVII: Boo section part 2: Babidi and Boo, chapters 445-484 (DBZ 251-290) [-BO2-STA]
1. Android No.18 [-BO2-A18]
2. Babidi [-BO2-BBD]
3. Boo, Majin (innocent) [-BO2-BOO]
4. Dabra [-BO2-DAB]
5. Elder Kaioshin and his power-up [-BO2-EKS]
6. Fusion [-BO2-FUS]
7. Gotenks [-BO2-GTK]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-BO2-GTK-REG]
---Super Saiyan--- [-BO2-GTK-SSJ]
8. Jewel [-BO2-JEW]
9. Kaioshin (East Kaioshin) [-BO2-KAI]
10. Katchin Steel [-BO2-10]
11. Kibito [-BO2-KIB]
12. Killer [-BO2-KIL]
13. Kuririn [-BO2-KUR]
14. Mighty Mask (the real one) [-BO2-MMK]
15. Mister Satan [-BO2-SAT]
16. Piccolo [-BO2-PIC]
17. Pui-Pui [-BO2-PUI]
18. Son Gohan [-BO2-GOH]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-BO2-GOH-REG]
---Super Saiyan--- [-BO2-GOH-SSJ]
---Super Saiyan 2--- [-BO2-GOH-SS2]
19. Son Goku [-BO2-GOK]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-BO2-GOK-REG]
---Super Saiyan--- [-BO2-GOK-SSJ]
---Super Saiyan 2--- [-BO2-GOK-SS2]
---Super Saiyan 3--- [-BO2-GOK-SS3]
20. Son Goten and Trunks [-BO2-GOT] [-BO2-TRU]
---as a pair—
---Goten specifically--- [-BO2-GOT-SPE]
---Trunks specifically--- [-BO2-TRU-SPE]
21. Super Saiyan [-BO2-SUP]
22. Vegeta [-BO2-VEG]
---Regular form, and in general--- [-BO2-VEG-REG]
---post Babidi’s power-up--- [-BO2-VEG-POS]
23. Videl [-BO2-VID]
24. Yakon [-BO2-YAK]
25. Z Sword [-BO2-ZSW]

XVIII: Boo section part 3: the final battle, chapters 485-517 (DBZ 291-323) [-BO3-STA]
1. Boo, Majin [-BO3-BOO]
---Pure Good (‘Mister Boo’)--- [-BO3-BOO-GOO]
---Pure Evil--- [-BO3-BOO-PEV]
---Evil--- [-BO3-BOO-EVI]
---Gotenks, Piccolo-absorbed--- [-BO3-BOO-GTK]
---Piccolo, Goten, Trunks-absorbed--- [-BO3-BOO-PIC]
---Gohan-absorbed--- [-BO3-BOO-GOH]
---South Kaioshin-absorbed--- [-BO3-BOO-SKS]
---Pure--- [-BO3-BOO-PUR]
2. Dende [-BO3-DEN]
3. Genki-Dama [-BO3-GEN]
4. Gotenks [-BO3-GTK]
---pre-RoSaT training--- [-BO3-GTK-PRE]
---Regular form, and in general (post-RoSaT)--- [-BO3-GTK-REG]
---Super Saiyan (post-RoSaT)--- [-BO3-GTK-SSJ]
---Super Saiyan 3--- [-BO3-GTK-SS3]
5. Kaioshin (East Kaioshin) [-BO3-KAI]
---Initially--- [-BO3-KAI-PRE]
---Post-merging--- [-BO3-KAI-POS]
6. Mister Satan [-BO3-SAT]
7. Piccolo [-BO3-PIC]
8. Potara [-BO3-POT]
9. Son Gohan [-BO3-GOH]
---during the power-up--- [-BO3-GOH-PRE]
---Post-power up--- [-BO3-GOH-POS]
10. Son Goku [-BO3-GOK]
---regular form, and in general--- [-BO3-GOK-REG]
---Super Saiyan 3--- [-BO3-GOK-SS3]
11. South Kaioshin [-BO3-SKS]
12. Tenshinhan (and Chaozu) [-BO3-TEN] [-BO3-CHA]
13. Vegeta [-BO3-VEG]
14. Vegetto [-BO3-VGT]

XIX: Boo section part 4: 28th Tenkaichi Budoukai, chapters 518-519 (DBZ 324-325) [-BO4-STA]
1. Kirano [-BO4-1]
2. Mister Boo [-BO4-BOO]
3. Mou Kekko [-BO4-3]
4. Oob [-BO4-OOB]
5. Pan [-BO4-PAN]
6. Son Gohan [-BO4-GOH]
7. Son Goku [-BO4-GOK]
8. Son Goten [-BO4-GOT]
9. Trunks [-BO4-TRU]
10. Vegeta [-BO4-VEG]
11. Z Warriors, in general [-BO4-ZED]

Now to start posting the actual guide!

[Herms]

I: Search for the Dragonballs [#DRA#STA]
Chapters 1-23

1. Chi-Chi [#DRA#CHI]
Chapter: 11, P8.1
Context: after Chi-Chi kills the dinosaur
Yamcha: “Wh…what is she?...”
Puar: “She went on quite a rampage for someone so scared…”

Chapter: 11, P9.1
Context: after knocking out Chi-Chi
Yamcha: “What a fearsome brat!”

2. Gyuumao [#DRA#GYU]
Chapter: 11, P2.2-4
Oolong: “You really don’t know about [Gyuumao]!? He’s an absurdly fearsome guy, so much so that he’s called the emperor of demons! At any rate, those who approach that mountain…aa~~aall end up like this…! [mimes cutting his throat]”

Chapter: 11, P3.5
Oolong: “D-do you guys want to die!? No matter how strong Goku is, Gyuumao’s on too much of a different level!”

Chapter: 12, P2.4
Gyuumao: “Your grampa was Lord Muten Roshi’s #1 disciple, and I was #2! Man, that takes me back!”

3. Kame-sennin [#DRA#KAM]
Chapter: 13, P4.2
Context: after Chi-Chi nails him with her helmet blade
Kame-sennin: “You dingbat! Even I can’t dodge that quickly!”

Chapter: 13, P9.3-4
Kame-sennin: “Alright! In that case, I’ll go myself and put out the fire!”
Goku: “Can you do that, gramps?”
Kame-sennin: “But of course! Nothing is impossible for Muten Roshi!”

Chapter: 14, P8.1-2
Gyuumao: “H-h-here it comes! Lord Muten Roshi’s ‘Kamehameha’!”
Puar: “In-incredible! Lord Yamcha, what the heck is the ‘Kamehameha’…?!”
Yamcha: “The ‘Kamehameha’…! It’s Muten Roshi’s grand technique, which is said to condense the latent energy within his b-body, and fire it out in one burst…! To think that I’d be able to see it with my own eyes…!”

Chapter: 14, P14.1-4
Gyuumao: “U-um, Lord Roshi…You really did extinguish the fire, but…[ ] …The castle, and the mo-mountain too…”
Bulma: “Ah! They’re gone!”
Kame-sennin: “…I guess I put too much force into that! Tee-he!”

Chapter: 15, P2.3-4
Goku: “That was an amazin’ technique! Gramps, teach it to me please!”
Kame-sennin: “That can’t be done. You have to train for 50 years to achieve the Kamehameha…”

4. Oolong [#DRA#OOL]
Chapter: 5, P13.1
Oolong: “Hey! I’m super-duper scary when mad! I’m strong!”

Chapter: 6, P6.5-6
Goku: “Hey, could it be that…you’re actually super-duper weak?...”
Oolong: “Don’t talk nonsense! My strength has been rated as the best in the world!”

Chapter: 6, P9.2
Sherman Priest: “To think that Oolong was weak…”
Granma Paozu: “We were all just fooled by his fearsome appearance and couldn’t oppose him…”

Chapter: 7, P10.1-2
Context: after Bulma squashes him in bike form
Oolong: “I can’t help it! I can only change my appearance; my power doesn’t change! To top it off, I can only stay transformed for 5 minutes. After that, I have to rest for 1 minute…”

5. Son Gohan, Grandpa [#DRA#GRA]
Chapter: 8, P6.5-6
Yamcha: “Son Gohan is such a master that he’s said to be unsurpassed in all the various forms of martial arts…”
Oolong: “E-even I’ve heard of him…[Goku's] grandpa is really famous!”

Chapter: 12, P2.4
Gyuumao: “Your grampa was Lord Muten Roshi’s #1 disciple, and I was #2!”

6. Son Goku [#DRA#GOK]
Chapter: 1, P12.6
Context: After being shot by Bulma and surviving
Goku: “Moron! You think I’d die from just that?!! My body is forged like stainless steel!!”

Chapter: 1, P15.1
Goku: “So this is a car, huh?! I’ve heard about them in stories. Hm-----mm, hm----mm, it’s incredible, but weak.”

Chapter: 1, P15.4
Bulma: “You’re really strong for a shrimp, aren’t you?”
Goku: “Hehe--, gramps toughened me up!”

Chapter: 1, P23.4
Context: talking about Bulma’s motorcycle
Goku: “Th-this is amazing!!! This is way faster than I can run!!!”

Chapter: 3, P10.2
Bear bandit: “You’re pretty agile, ain’t ya? I’m impressed that you dodged my sword.”

Chapter: 3, P12.2
Context: after Goku defeats the Bear bandit
Sea Turtle: “In…in…incredible…”
Bulma: “…H-he’s…that strong…”

Chapter: 5, P3.3
Context: after his axe breaks on Goku’s head
Sherman Priest: “S-so it didn’t work…”

Chapter: 6, P7.1-4
Oolong: “Well then, how about you? Are you strong? Eh?”
Goku: “I’m strong! Gramps taught me kung-fu, after all.”
Oolong: “W-well, you’re pretty confident, aren’t you? In that case, can you break these 3 bricks with your bare hands?”
Goku: “Bricks? I can break these with one finger!”

Chapter: 8, P6.1
Context: after Goku beats up on Yamcha
Oolong: “In-incredible! He really is strong!”

Chapter: 8, P7.1
Yamcha: “Looks like my first challenge in a long time…”

Chapter: 8, P12.3
Context: after Goku hits Yamcha with the Janken
Goku: “It’s no use. I’m hungry, so I couldn’t put any power behind that at all…”

Chapter: 10, P9.4-5
Yamcha: “Hahhahhaha! Do you want to get beat down with my Roga-FuFu-Ken again?”
Goku: “Yesterday I was hungry! Now I’ve got a full stomach!”

Chapter: 10, P12.3
Context: after Goku knocks Yamcha's tooth out.
Yamcha: “Da-damn it…that brat’s really good…”

Chapter: 12, P9.6
Goku: “Please don’t squeeze my tail…! I lose my power if my tails gets squeezed…”

Chapter: 15, P4.3-4
Context: after Goku fires his first Kamehameha
Goku: “It…it came out…But it didn’t hold a candle to that old timer Kame-sennin’s one…”
Gyuumao: “Ma…magnificent…Just what you’d expect of Gohan’s grandson…”

Chapter: 15, P5.1
Kame-sennin: “From the looks of it…It seems that [Gohan] really toughened him up.”

Chapter: 16, P14.3
Rabbit Gang member: “S-sorry boss, but would you please come into town?...Th-there’s a ridiculously strong guy here…”

Chapter: 19, P1.2
Context: trying to break the walls of Pilaf’s trap
Goku: “Even my punch can’t open up a hole”

Chapter: 19, P13.1
Context: after Goku blows a small hole in the wall with the Kamehameha
Goku: “It’s no good! I haven’t practiced it, so all I could open was this teensy-weensy hole!”

Chapter: 20, P12.1-4
Goku: “What are you talking about? The roof’s open, ain’t it?”
Bulma: “It’s no use…It’s covered in super-strengthened glass.”
*Goku jumps up, hits head on glass*
Goku: “O-ow! Owowowow!”
Bulma: “I told you it was no use…”

---Oozaru--- [#DRA#GOK#OZA]

Chapter: 21, P1.2
Context: Goku and Yamcha try to escape Pilaf's prison
Pilaf: “No matter how they struggle, it’s no use! The walls of the prison are made of 300-millimeter thick steel! The roof is super-strengthened glass! Not even a cannon can break it!”
Note: Goku and Yamcha can’t dent the prison walls, but Oozaru Goku smashes them.

Chapter: 21, P3.7, P4.1
Goku: “It ain’t no lie! My grampa was crushed to death by it!”
Yamcha: “What?!! The martial arts master Son Gohan…!? Th-that monster must be absolutely incredible”
Goku: “Yeah! Even my house and the trees were smashed to bits!”

7. Yamcha [#DRA#YAM]
Chapter: 19, P11.2
Context: trying to break the walls of Pilaf’s trap
Yamcha: “It’s no use! This wall is too hard! I can’t break it at all!”
Goku: “Even my kicks don’t work.”

II: Kame-sennin’s Training [#TRA#STA]
Chapters 24-32

1. Kame-sennin [#TRA#KAM]
Chapter: 27, P10.1
Kuririn: “You’re incredibly lucky! There isn’t anyone in the world of martial arts who doesn’t know of Lord Muten Roshi here! Quite frankly, he’s the best in the world!”

Chapter: 28, P13.2-3
Context: after Kame-sennin runs 100 meters
Kame-sennin: “How many seconds?”
Goku: “So…so fast!”
Kuririn: “Fi…fi-fi…5.6…seconds…”
Kame-sennin: “5.6 seconds, huh? Well well, is that so?...This is what it means to overcome the human. You guys are young, so depending on your training you may even be able to break 5 seconds.”

2. Kame-sennin’s training principles [#TRA#TPR]
Chapter: 29, P3.4
Kame-sennin: “Searching for something might not seem like much, but it requires considerable willpower and concentration. To top it off, in this case it will require stamina too.”

Chapter: 31, P14.4-5
Kame-sennin: “Starting tomorrow, for the next few months you’ll do all the same training as today…While wearing these 20 kg shells on your back! See why I’m called Kame-sennin?”

Chapter: 32, P7.1-3
Kame-sennin: “I have practically nothing to teach you that could be called ‘kenpou’. [ ] All the basics of the Kame-sen School of martial arts has been included in the training which you’ve been doing every day these 7 months. It seems you haven’t realized it, but your eyes, fists, legs, your entire body, and even your mind have been toughened up. ‘Kenpou’ is nothing more than putting that into practice. You don’t strive in the martial arts to win, but rather to not lose to yourself. For that purpose, go study kenpou on your own, thinking on your own how to utilize the basics which you have learned.”

Chapter: 32, P8.1-2
Kame-sennin: “Which is to say that in the month before the tournament, I still won’t really teach you kenpou. I’ll just have you do the same things as you’ve done up to now. However, for a finishing touch you’ll wear these 40 kg shells, twice as heavy as the ones up until now.”

3. Kinto’un [#TRA#KIN]
Chapter: 32, P12.2
Context: flying on the propeller plane to the tournament
Goku: “Incredible! So something this huge can fly?! It’s way slower than Kinto’un, though!”

4. Kuririn [#TRA#KUR]
Chapter: 25, P12.4-5
Goku: “Haha…Your head’s like a pachinko ball!”
Kuririn: “What are you talking about?!! Those who aspire to the martial arts make their heads round to tighten their ki!”

Chapter: 26, P11.1
Context: talking about rescuing Lunch from the police
Kuririn: “It’d look pretty cool if we rescued her, but…W-we’re still not good enough…And they’ve got guns too…”

Chapter: 28, P6.1-2
Kame-sennin: “So then, let’s finally begin our special training…Kuririn, do you have any knowledge of the martial arts?”
Kuririn: “Yes sir! I spent 8 years at Oorin Temple.”
Kame-sennin: “I see. So then, both of you should be capable of the general basics.”

Chapter: 28, P6.5
Kuririn: “I’ll run first. I’ll show you legs good enough to even enter the Olympics.”

Chapter: 28, P8.1-2
Context: after running 100 meters
Kame-sennin: “Incredible! 10.4 seconds! That’s really something!”
Kuririn: “Oh, 10.4 huh? My personal best is 10.1 though.”

Chapter: 28, P12.1
Kame-sennin: “Hm—mm…that’s absurdly fast…You two are both really something. However, that’s entirely from a human level. In order to become a complete martial artist, you must overcome this wall called ‘human’. This is hard to do…”

Chapter: 28, P14.5
Context: as Lunch chases Kuririn with a butcher knife
Kame-sennin: “Mumu…! Kuririn’s drawn pretty close to the human wall…!”

Chapter: 28, P13.3
Context: after everyone runs 100 meters
Kame-sennin: “You guys are young, so depending on your training you may even be able to break 5 seconds.”

Chapter: 29, P10.3
Context: after Kuririn knocks out a sabertooth tiger.
Kuririn: “Th…that was close…!”

Chapter: 32, P2.3-4
Narrator: “Before they knew it, the two somehow became able to easily handle that harsh training.”
Kame-sennin: “Hmm…This is even better than I expected…”

Chapter: 34, P4.1
Context: 1 month before the tournament
Kuririn: “We’ve become able to move this rock!”

Chapter: 32, P5.3
Context: after Goku moves the super-big rock
Kuririn: “Now it’s my turn! Though I can’t move it as far as Goku.”

Chapter: 32, P6.4
Kame-sennin: “I was joking when I told them to move that rock…what kind of guys are these?...”

Chapter: 32, P9.4
Context: after removing their weighted shells
Kuririn: “Huh!?”
Goku: “My body’s gotten light! I can’t feel my own weight at all!”

Chapter: 32, P11.1
Context: still playing around without their shells
Goku: “Amazin’, amazin’! I can run super-duper fast!”
Kuririn: “I’m not gonna lose!”

5. Son Goku [#TRA#GOK]
Chapter: 26, P14.1
Context: after beating up the police
Goku: “What the? They’re weak.”

Chapter: 28, P6.2
Kame-sennin: “I see. So then, both of you should be capable of the general basics.”

Chapter: 28, P9.2
Context: after Goku runs 100 meters with worn-out shoes
Kame-sennin: “Exactly 11 seconds! That’s pretty fast, though no match for Kuririn”

Chapter: 28, P11.4-5
Context: after Goku runs 100 meters with new shoes
Kame-sennin: “Eigh…8.5 seconds…”
Goku: “Is that fast!?”
Kuririn: “What kind of training did you do…?”

Chapter: 28, P12.1
Kame-sennin: “Hm—mm…that’s absurdly fast…You two are both really something. However, that’s entirely from a human level. In order to become a complete martial artist, you must overcome this wall called ‘human’. This is hard to do…”

Chapter: 28, P13.3
Context: after everyone runs 100 meters
Kame-sennin: “You guys are young, so depending on your training you may even be able to break 5 seconds.”

Chapter: 29, P13.6
Context: after Goku beats Kuririn
Kuririn: “Your strength is ridiculous…Exactly where and for how long did you study?”

Chapter: 30, P4.2-3
Context: after being shot at by Lunch
Goku: “Ow…owwy…! You jerk…! I’m not gonna lose to the likes of you!”
Kame-sennin: “Y…you don’t even hold back against women…What a simple guy…”

Chapter: 31, P9.3
Context: after Goku moves the big rock
Kuririn: “H…he…he moved it further than Lord Muten Roshi…”

Chapter: 31, P10.3
Context: after Goku fails to move the super-big rock
Goku: “I-I knew it, it’s no use…! It won’t budge at all.”
Kame-sennin: “Of course not. You’re completely lacking in training.”

Chapter: 32, P2.3-4
Narrator: “Before they knew it, the two somehow became able to easily handle that harsh training.”
Kame-sennin: “Hmm…This is even better than I expected…”

Chapter: 34, P4.1
Context: 1 month before the tournament
Kuririn: “We’ve become able to move this rock!”

Chapter: 32, P6.4
Kame-sennin: “I was joking when I told them to move that rock…what kind of guys are these?...”

Chapter: 32, P9.4
Context: after removing their weighted shells
Kuririn: “Huh!?”
Goku: “My body’s gotten light! I can’t feel my own weight at all!”

Chapter: 32, P11.1
Context: still playing around without their shells
Goku: “Amazin’, amazin’! I can run super-duper fast!”
Kuririn: “I’m not gonna lose!”

III: 21st Tenkaichi Budoukai [#21T#STA]
Chapters 33-54

1. Bacterian [#21T#1]

Chapter: 35, P7.1-2
Yamcha: “H-he’s a tough one! He’s got fearsome physical strength! But even more fearsome is his ultra bad smell. It’s said he’s never bathed in his life…! His extreme stench makes people hold their nose without even thinking about it. This prevents his opponents from using their arms, leaving them vulnerable to his attacks…!”

2. Giran [#21T#GIR]
Chapter: 39, P2.3
Oolong: “Wh-what is that guy?! He’s a total monster!”

Chapter: 39, P14.4
Context: after Goku gets wrapped in Giran’s Guru-Guru Gum
Goku: “Uh! I can’t move!”

Chapter: 40, P1.2
Giran: “No matter how much you struggle, it’s no use. My Guru-Guru Gum will never come loose! You’re just like a doll now!”

3. Kame-sennin (Jacky Chun) [#21T#KAM]
Chapter: 37, P6.3-4
Context: as Jacky Chun and Yamcha start to fight
Yamcha: “Wh-what? He’s not taking up a stance…? And he’s wide open, to boot. I can’t sense any fighting spirit from him either…Is he that confident?...Come to think of it, it seems that during the preliminaries that old-timer ended his matches in the blink of an eye…”

Chapter: 37, P8.4
Goku: “Hey, Kuririn! Come watch this! That geezer is amazin’!”

Chapter: 37, P8.5
Announcer: “Contestant Yamcha attacked with astounding speed, but Contestant Chun dodged it effortlessly! This is footwork you wouldn’t expect from an old man!”

Chapter: 37, P14.3
Announcer: “A-amazing! This fight was just like watching a dream! Contestant Chun is fearsomely strong! He won merely by swinging his hand!”

Chapter: 38, P1.3
Goku: “That old-timer’s incredible, beating Yamcha so quickly like that!”
Kuririn: “So I have to fight a master like that in match #5?”

Chapter: 38, P12.4
Yamcha: “H-his strength is on another level…! Could Jacky Chun be Muten Roshi!?”

Chapter: 41, P5.6
Announcer: “Th-the Lord Muten Roshi, called the god of the martial arts…!?”

Chapter: 41, P14.5
Context: after getting hit by Kame-sennin
Kuririn: “Th…that punch…I couldn’t se…see it at all…”

Chapter: 42, P2.1
Kuririn: “I only avoided a ring out because I happened to hit the wall. If I get hit with that this time, I’ll really be in trouble…!”
Kame-sennin: “Oh! So you’re not giving up? Well, this time I won’t throw a limp punch like that last one.”

Chapter: 42, P3.6
Context: after Kuririn and Kame-sennin fight for awhile
Announcer: “W-what the heck happened just now?...I couldn’t see it at all…”

Chapter: 42, P7.3-5
Context: after Kuririn is knocked down by Kame-sennin’s kick
Announcer: “Umm, I have absolutely no idea what happened in that instant just now…Could you please tell me?”
Kame-sennin: “Well, I guess there’s no helping it. I’ll tell you, so look rea—aal close. First, I went forward like this. Hoh! So Kuririn came to meet my assault…Then I let forth a kick…”
Kuririn: “I dodged that kick like this. Then I let loose with a punch towards my opponent’s face, but…He tried to spit on my fist. This was so messy that I drew my fist back.”
Kame-sennin: “At that opening, I tried to hit him with a punch from my left hand…But this time he shot buggers at me, so I drew back. At this point I changed my strategy. Kuririn came up with one too…”
Kuririn: “Everything up to now was about 0.2 seconds.”

Chapter: 42, P11.5
Context: following the above bit of nuttery
Announcer: “A-amazing! Truly magnificent! Quite frankly, this is the first time I’ve seen such astoundingly fast techniques!”

Chapter: 43, P6.5
Context: after Kame-sennin fires his Kamehameha
Announcer: “Am-am-amazing! It’s a Kamehameha! Who’d have thought he’d come out with a Kamehameha! I’ve heard that Lord Muten Roshi is the only one in the world capable of performing this technique, but here’s someone else who can!”

Chapter: 43, P7.3
Context: after fighting Kuririn for awhile
Kame-sennin: “If this draws on too long, it will hinder me in the finals. Shall I end this now?...”

Chapter: 43, P11.3
Context: Chun uses the Zanzo-ken/Afterimage Attack
Yamcha: “Wh…what speed…I can’t believe he left an afterimage behind and circled around to the back…”

Chapter: 46, P10.5
Goku: “It makes me happy to fight such a strong old-timer!”

Chapter: 46, P12.1
Context: the start of the finals
Kame-sennin: “I won’t hold back.”
Goku: “Me neither!”

Chapter: 47, P8.2-4
Context: after Goku says he could have shot a Kamehameha to knock him back into the ring
Kame-sennin: “Why you insolent little! There’s no way you’d be capable of a Kamehameha like mine!”
Goku: “I can do it!”
Kame-sennin: “What? You’re underestimating my Kamehameha…Well then, I’d better let you see…The force of this Kamehameha that I spent long years inventing…!”

Chapter: 48, P1.1
Announcer: “A breathtaking white-hot battle is unfolding in the finals! Currently it’s a completely even fight!”

Chapter: 50, P2.3-5, P3.1
Context: about to fire the Bankoku-Bikkuri-Sho
Kame-sennin: “I’m sorry, but you’ve lost this match. [ ] You’ll see why soon enough…There’s only been one person in my life who’s made me use this technique. You’ll be the second one…The first was Son Gohan…Your grandpa…”

Chapter: 51, P10.2
Context: as Kame-sennin’s about to fire at the moon
Kame-sennin: “Kamehameha! Max Power!”

Chapter: 52, P2.4
Kame-sennin: “The thing I blew away with my Kamehameha wasn’t Goku. It was the moon!”

Chapter: 52, P4.1
Context: after firing the Max Power Kamehameha
Kame-sennin: “D-dammit…I used up a whole lot of energy…”

Chapter: 53, P13.3
Context: after standing up before Goku does, following their double kick-induced double knockout
Kame-sennin: “I won because of my long legs…As an adult, my legs are longer than your small ones, and so my kick was that much deeper…But at any rate, you did well…You’re the first person to ever push Muten Roshi this far…”

Chapter: 54, P5.1
Kuririn: “But Goku was so close! He would have won the championship if he hadn’t been hungry.”
Goku: “Nah, I think I woulda lost even if I hadn’t been hungry. That old-timer was super-duper strong.”

4. Kuririn [#21T#KUR]
Chapter: 33, P9.6
Context: after Goku effortlessly knocks out his own match opponent
Goku: “Kuririn! Don’t go all-out unless you’re up against a really tough opponent!”

Chapter: 33, P14.4
Goku: “The old-timer’s training toughened us up unbelievably without us even realizing it!”

Chapter: 34, P5.3
Context: after Bruce Lee guy kicks him and he gets up
Kuririn: “Man, Lord Muten Roshi’s way of toughening you up really is incredible! That didn’t hurt or anything!”
Bruce Lee guy: “Th…that’s can’t be…! How could he get up after getting hit with my kick?...”

Chapter: 34, P13.4
Context: after Kuririn beats the bear guy and Goku says he trained with Kame-sennin too
Yamcha: “Geez…Even becoming runner-up is gonna be risky…”

Chapter: 36, P7.2
Context: after Kuririn dodges Bacterian's attack
Bacterian: “Hmph, impressive of you to dodge that. You’re pretty impudent.”

Chapter: 37, P1.2
Crowd guys: “He’s good for a little squirt!” “Amazing!”

Chapter: 37, P3.3
Context: talking about the kick that knocked out Bacterian
Kame-sennin: “That was a magnificent kick, Kuririn.”

Chapter: 41, P13.4
Kame-sennin: “You’re pretty good…Making me use my hand…”

Chapter: 42, P2.5
Context: taking on Kame-sennin’s super-fast punch again
Kuririn: “I saw it!”
Note: The first time Kuririn couldn't see the attack, but then Goku tells him to concentrate.

Chapter: 42, P3.6
Context: after Kuririn and Kame-sennin fight for awhile
Announcer: “W-what the heck happened just now?...I couldn’t see it at all…”

Chapter: ,42 P4.1
Kame-sennin: “It’s been a long time since anyone’s managed to keep up with my speed…”

Chapter: 42, P7.1
Kame-sennin: “So he was able to stand up after getting hit that much, huh?...Seems he really did train seriously.”

Chapter: 42, P7.3-5
Context: after Kuririn is knocked down by Kame-sennin’s kick
Announcer: “Umm, I have absolutely no idea what happened in that instant just now…Could you please tell me?”
Kame-sennin: “Well, I guess there’s no helping it. I’ll tell you, so look rea—aal close. First, I went forward like this. Hoh! So Kuririn came to meet my assault…Then I let forth a kick…”
Kuririn: “I dodged that kick like this. Then I let loose with a punch towards my opponent’s face, but…He tried to spit on my fist. This was so messy that I drew my fist back.”
Kame-sennin: “At that opening, I tried to hit him with a punch from my left hand…But this time he shot buggers at me, so I drew back. At this point I changed my strategy. Kuririn came up with one too…”
Kuririn: “Everything up to now was about 0.2 seconds.”

Chapter: 42, P11.5
Context: following the above bit of nuttery
Announcer: “A-amazing! Truly magnificent! Quite frankly, this is the first time I’ve seen such astoundingly fast techniques!”

Chapter: 42, P12.2
Kuririn: “In terms of actual ability, Jacky Chun is overwhelmingly superior…I’ll obviously lose if I fight him head-to-head…”

Chapter: 43, P8.4
Context: after Kuririn smashes into the gate
Kuririn: “O-owwy!”
Kame-sennin: “Fuahhah…The gate got more busted up than you.”

Chapter: 43, P10.5
Context: after Kame-sennin hit Kuririn in the back
Kame-sennin: “There’s no point counting. He won’t stand up for awhile.”

Chapter: 43, P12.2
Context: after Kuririn loses to Chun/Kame-sennin
Kame-sennin: “You need a lot more training.”

Chapter: 46, P5.4
Kame-sennin: “Through their training, those two gained more and more power, even more so than I imagined…

Chapter: 46, P6.1
Kame-sennin: “At any rate, those two are too strong. I thought that they just might win [the tournament]…”

Chapter: 54, P3.7
Context: after Chun/Kame-sennin defeats both Kuririn and Goku
Kame-sennin: “Anyway, those were some dangerous matches…Those two are really something…”

Chapter: 54, P10.2-3
Context: after Kuririn says he and Goku will start training again once he returns to Kame House
Kame-sennin: “No no. I’ve already taught you practically all I have to teach. From now on, walk your own path. You should undergo your own training.”

5. Namu [#21T#NAM]
Chapter: 44, P5.3
Yamcha: “W-what the heck kind of guy is Goku?! He easily mimicked your technique!”
Kame-sennin: “Mmmm…A-at any rate, Namu’s incredible too for seeing through that technique…!”

Chapter: 44, P14.1-3
Announcer: “Aa—aah! Contestant Namu’s performed an absolutely astoundingly huge jump! He’s risen high up into the air!”
Yamcha, Kuririn, Kame-sennin: “Ah…ah…!”

Chapter: 45, P3.2-3
Context: talking about Namu hitting Goku with the Tenku-Pekeji-Ken
Yamcha: “H…he took that head on…”
Kame-sennin: “Mmm…After that, he definitely won’t be able to stand up…”
Namu: “I have faith in the Buddha too…I won’t take a life…However, those hit with this technique will not awaken for 10 days…”

Chapter: 45, P6.1
Context: more on the Tenku-Pekeji-Ken
Namu: “I'm…impossible! There’s no way you could stand up after getting hit with that technique!...Th-that’s it! I must have missed my mark by a tiny margin!”

Chapter: 45, P7.1-2
Announcer: “OOOH! Contestant Namu takes off flying once again! This time he’s jumped up even higher than before! He’s gotten so small that he looks like a bean sprout!”

Chapter: 45, P10.5
Announcer: “W-wow, they’re having a fierce battle up in the air! Though I can’t make them out clearly, even I am bewildered by this unprecedented style of fighting! And my neck is really tired!”

6. Oorin Temple seniors [#21T#6]
Chapter: 33, P11.2
Goku: “Who are they? They’re not very nice.”
Kuririn: “They always teased me at Oorin Temple…It…it’s no use anymore…He’s incredibly strong…Maybe I’ll forfeit the match…”

Chapter: 33, P12.1
Fat Oorin Temple guy: “Hehhehheh! Still, [Kuririn] ain’t any real opponent for Oorin Temple’s #1 to fight.”
Goku: “That guy isn’t anything special. You can take him down in one shot.”

7. Ran-Fan [#21T#7]
Chapter: 38, P14.4
Context: when Namu beats her
Announcer: “That’s the 10 count! Wow, Contestant Namu has won with a single blow!”

8. Son Gohan, grandpa [#21T#GRA]
Chapter: 48, P10.4
Context: as Kame-sennin uses the Suiken
Goku: “My dead grampa specialized in that technique…”

Chapter: 49, P13.3-4
Goku: “Huh!? M-my Janken doesn’t affect him…!”
Kame-sennin: “Fuh fuh fuh, I can already see through the Janken technique”
Goku: “Wh-wha?! How do you know the Janken!? My grampa was supposed to be the only one who knew the Janken technique…”

Chapter: 50, P2.3-5, P3.1
Context: about to fire the Bankoku-Bikkuri-Sho
Kame-sennin: “I’m sorry, but you’ve lost this match. [ ] You’ll see why soon enough…There’s only been one person in my life who’s made me use this technique. You’ll be the second one…The first was Son Gohan…Your grandpa…”

Chapter: 50, P12.2
Context: as Goku is about to give up while suffering from the Bankoku-Bikkuri-Sho
Kame-sennin: “A-alright…You held out well…Even Son Gohan couldn’t endure it for this long…!”

9. Son Goku [#21T#GOK]
Chapter: 33, P9.6
Context: after effortlessly knocking out his own match opponent
Goku: “Kuririn! Don’t go all-out unless you’re up against a really tough opponent!”

Chapter: 34, P7.3
Yamcha: “I heard there was some little brat who was extremely strong, so I came to see…Sure enough, it was Goku…”

Chapter: 34, P8.1-2
Lion-Fang School guy: “There’s no way my Lion-Fang Style could be broken by a little squirt like that. What an awful stance…You’re full of openings…”

Chapter: 34, P12.4-6
Goku: “Yamcha, you came to the Tenkaichi Budoukai too!? Did you manage to qualify!?”
Yamcha: “Yep! I managed to qualify too! I’ve been practicing with the goal of entering this tournament, after all. But it looks like I’m absolutely no match for you, Goku. It figures that after receiving Muten Roshi’s training you’d be on a different level.”
Goku: “I’m surprised too!”

Chapter: 39, P7.4, 8.2
Context: after Giran knocks him into the wall
Announcer: “Un-unbelievable! Despite being smacked with enough force to smash a wall, Contestant Son is completely fine!”
Goku: “I ain’t totally fine! That hurt a little!”
Kuririn: “Of course! There’s no way Goku would go down after just that!”

Chapter: 39, P11.2
Announcer: “Hieeeeeeh! What astounding power! With his tiny body, Contestant Son hurled Contestant Giran out of bounds! It’s Contestant Son’s turnabout victory!”

Chapter: 40, P12.4, 13.1
Goku: “Heheh! I knew that I’m in better condition when I’ve got my tail!”
*He smashes wall*
Goku: “Alright! I’m in tip-top shape, tip-top shape!”

Chapter: 42, P1.3
Context: after Kuririn can’t see Kame-sennin’s punch
Goku: “What are you talking about?! Look reaa—aaly hard! I could see it! You trained, right?”

Chapter: 44, P5.3
Yamcha: “W-what the heck kind of guy is Goku?! He easily mimicked your technique!”
Kame-sennin: “Mmmm…A-at any rate, Namu’s incredible too for seeing through that technique…!”

Chapter: 44, P12.2
Context: in regards to Goku’s spinning attack
Namu: “Th-this is stupendous! I can’t draw close at all…I have no choice but to run…!”

Chapter: 45, P5.1-4
Context: after Goku gets up after being hit with the Tenku-Pekeji-Ken
Yamcha: “He stood up!”
Kame-sennin: “Wh…what kind of guy is he…?!”
Namu: “N…no, that can’t be…”
Announcer: “Incredible! Incredible!! Incredible!!! Incredible!!!! Absolutely incredible!!!!! Contestant Son has a terrifyingly durable body! Contestant Namu, who launched the attack, is even more stupefied!”

Chapter: 45, P8.5
Context: after jumping up about as high as Namu
Goku: “Rats! I put too much force into that!”

Chapter: 45, P9.3
Context: after Goku’s big jump
Namu: “W-what is he!?”

Chapter: 45, P14.5
Kame-sennin: “He…he’s strong...I…I can’t believe it, but I might lose.”

Chapter: 46, P2.2-3
Yamcha: “Amazing…! He just keeps getting better and better…I’m absolutely no match for him now”
Kame-sennin: “Ummm…To think that he’d get so good…Looks like I’ll be in real trouble if I underestimate him…”

Chapter: 46, P2.4
Namu: “Boy, this was a total loss…Congratulations, I hope you win the tournament.”

Chapter: 46, P5.4-5
Context: talking to Namu
Kame-sennin: “Through their training, those two gained more and more power, even more so than I imagined…Goku in particular is aided by his giftedness, what you might call his natural instincts, and hides unbelievable power. You fought him, so you should know that well…”

Chapter: 46, P6.1
Kame-sennin: “At any rate, those two are too strong. I thought that they just might win the tournament…”

Chapter: 46, P11.1
Kame-sennin: “So, the wild and innocent Goku, huh?…I can’t lose…Even I’ll have to get serious, for the first time in a long time…”

Chapter: 46, P12.1
Kame-sennin: “I won’t hold back.”
Goku: “Me neither!”

Chapter: 47, P5.1
Context: after kicking Goku out of bounds
Kame-sennin: “That darn idiot, he relaxed just because he had managed to dodge…that’s what they mean by ‘unpreparedness is your worst enemy’. At any rate, I didn’t think I would win so easily. Maybe I shouldn’t have worried so much.”

Chapter: 47, P8.2-4
Context: after Goku says he could have shot a Kamehameha to knock him back into the ring
Kame-sennin: “Why you insolent little! There’s no way you’d be capable of a Kamehameha like mine!”
Goku: “I can do it!”
Kame-sennin: “What? You’re underestimating my Kamehameha…Well then, I’d better let you see…The force of this Kamehameha that I spent long years inventing…!”

Chapter: 47, P13.5
Context: after Goku’s Kamehameha cancels out his own
Kame-sennin: “I'm…impossible…That can’t be…!”

Chapter: 47, P14.2
Kame-sennin: “Un…unbelievable…To think that he’d suppress my Kamehameha with his own!”

Chapter: 47, P14.4
Kame-sennin: “I…I can’t believe he’s this good…I knew I’d be in trouble if I underestimated Goku…I'd better think up a strategy…”

Chapter: 48, P1.1
Announcer: “A breathtaking white-hot battle is unfolding in the finals! Currently it’s a completely even fight!”

Chapter: 48, P4.2-5
Kame-sennin: “He’ll really be something if he can get up again after taking my kick.”
*Goku gets up*
“…! He…he looks completely fine…”

Chapter: 49, P1.1
Announcer: “Currently, Contestant Son is staying 1 step ahead! Contestant Jacky is having somewhat of a tough fight!”

Chapter: 49, P13.3-4
Goku: “Huh!? M-my Janken doesn’t affect him…!”
Kame-sennin: “Fuh fuh fuh, I can already see through the Janken technique”
Goku: “Wh-wha?! How do you know the Janken!? My grampa was supposed to be the only one who knew the Janken technique…”

Chapter: 50, P2.1
Context: Kame-sennin prepares to use the Bankoku-Bikkuri-Sho
Kame-sennin: “I’ve got no choice but to bring out that technique…It’s dangerous, but knowing Goku he might not die…”

Chapter: 50, P10.4
Context: as Goku is hit with the Bankoku-Bikkuri-Sho
Kame-sennin: “Say you give up! If you don’t say it quickly, you’ll die!”

Chapter: 50, P12.2
Context: as Goku is about to give up while suffering from the Bankoku-Bikkuri-Sho
Kame-sennin: “A-alright…You held out well…Even Son Gohan couldn’t endure it for this long…!”

Chapter: 52, P12.7
Context: after Goku fires a Kamehameha at him
Kame-sennin: “At any rate, your Kamehameha just now didn’t have any force either. Seems you’ve lost your energy through fatigue and hunger…”

Chapter: 52, P13.1-4
Kame-sennin: “Ultimately the martial arts come down to two bodies colliding together…In the end, the stronger person wins…It’s simple…[ ] Though having said that, I’m a little outclassed by Goku’s nimbleness…And with his small body and short legs, I can’t do a cobra suplex or square hold…!!”

Chapter: 53, P13.3
Context: after standing up before Goku after their double kick-induced double knockout
Kame-sennin: “I won because of my long legs…As an adult, my legs are longer than your small ones, and so my kick was that much deeper…But at any rate, you did well…You’re the first person to ever push Muten Roshi this far…”

Chapter: 54, P3.7
Context: after Chun/Kame-sennin defeats Kuririn and Goku
Kame-sennin: “Anyway, those were some dangerous matches…Those two are really something…”

Chapter: 54, P10.2-3
Context: after Kuririn says he and Goku will start training again once he returns to Kame House
Kame-sennin: “No no. I’ve already taught you practically all I have to teach. From now on, walk your own path. You should undergo your own training.”

---Oozaru--- [#21T#GOK#OZA]

Chapter: 51, P3.1
Context: after Goku transforms into an Oozaru
Kame-sennin: “Hieeh! He flicked off my Bankoku-Bikkuri-Sho!”

Chapter: 52, P5.3-5
Context: after Goku turns into an Oozaru and back again
Kuririn: “Well, whatever…It was incredible, but they said you won’t ever turn into it again…”
Goku: “Say, what happened here? It looks like a typhoon hit…”

10. Yamcha [#21T#YAM]
Chapter: 34, P12.4-6
Goku: “Yamcha, you came to the Tenkaichi Budoukai too!? Did you manage to qualify!?”
Yamcha: “Yep! I managed to qualify too! I’ve been practicing with the goal of entering this tournament, after all. But it looks like I’m absolutely no match for you, Goku. It figures that after receiving Muten Roshi’s training you’d be on a different level.”
Goku: “I’m surprised too!”

Chapter: 34, P13.4
Context: after Kuririn beats the bear guy and Goku says he trained with Kame-sennin too
Yamcha: “Geez…Even becoming runner-up is gonna be risky…”

Chapter: 37, P8.2
Kame-sennin: “It looks like you’ve toughened yourself up in real combat. But it’s a shame that your movements are so inefficient…”

Chapter: 37, P8.5
Announcer: “Contestant Yamcha attacked with astounding speed, but Contestant Chun dodged it effortlessly!”

Chapter: 37, P9.2
Kuririn: “Hey, Goku. This ‘Yamcha’ person is really strong, right?”
Goku: “Yeah! I fought him too, but he was so fast I couldn’t see him! He’s super-duper strong!”

Chapter: 38, P2.2
Yamcha: “That was a complete defeat. I was utterly helpless.”
Kame-sennin: “You’re still young. You’ll get stronger yet.”

[Herms]

IV: Red Ribbon Army [#RRA#STA]
Chapters 55-96

1. Android No.8 [#RRA#A08]
Chapter: Chapter 63, P2.2
Context: Murasaki seems ecstatic and admiring of No.8’s strength when releasing the android. Does this mean No.8 is stronger than him? Probably.
Murasaki: “Hee hee hee hee hee!! Just wait 'til you see how strong he is!! He's really, really, really strong!!”
Note: There's a degree of ambiguity here, but I think the idea Murasaki is trying to convey is that No.8 is strong.

Chapter: Chapter 63, P10.5
Context: Goku seems to know that No.8 was stronger than Murasaki, which he confirms with the next quote.
Goku: “You coulda just knocked that guy out yourself.”
No.8: “Fighting is wrong.”

Chapter: Chapter 63, P11.1
Context: When No.8 states he’s afraid to fight, Goku is surprised.
Goku: “Really? But you look so strong.”

Chapter: Chapter 66, P14.2
Context: Goku, still stunned, is amazed at No.8’s strength.
Goku: “You’re terrific when you get mad, Hatchan. Your punch was a lot more incredible than mine. You’re really good when you put your mind to it...”
No.8: “Ha ha... But I hate to fight.”

2. Arale and friends [#RRA#ARA]
Chapter: 82, P4.1-2
Goku: “Am…amazin’…You’re about as fast as my Kinto’un, ain’t ya?! Where did you train?!”
Arale: “What’s that? Is it strong?”

Chapter: Chapter 83, P.11.1-5
Context: Arale says she sent General Blue very far...
Goku: “You knocked him real far?!”
Senbei: “That's right, we can’t even see him.”
Goku: “That...That's incredible!!”
Arale: “Heh heh heh...The two Gatchans are strong too!”
Goku: “But they’re so tiny...”
Arale: “I also have a friend named Obotchaman and he’s really strong too!”
Goku: “Wow... There are so many people stronger than me in the world... I gotta train even more!”

Chapter: Chapter 83, P.14.5-6
Context: General Blue is indeed quite far from his original location... Near pyramids!
General Blue: “No... I’m sorry, I don’t have the dragonballs... But I did manage to obtain the enemy’s radar.”
Commander Red: “What, is that true?! Alright, get back to the base right now!!”
General Blue: “Well...Ugh... ‘Right now’ might be a little tricky...”

3. Black, Assistant [#RRA#3]
Chapter: Chapter 95, P.11.2
Context: Assistant Black states that he’s on a different level than the others, probably referring to the other high members of the Red Ribbon. But Goku’s so strong now that it's impossible to determine if that’s the truth...
Black: “Heh heh heh... You may be pretty self-confident, but this won’t go [as easily] as it did with the others before me.”

4. Blue, General [#RRA#BLU]
Chapter: Chapter 73, P.14-5
Context: As he prepares to attack Goku and co., General Blue seems pretty confident about his strength.
Blue: “Ooh, but you’re about to see one hell of a show... I’ll eliminate all five of them.”

Chapter: Chapter 77, P.1.2-3
Context: After Kuririn and Blue fight for awhile.
Kuririn: “Urgh... He’s super strong... What amazing strength!”
Blue: “Ho ho ho! Big mouth but nothing in the arms, huh?!”

Chapter: Chapter 77, P.13.2
Context: Goku easily fights against Blue, not trying too hard. Blue admits he never faced such a threat.
Blue: “Gnnn... Oooh!!”
Goku: “Heh heh! No big dealio!”

Chapter: Chapter 78, P.7.1-2
Goku: “You’re gonna regret this!!”
Blue: “Aah!! No!! My power just...”
Note: When Goku is freed from Blue's power, Blue freaks out, probably knowing his advantage over the boy was only due to his special ability and that he’s in trouble now.

Chapter: Chapter 80, P.9.1
Context: More seriously, Kame-sennin admits Blue is quite an adversary.
Kame-sennin: “This opponent is a tough one... I couldn’t even sense his presence... Besides, he tied us up in a way that the rope actually tightens when you try to free yourself!!”

Chapter: Chapter 82, P.8.1-2
Context: When Suppaman tries to scare Blue, the latter crushes a phone booth as a demonstration of his strength. Suppaman’s reaction pretty much gives an idea of his... power level.
Suppaman: “... Heh heh heh heh!! Wh... What can I do for you, sir?”

Chapter: Chapter 85, P.4.2
Context: When his access to RR headquarters is denied, Blue effortlessly murders one of the Red Ribbon soldiers with one hit, and just remarks that they should be ashamed of not recognizing him.
Blue: “How pathetic, forgetting what your superior looks like.”

Chapter: Chapter 85, P.8.4
Context: said before he and Tao Pai Pai start to fight
Tao Pai Pai: “No need to use my hands or legs on someone like you. I’ll defeat you with my tongue alone.”

5. Bora [#RRA#5]
Chapter: Chapter 84, P.5.5
Context: Yellow faces Bora and tries guns against him, which prove useless.
Bora: “I thought I told you bullets would do no good.”

Chapter: Chapter 84, P.8.4-5
Context: Yellow admits he is powerless against Bora.
Black: “You must get [that dragonball] any way you can. Fail, and you’ll be eliminated anyway.”
Yellow: “I know that!! But I've already tried everything!!

Chapter: Chapter 86, P.5.2-5
Context: Tao Pai Pai states Bora has already lost, and that he won’t hold back. Unfortunately he’s right, and the fight doesn’t last for long...
Tao Pai Pai: “Heh heh heh, what an idiot. You’re just digging your own grave...”
Bora: “Well then, come at me!!”
Upa: “Hang in there, father!!”
Tao Pai Pai: “Heh heh heh, you probably think you’ve trained enough. Well, I’m not gonna hold back.”

6. Bruce Lee-lookalike [#RRA#6]
Chapter: 68, P6.2
Crowd guys: “Hey, you fight him!” “You gotta be kidding! He’s a kenpo master!

7. Buyon [#RRA#BUY]
Chapter: 64, P5.3, P6.2
White: “Fuhahahaha! Hey, brat! You’ll be done for once you go up against Buyon here! I hope you get eaten! [ ] Hihihihihi…you’re too naïve, brat. No matter how much of a master you are, or what weapon you use, you’ll never be a match for Buyon!”

Chapter: Chapter 64, P8.4
Context: Goku is shocked at his helplessness against Buyon.
Goku: “Man... My punch did nothing to him...”

Chapter: Chapter 64, P9.4
Context: Still amazed.
Goku: “I can’t believe it... His body’s all flabby... My hits have no effect on him!”

8. Kame-sennin [#RRA#KAM]
Chapter: Chapter 80, P.6.5
Kuririn: “But if we keep them, the Red Ribbon Army will come and attack us!!”
Kame-sennin: “They can come! I’ll just beat the crap out of them. After all, I’m the famous Muten Roshi!”
Note: Kame-sennin seems unafraid about the Red Ribbon Army to Kame House. Is he just pretending to be confident or does he really believe what he says? He doesn’t realize he’s about to get tied up by a Red Ribbon general in just a few seconds...

9. Karin [#RRA#KAR]
Chapter: Chapter 88, P12.4
Context: Goku finds out about Master Karin’s speed.
Goku: “Wow... He's super fast!”

10. Kinto’un [#RRA#KIN]
Chapter: 56, P7.4
Context: talking about the Red Ribbon plane
Goku: “This is a little bit slower than Kinto’un though.”

Chapter: 82, P4.1-2
Context: after Arale quickly catches up with Goku
Goku: “Am…amazin’…You’re about as fast as my Kinto’un, ain’t ya?! Where did you train?!”
Arale: “What’s that? Is it strong?”

11. Kuririn [#RRA#KUR]
Chapter: Chapter 75, P.5-1
Context: Blue watches Goku and Kuririn fight the guardian robot, and notices they’re quite skilled.
Blue: “Oh, they’re martial artists...”

Chapter: Chapter 76, P.12.1-2
Context: Before the fight starts, Kuririn seems pretty confident about his odds against Blue.
Kuririn: “Heh heh heh... If you wanna fight, I’m waiting... But I don’t know if you’re worthy enough to be my opponent.”
Blue: “Oh... You’re quite self-confident...”
Kuririn: “Come on, bring it on.”

Chapter: Chapter 76, P.13.4
Context: After a few seconds fighting Blue, Kuririn is quite injured.
Blue: “Ho ho ho... So, where’s your confidence now?”

Chapter: Chapter 77, P.1.2-3
Context: After Kuririn and Blue fight for awhile.
Kuririn: “Urgh... He’s super strong... What amazing strength!”
Blue: “Ho ho ho! Big mouth but nothing in the arms, huh?!”

Chapter: Chapter 77, P.3.2-5
Context: Kuririn surprises Blue and manages to hit him hard enough to make him bleed.
Kuririn: “Tadaa!! Shocked, huh?!”
Blue: “... He... kicked me... He... hit my beautiful face... Blood?! My nose is bleeding!!”

Chapter: Chapter 77, P.10.6
Context: Goku notices the outcome of Kuririn's fight with Blue
Goku: “So you’re the one who knocked Kuririn out?!”
Blue: “Kuririn? Oh, that dwarf? Indeed. I was just about to finish him off.”

12. Lunch [#RRA#LUN]
Chapter: Chapter 73, P9.4
Sea Turtle: "She might actually be more dangerous than the Red Ribbon Army..."
Note: After Lunch turns bad, she knocks out the Red Ribbon soldier. The turtle humorously thinks she might be scarier than this army, but the situation seems to seriously prove Lunch is able to take on a regular Red Ribbon soldier.

13. Metallic, Sergeant [#RRA#MET]
Chapter: Chapter 58, P7.5-6
Context: Murasaki and White witnesses Goku defeating all the mooks when entering Muscle Tower.
White: “This is getting interesting. Think he’s gonna make it all the way up here?”
Murasaki: “Absolutely not. Sergeant Metallic is on the second floor, and nobody’s ever defeated him. And if it miraculously happens that he beats him, he’ll have to face me on the third floor.”
White: “Ah, what a shame. I wouldn’t have minded some exercise.”

Chapter: Chapter 58, P9.3
Context: White asks Murasaki about Goku fighting Metallic
White: “So how long do you think Metallic will need to finish him?”
Murasaki: “Hum... I think one minute will be more than enough.”

Chapter: Chapter 59, P1.2
Context: Goku is impressed by Sergeant Metallic.
Goku: “Terrific!! My attack hit you big time and you don’t even have a scratch!!”

Chapter: Chapter 59, P3.4
Context: Murasaki’s estimations were wrong.
White: “Heh heh heh, looks like the match’s over.”
Murasaki: “Two minutes... The Sergeant had a bit of trouble with this one.”

Chapter: 59, P5.2
Context: said after he smashes Metallic in the face
Goku: “Owy! Whatta hard face…!”

Chapter: 59, P8.2-3
Context: talking about Metallic’s missile
Goku: “Wh-what was the technique just now? Amazin’, I’ve never met a guy like this before…! He fired something that looked like a Kamehameha from his mouth!”

14. Murasaki, Sergeant Master [#RRA#MUR]
Chapter: Chapter 60, P3.4
Context: Murasaki, invisible to Goku’s eyes, welcomes his adversary with a speech.
Murasaki: “So far absolutely nobody has ever managed to defeat me. Nobody could even catch a glimpse of me! You’re gonna die here!! Ha ha ha ha ha!!”

Chapter: Chapter 60, P14.6
White: “That guy... He’s got real strength... But he doesn’t have much brains…”

Chapter: Chapter 61, P1.4
Context: Murasaki grabs his sword, saying he will now fight seriously. Goku is relieved to hear that.
Murasaki : “Play time’s over, kid... I’m gonna fight seriously now!”
Goku: “Ah, great!”

Chapter: 61, P7.3
Context: after Goku breaks Murasaki’s sword with the Nyoibo
Murasaki: “M-my legendary sword, ‘Sasanishiki’!”
Goku: “It ain’t no match for my Nyoibo!”

Chapter: Chapter 61, P14.5
Context: after Murasaki survives a shuriken in the head
Goku: “You’re quite tough too, mister...”

Chapter: Chapter 62, P9.1-2
Context: after Murasaki produces his "clones".
Murasaki: “Heh heh heh heh, you were already in trouble against just one of me... And now my strength has been multiplied by five!! There's nothing left for you but death, kiddo!!”
Goku: “Liar, I wasn’t having any trouble! So, you guys are all real? I figured something weird was going on!”

15. Pirate Robot [#RRA#15]
Chapter: Chapter 75, P.5-4
Context: While both figh the robot, the boys admit its a good adversary.
Kuririn: “It's kinda tough...”
Goku: “Yep, not bad!!”

16. Red Ribbon Army soldiers [#RRA#16]
Chapter: Chapter 57, P6.1
Context: Sno explains that the soldiers are causing them trouble.
Goku: “Then you should get rid of them.”
Sno: “But they’re, like, super strong! We could never beat them!”

17. Son Goku [#RRA#GOK]

---Pre-Karin Training— [#RRA#GOK#PRE]

Chapter: Chapter 56, P2.7
Context: After Goku takes his dragonball bag back.
Silver: “I see...Like my men said, you don’t seem to be an ordinary kid....”

Chapter: Chapter 56, P10.4-5
Context: Silver reports his encounter with Goku to Red, who initially assumes Silver must be talking about a large enemy force
Red: “They found the ball in an instant... What?! They’re that strong? How many are they?! A kid... All by himself?!”

Chapter: Chapter 57, P8.4-7
Context: Goku just hit the soldiers with what seemed to be a barely visible air-hitting, yet the soldiers fall, knocked down.
Sno: “Wh... What just happened?!”
Goku: “Let’s seeee... 6 punches... And 4 kicks. Here I go! Now to finish the rest of 'em!”
Sno: “T... Terrific... I couldn’t see anything at all...”

Chapter: Chapter 57, P14.4
Context: White witnesses Goku scale the tower.
White: “Oh! He’s pretty good for a kid.”

Chapter: Chapter 58, P7.3-6
Context: Murasaki, at White’s side, witnesses Goku defeat all the mooks when entering the Muscle Tower.
Murasaki: “That’s the Bunshin no Jutsu [doppelganger technique]! Judging by his moves, I can tell you he’s no average Joe.”
White: “This is getting interesting. Think he’s gonna make it all the way up here?”
Murasaki: “Absolutely not. Sergeant Metallic is on the second floor, and nobody’s ever defeated him. And if it miraculously happens that he beats him, he’ll have to face me on the third floor.”
White: “Ah, what a shame. I wouldn’t have minded some exercise.”

Chapter: Chapter 59, P14.1
Context: Goku fighting Metallic
Goku: “Alright!! I’ll show you my real strength!!”
Note: It seems Goku wasn’t going full-strength with Metallic, but Metallic's battery runs out before he has a chance to do so.

Chapter: Chapter 60, P5.5-6
Context: Without seeing him, Goku has located Murasaki and hit him with a stone. Murasaki doesn’t seem to believe it was more than a stroke of luck, while Goku confirms they’re just not at the same level.
Murasaki: “Ho... Ho ho... You guessed, huh? Nice stroke of luck!”
Goku: “Well no, that’s no luck! I saw you!”
Murasaki: “Liar!! An amateur like you, able to detect me?!”

Chapter: Chapter 60, P12.1-5
Context: Murasaki is shocked by Goku’s speed.
Murasaki: “So?! What do you think of a ninja’s speed?!!”
Goku: “I won’t lose when it comes to speed!”
Murasaki: “Argh!! He’s super fast!!”

Chapter: Chapter 61, P11.1
Context: Murasaki is astonished by Goku’s resistance.
Murasaki: “B... But... You’re head’s quite hard, right?... Like diamond”

Chapter: 62, P4.1
Context: after Goku jumps over the lake
Murasaki: “A-are you a frog?!”

Chapter: Chapter 62, P12.3
Context: After all of the twins have been knocked out, Murasaki is terrified.
Murasaki: “Wh... What... What speed... And what power!!”

Chapter: Chapter 63, P14.1
Context: White admits Goku is great.
White: “You’ve made it this far. Congrats, boy. Truly remarkable. You would be a great asset for my army...”

Chapter: Chapter 64, P12.3
Context: When seeing Goku make it out of Buyon’s mouth, White is pissed.
White: “Puh! That kid’s tough!”

Chapter: Chapter 64, P14.3-4
Context: Goku’s more and more helpless against Buyon!
Goku: “You gotta be kiddin’ me!! No way... Even the Kamehameha!! What am I gonna do?”

Chapter: Chapter 65, P1.1
Context: Goku admitting his defeat against Buyon?
Goku: “To tell the truth, I think we’re done for...”

Chapter: Chapter 65, P3.6 + P.4-1
Context: Goku tries to think of a way to defeat Buyon...
Goku: “But I still can’t see how to make it out of this one! I never fought a flabby thing like him before!! In that case, I’ll rush into him with all of my strength!! Go!!

Chapter: Chapter 65, P11.4
Context: White is amazed at Goku’s victory over Buyon.
White: “Wh... What an amazing boy!!”

Chapter: Chapter 65, P14.1-4
Context: White shoots Goku, but the latter only says it hurts...
White: “Can... Can I ask you a question? Did those bullets hit you?”
Goku: “Yep, they hit me! And they hurt a lot!! I’ll make you pay!! [helping No.8 climb up] Phew!”
No.8: “I have to thank you again, Son Goku...”
White: “But... But... This is impossible!!”

Chapter: 66, P66.4
Context: said before White and Goku start to fight
White: “He’s pretty tired…Looks like I have a chance of winning!”

Chapter: Chapter 66, P4.3
Context: White recovers from Goku’s punch, terrified...
White: “Who the hell is this kid? He’s amazingly strong...A real monster...”

Chapter: Chapter 66, P9.4
Context: after shooting Goku with the Powered Gun.
White: “Wah ha ha ha!! Even that kid’s no match for my Powered Gun!!”

Chapter: 74, P9.2
Context: after Goku jumps across the booby trapped floor.
Bulma: “Un-unbelievable…that was 20 meters!”

Chapter: Chapter 75, P.5-1
Context: Blue watches Goku and Kuririn fight the guardian robot, and notices they’re quite skilled.
Blue: “Oh, they’re martial artists...”

Chapter: Chapter 77, P.13.2-4
Context: Goku easily fights against Blue, not trying too hard. Blue admits he never faced such a threat.
Blue: “Gnnn... Oooh!!”
Goku: “Heh heh! No big dealio!”
Kuririn: “Goku’s amazing! He become even stronger than he was during the Tenkaichi Budoukai!!”
Blue: “You brat!! I've never encountered such insolence!! You’ll pay for this... Big time!!”
Goku: “So what? You want more?”

Chapter: Chapter 78, P.2.5
Context: Goku is incapacitated by Blue’s power and at his opponent’s mercy.
Goku: “Ouuuch...”
Blue: “Ho ho ho! So we’re not as lively as we were earlier, are we?”

Chapter: Chapter 78, P.5.5
Context: Blue prepares to fire a shotgun at Goku's face at pointblank range
Bulma: “Even Goku’ll die from a shot at such a short range!!”

Chapter: Chapter 85, P.1.2
Context: Goku basically says Yellow was no big deal.
Bora: “Thank you so much for saving my son.”
Goku: “Oh, it was nothing big. I just knocked out that Red Ribbon guy.”

Chapter: Chapter 85, P.11.2
Context: Black describes Goku to Tao Pai Pai when the latter is surprised to see that he’s just a kid.
Black: “Watch out, this is no ordinary boy. His strength is like nothing we’ve ever seen.”

Chapter: Chapter 86, P.11.5 & P.12.1
Context: Tao Pai Pai manages to beat Goku, but is still surprised of the boy’s unexpected resistance.
Tao Pai Pai: “Already over? That was too easy...”
Goku: “D... Damn!!”
Tao Pai Pai: “Oh, he wasn’t dead?”

Chapter: Chapter 87, P.11.3
Context: Upa underlines how unusually fast Goku is when climbing the tower.
Upa: “I already can’t see him anymore... Impressive...”

Chapter: Chapter 88, P.10.3
Context: After just a few minutes, Master Karin has figured out Goku’s weakness.
Karin: “You don’t try to anticipate your adversary’s moves. You just rush head first.”

Chapter: Chapter 89, P.4.4
Context: Master Karin is not fooled by Goku’s afterimage technique, but admits he’s surprised by the boy’s skills.
Karin: "This little guy is not bad at all...I've never seen so many afterimages at the same time... That’s a good sign...”

---Post-Karin Training--- [#RRA#GOK#POS]

Chapter: 89, P5.1-3
Karin: “By the way, it seems you still haven’t realized. [ ] The fact is, climbing up this tall, tall, unbelievably tall Karin Tower has significantly toughened up your body.”

Chapter: 89, P7.2-3
Context: after Goku climbs down the tower and back up again
Karin: “Fuffuffufuh…Well, how about it? Your body has already toughened up a lot more! The first time you climbed up, it took you almost 1 day…But this time it only took you 3 hours to make a round trip. Do you see how much tougher your body’s gotten?”

Chapter: Chapter 89, P.12.7
Context: Master Karin is impressed by Goku, who just caught the Super Holy Water jar.
Karin: "What an amazing little guy... Only three days..."

Chapter: 89, P14.1
Context: Goku accuses Karin of lying about the increase in power he should have received from the Super Holy Water.
Karin: “Nyahhahha! I didn’t trick you!! Your power has already become many times greater!”

Chapter: Chapter 89, P.14.7
Context: Goku leaves, and Master Karin says...
Karin: “It might be that this kid... has already surpassed Muten Roshi...”

Chapter: Chapter 90, P.13.3
Context: Tao Pai Pai said he would kill Goku in three seconds, but Goku easily stops him and counterattacks.
Goku: “Those 3 seconds are up!”
Tao Pai Pai: “What’s going on? Your moves are totally different from three days ago...”

Chapter: Chapter 91, P.10.2-3
Context: Goku has blocked the Dodonpa...
Tao Pai Pai: “Unbelievable... That’s... not possible... M... My Dodonpa...”
Goku: “Just like my Kamehameha didn’t work on you... Your whatever-it’s-called doesn’t do anything to me anymore!”

Chapter: Chapter 92, P.7.1-6
Context: Tao Pai Pai hits Goku with his ultimate combo, but...
Tao Pai Pai: “Ha ha ha!! He’s finally dead!! When he finally realized the true fearsomeness of a professional killer, it was already too late!! Whaa?!”
*Goku's not dead*
Goku: “You’re as good as I thought. That really hurt.”
Upa: “Goku!!”
Tao Pai Pai: “A... Are you a monster ?!”

Chapter: Chapter 92, P.10.1-3
Context: Tao Pai Pai understands he has no chance of winning against Goku.
Tao Pai Pai: "What crazy speed!! I can’t believe it!! It’s absurd that I’m..."
Goku: “And here comes the next part!!”
Tao Pai Pai: "I’m in trouble!!"

Chapter: Chapter 94, P.14.6
Context: Red pretty much sums up the situation.
Red: “The Red Ribbon Army is being exterminated by a kid who doesn’t even know what an elevator is!!”

Chapter: Chapter 95, P.4.4-5
Context: Red has to face his failure.
Red: “Gnnn... What the hell is this? A kid... A little kid all on his own!!”
Black: “I think we realized too late just how incredibly strong Son Goku is. He’s beyond all our expectations... All that’s left for us to do is leave the dragonballs behind and retreat...”

Chapter: Chapter 95, P.13.2
Context: Just a few seconds of fighting are enough for Assistant Black to admit his inferiority.
Black: "To think that he’d be this strong..."

Chapter: Chapter 96, P.13.2
Context: Assistant Black is amazed by Goku’s strength. He then tries to escape, but Goku kills him...
Black: “That boy is just extraordinary... He’s... astonishing...”

18. Son Goku and friends (in general) [#RRA#18]
Chapter: Chapter 73, P13.5, P14.1
Context: Commander Blue warns his soldiers that the enemies are a real threat.
Blue: “The enemy seems to be more of a threat than I thought. Instead of attacking them carelessly, we’ll have to wait for the right moment to take them on in some sneaky way!”
Soldier: “But there's only three of them... And they’re just kids...”
Blue: “Yes, but one of them has already wiped out the Silver and White divisions!! And to top it all off, the B squad assaulting the enemy base has been crushed by an old man and a girl!!”

19. Tao Pai Pai [#RRA#TAO]
Chapter: Chapter 85, P.4.5
Context: Tao Pai Pai has pretty high self-esteem, but he might be correct at the time...
Tao Pai Pai: “Yes, I am Tao Pai Pai. The world's number one assassin.”

Chapter: Chapter 85, P.8.4
Context: Tao Pai Pai states how he will easily defeat Blue, and he’s not just bluffing, as he kills Blue in a second.
Tao Pai Pai: “No need to use my hands or legs on someone like you. I’ll defeat you with my tongue alone.”

Chapter: Chapter 85, P.10.4
Context: after Tao Pai Pai kills Blue
Tao Pai Pai: “Pff... Already done... Such a pathetic opponent...”
Red: “He... took Blue out... in a fraction of a second...”
Black: “Man... What a monster... He’s worthy of his reputation...”

Chapter: Chapter 85, P.13.4
Context: Black and Red are pretty confident about Tao Pai Pai’s extraordinary power.
Black: “That man is extraordinary...”
Red: “Wa ha ha!! It’s like I already have the dragonballs!!”

Chapter: 85, P12.7
Context: before Tao Pai Pai takes off for the Karin Holy Land
Tao Pai Pai: “It’s 2,300 kilometers northeast, huh?...Well then, I’ll be back in about 30 minutes.”
Note: So in other words, Tao Pai Pai says he can throw a pillar 2,300 kilometers, jump on it and ride it all the way there, beat Goku, then come all the way back in about 30 minutes.

Chapter: Chapter 86, P6.3-6
Context: From the first second of the battle, Goku is impressed by Tao Pai Pai’s skills and Bora seems helpless.
Goku: “What a speed!!”
Bora: “Gnn... Mmm... Gnnn!!”
Tao Pai Pai: "What's the matter? Can’t move anymore?”
Bora: “Gnnnn!!”
Tao Pai Pai: “Then I’ll make you move myself.”

Chapter: Chapter 86, P.13.3-4
Context: After getting hit with Goku's Kamehameha, Tao Pai Pai seems unfazed
Tao Pai Pai: “You brat... You ruined my clothes...”
Goku: “It didn’t affect him at all!!”

Chapter: Chapter 87, P.2.7
Context: Upa tries to attack Tao Pai Pai with a stone, but the killer effortlessly blows on the flying stone to send it back to the thrower.
Tao Pai Pai: “Ha ha ha, just be grateful you’re still alive. That's plenty to be happy about.”

Chapter: Chapter 87, P.9.4
Context: Goku admits Tao Pai Pai is superior to him.
Goku: “But that guy’s really too strong... My techniques were no match for him. It’s the first time I meet somebody like him...”

Chapter: Chapter 90, P.14.4
Context: Tao Pai Pai says he will fight more seriously, implying he wasn’t even at full power last time. Is it a bluff or is it true?
Tao Pai Pai: “This could be fun! I’ll go at it a little more seriously for once. It'll be good for my health!”

Chapter: Chapter 91, P.6.5 & P.7.1
Context: Tao Pai Pai is no match for Goku, and once again states he wasn’t fighting seriously. But even Goku is left perplexed by this declaration.
Tao Pai Pai: “Damn! I go easy on you 'cause you’re just a kid, and you take advantage of me!!”
Goku: “But you already said you were fighting seriously...”
Tao Pai Pai: “This time, I won’t hold back!! Die!! Take my lethal Dodonpa!!”

Chapter: Chapter 92, P.7.1-6
Context: Tao Pai Pai hits Goku with his ultimate combo, but...
Tao Pai Pai: “Ha ha ha!! He’s finally dead!! When he finally realized the true fearsomeness of a professional killer, it was already too late!! Whaa?!”
*Goku's not dead*
Goku: “You’re as good as I thought. That really hurt.”
Upa: “Goku!!”
Tao Pai Pai: “A... Are you a monster ?!”

20. White, General [#RRA#20]
Chapter: Chapter 66, P3.5-6
Context: White hits Goku right in the stomach with all his strength, but the boy smiles...
Goku: “Was that a punch? Thought some fly had landed on me. A real punch is more... like that!!”

V: Uranai Baba [#UBB#STA]
Chapters 97-112

1. Akkuman [#UBB#AKK]
Chapter: 103, P12.4
Kame-sennin: “What?! She’s bringing Akkuman out already?! He always used to be her fifth man!! That means…she’s saving an even more incredible foe for last!!”

Chapter: 104, P1.2-3
Context: Goku kicked Akkuman with incredible speed.
Goku: “You don’t seem too strong, either.”
Akkuman: “Wh-what…?!! How dare you be so flippant towards a devil…!!”

Chapter: 104, P4.4-5
Context: after Goku beats up on Akkuman
Akkuman: “There’s no way I, the great Akkuman, would be done in by just that!”
Goku: “Yeah! That’s ‘cause I held back!”

Chapter: 104, P5.1-2
Context: Goku is leading the fight with Akkuman.
Kuririn: “Boy, he doesn’t seem like anything special!”
Kame-sennin: “No, he’s incredible! He’s enough of a master to have won the Tenkaichi Budoukai twice in the past! But Goku is overwhelmingly too strong for him!”

Chapter: 105, P2.2
Context: after Goku beats Akkuman
Uranai Baba: “Hmph! I have to admit…you’re the first group to have progressed this far.”

2. Dracula Man [#UBB#2]
Chapter: 99, P4.3
Kuririn: “Hmph. He looks pretty feeble.”

Chapter: 100, P1.1
Narrator: “The powerful 'Dracula Man', who defeated Kuririn, was brilliantly taken down by the strategy of Puar and Upa! However, there are still four champions left to battle…”

Chapter: 100, P1.2
Context: Puar and Upa were able to defeat the first champion.
Uranai Baba: “Ho ho ho… You grasped his weak spots ingeniously… Unfortunately for you, my champions become progressively stronger.”

3. Kame-sennin [#UBB#KAM]
Chapter: 97, P10.1-6
Bulma: “That boy just keeps getting stronger, doesn’t he?”
Yamcha: “He’s quite a fellow indeed.”
Kame-sennin: “He may even be stronger than me at this point…”
Kuririn: “W-What--?! Are you serious--?!”
Kame-sennin: “He wiped out the entire Red Ribbon Army on his own…I don’t think even I have the stamina to take on such a large military force...Ho ho ho… He is an inestimable lad already…and I suspect he has a long way to go yet!”
Kuririn: “Wow…”
Yamcha: “So if one of us were thinking about winning the next Tenkaichi Budoukai, we won’t be able to scratch him if we do only a little bit of training?”
Kame-sennin: “You got that right.”
Kuririn: “D’oh!”
Yamcha: “And to think that until just recently, we were almost equal in ability…”

4. Kuririn [#UBB#KUR]
Chapter: 98, P14.4
Context: Uranai Baba told them that she would divine for them free of charge if they could beat her champions.
Kuririn: “Ho ho ho…ma’am… You should know that three of us went pretty far in the Tenkaichi Budoukai…”

5. Mummy-kun [#UBB#MUM]
Chapter: 101, P10.3
Context: The fight takes place in the Devil’s Cesspool: two tongue-shaped platforms above a pit of deadly acid!
Yamcha (thinking): “Looks like the type who bowls opponents over by sheer strength… All right, then! I’ll use this narrow walkway to my advantage and fight him with my speed and moves!”

Chapter: 101, P13.1-2
Context: Mummy-kun is faster than Yamcha anticipated.
Kame-sennin: “H-he’s incredibly fast…!!”
Goku: “You think so…?”
Kame-sennin: “Huh?”

Chapter: 102, P1.3
Yamcha: “Wh-what speed…!”

Chapter: 102, P11.5
Kame-sennin: “At any rate, he’s ferociously good…”

Chapter: 102, P13.4
Context: Kuririn asks Kame-sennin if Goku has a chance against the mummy fighter.
Kame-sennin: “As he was up until now, Goku probably wouldn’t have been able to win…However, it looks like he’s definitely gotten better through this later training…I wonder what will happen…”

Chapter: 103, P11.4
Context: Goku defeated Mummy-kun.
Akkuman: “He’s the first who’s ever made it this far… But there’s no way he can defeat me!”

6. Pilaf Machine [#UBB#PIL]
Chapter: 109, P13.1
Pilaf: “Ga-hahaha--well, what do you think?! Surrender is your only hope!! The Pilaf Machine has outrageous power!!”

Chapter: 110, P1.1
Context: after Goku fights the Pilaf Machine a bit
Goku: “Hey! You guys aren’t that strong!”

7. Son Gohan, grandpa [#UBB#GRA]
Chapter: 103, P12.4
Kame-sennin: “What?! She’s bringing Akkuman out already?! He always used to be her fifth man!! That means…she’s saving an even more incredible foe for last!!”

Chapter: 105, P2.2
Uranai Baba: “Hmph! I have to admit…you’re the first group to have progressed this far. But this as far as you’ll go…the fifth man is outrageously skilled! Hee hee hee…!”

Chapter: 105, P5.4-5, P6.1-3
Yamcha: “Lord Muten Roshi, is something the matter? You’ve been awfully quiet for a while…”
Kame-sennin: “Hmm--…”
Bulma: “What are you worrying about?! Goku’s invincible now!! There’s no way he can lose!!”
Kame-sennin: “That’s not what I was thinking about… The masked champion’s voice sounds vaguely familiar… I have the feeling that I’ve met him before…but I can’t remember the details… I can sense that he has an aura of great power, however…”
Yamcha: “What?! Power?! Him?!”
Kame-sennin: “My crone of a sister wouldn’t have so much confidence in him unless he were quite a master.”

Chapter: 105, P9.6, P10.1
Kame-sennin: “Lo…looks like this will be an incredible match…!”
Goku (thinking): “He’s…strange. His power’s totally different from the other ones…!!”

Chapter: 106, P1.4
Context: after Goku and Gohan fight a bit
Kame-sennin: “What a match… Goku’s astounding…but so is the other fellow!”
Yamcha: “B-but who in the world is he…?!”

8. Son Goku [#UBB#GOK]
Chapter: 97, P7.2-6
Context: Everyone thinks Goku turned back instead of facing the Red Ribbon Army headquarters.
Yamcha: “In any case, you were wise not to go through with it.”
Goku: “Huh? I’m not wise! I did attack them!”
Yamcha: “What?!”
Goku: “Yeah! And I beat everybody up and now have 6 dragon balls!”
Everyone: “EEP?!”
Kuririn: “Wh-when you say you beat everybody up…you don’t mean the whole Red Ribbon Army…? Not by yourself…?”
Goku: “Sure! Except the ones that ran away!”

Chapter: 97, P8.3-6
Context: Everyone is impressed that Goku beat the Red Ribbon Army single-handedly.
Kame-sennin: “He just keeps surprising me…”
Bulma: “Even the po-police couldn’t do anything against the Red Ribbon Army…”
Blonde Lunch: “But that little squirt…”
Yamcha: “It’s a miracle…”
Goku: “Naw! I just got stronger again! You climbed it a long time ago, too, didn’t you, Old Timer? Karin Tower?”
Kame-sennin: “What?! Y-you climbed it?! The K-Karin Tower?”
Goku: “Yup! And I met Master Karin, too! And even got to drink the magic water!!”
Bulma: “?”
Kame-sennin: “Y-Yes… That is how I gained some of my own great strength…”
Kame-sennin (thinking): “Amazing…it took me 3 years to get the Super Holy Water…”

Chapter: 97, P10.1-6
Bulma: “That boy just keeps getting stronger, doesn’t he?”
Yamcha: “He’s quite a fellow indeed.”
Kame-sennin: “He may even be stronger than me at this point…”
Kuririn: “W-What--?! Are you serious--?!”
Roshi: “He wiped out the entire Red Ribbon Army on his own…I don’t think even I have the stamina to take on such a large military force...Ho ho ho… He is an inestimable lad already…and I suspect he has a long way to go yet!”
Kuririn: “Wow…”
Yamcha: “So if one of us were thinking about winning the next Tenkaichi Budoukai, we won’t be able to scratch him if we do only a little bit of training?”
Kame-sennin: “You got that right.”
Kuririn: “D’oh!”
Yamcha: “And to think that until just recently, we were almost equal in ability…”

Chapter: 97, P14.4
Context: Goku and the others are setting off to meet Urunai Baba.
Kame-sennin: “With Goku’s strength, they should be able to get her help…”

Chapter: 102, P13.4
Context: Kuririn asks Kame-sennin if Goku has a chance against the mummy fighter.
Kame-sennin: “As he was up until now, Goku probably wouldn’t have been able to win…However, it looks like he’s definitely gotten better through this later training…I wonder what will happen…”

Chapter: 102, P14.6
Context: Goku is preparing to fight Mummy-kun.
Mummy-kun: “…That’s odd… He looks so…nonchalant. But there are no openings in his guard at all…!”

Chapter: 103, P1.2
Context: Goku is preparing to fight Mummy-kun
Mummy0kun: “Shoot--! He’s such a runt…but there’s something…imposing about him!”

Chapter: 103, P7.2
Context: Goku just got up after a full on, unguarded assault by Mummy-kun.
Kame-sennin: “Wh-what kind of guy is he?…He didn’t take any damage after getting hit with an attack that strong!”

Chapter: 103, P10.1-3
Context: Goku defeated Mummy-kun in a single blow.
Kuririn: “…A s-single blow…?”
Yamcha: “Th-that’s impossible… Wh-what’s this about…?”
Kame-sennin: “I never thought he’d be this powerful…That darn Goku, he’s become an outrageous heavy weight…”
Bulma: “You mean…Son’s that strong?”
Kame-sennin: “I’m as shocked as you are… No wonder he was able to decimate the Red Ribbon Army all by himself…”

Chapter: 103, P11.2-4
Context: Goku defeated Mummy-kun.
Akkuman: “That brat’s quite good…”
Grandpa Gohan: “Heh heh heh”
Akkuman: “What’s so funny…?”
Grandpa Gohan: “Oh, nothing. Nothing at all. Heh.”
Akkuman: “He’s the first who’s ever made it this far… But there’s no way he can defeat me!”

Chapter: 104, P13.3-4
Goku: “That’s dirty, using a weapon all of a sudden! Alright! If that’s the way it’s gonna be, then I’m going all out!”

Chapter: 104, P14.5
Context: Goku went all out and kicked Akkuman into a wall, winning the fight with ease.
Kame-sennin: “I didn’t see that move… I of all people…! Wh-what unbelievable speed…!!”

Chapter: 106, P1.4
Context: after Goku and Gohan fight awhile
Kame-sennin: “What a match… Goku’s astounding…but so is the other fellow!”

Chapter: 106, P9.4
Context: Goku literally took a strong kick without flinching.
Grandpa Gohan: “What kind of training did he get?! He took my kick at full force…!”

Chapter: 107, P1.1
Grandpa Gohan: “That was awfully deft…dodging my Kamehameha with an Afterimage Attack and escaping into the sky…”

Chapter: 108, P4.4-6
Context: Grandpa Gohan gave up the match.
Grandpa Gohan: “You’ve gotten quite strong, Goku… You’ve trained well.”
Goku: “H-how do you know my name…?!”
Grandpa Gohan: “But it seems you’ve been slacking about training your tail… I thought I warned you about that…”
Goku: “…”
Note: the word here for ‘train’ (kitaeru) has the connotation of strengthening one’s body through weight training and whatnot. So that’s the kind of training Gohan’s talking about; obviously he doesn’t want Goku to train his tail to do card tricks or anything.

Chapter: 108, P7.3
Grandpa Gohan: “In any case, you really have gotten strong! I never thought I’d be no match for you! Did you receive training from Lord Muten Roshi?”
Goku: “Yup!”

Chapter: 108, P13.1
Context: Grandpa Gohan returned to the afterlife.
Goku: “Grandpa! When my tail grows back I’m gonna train it too, and I’ll be a whole lot more stronger!”
Kame-sennin: “If you get any stronger than you are now, what’s going to happen to my position?...”

Chapter: 109, P14.6
Context: Goku kicked the Pilaf's mecha into a mountain.
Pilaf: “Is that kid…human…?”

Chapter: 110, P1.2
Pilaf: “Shoot--I didn’t know he’d be so strong…!”

Chapter: 110, P8.2
Context: Mai’s mecha is trying to hold Goku, but he’s breaking free.
Mai: “L-lord Pilaf!! Please hurry…!! M-my arms…! His strength is incredible!!”

Chapter: 110, P13.2-3
Context: Goku blasted off one of the Pilaf Machine’s arms with a Kamehameha.
Goku: “Well?!! That was a “light” one!”
Pilaf: “… Wh-what in the world is he…?!”

Chapter: 110, P14.6
Context: Pilaf and co. are trying to run away in their robot’s “swan form”.
Mai: “L-Lord Pilaf, he’s coming up on us with incredible speed!!”
Pilaf(?): “The missile!! Launch the missile!!”

9. Suke-san (the invisible man) [#UBB#INV]
Chapter: 100, P7.5
Context: after Yamcha manages to hit our beloved Suke-san.
Yamcha: “Fufufu, I grazed him. Even an invisible man can’t erase his presence when he moves.”

10. Upa [#UBB#10]
Chapter: 98, P5.5
Upa: “Do you think I can ever be strong like you, Goku?”
Goku: “Of course! When your dad’s alive again, have him train you!”

11. Uranai Baba’s fighters (in general) [#UBB#11]
Chapter: 100, P1.2
Context: Puar and Upa were able to defeat the first champion.
Uranai Baba: “Ho ho ho… You grasped his weak spots ingeniously… Unfortunately for you, my champions become progressively stronger.”

12. Yamcha [#UBB#YAM]
Chapter: 98, P14.4
Context: Uranai Baba told them that she would divine for them free of charge if they could beat her champions.
Kuririn: “Ho ho ho…ma’am… You should know that three of us went pretty far in the Tenkaichi Budoukai…”

[Herms]

VI: 22nd Tenkaichi Budoukai [#22T#STA]
Chapters 113-134

1. Chaozu [#22T#CHA]
Chapter: 118, P14.1
Context: Tenshinhan won the match with Yamcha.
Tenshinhan (talking to Chaozu): “Don’t be complacent. Of course, this Yamcha was probably the best Kame-sen’nin has to offer…so it’s already plain that I’ll be the champion…and you’ll be runner up!”

Chapter: 121, P1.2
Context: the Kamehameha in comparison to the Dodonpa.
Kame-sennin: “It’s no use!! A hastily thrown together Kamehameha can’t win against a Dodonpa!!

Chapter: 122, P13.3-7
Context: after Kame-sennin explains how Goku and Kuririn have gained power surpassing the ordinary
Kuririn: “But…Yamcha lost, and he was about as good as me. And even I had a really tough fight against that runt [Chaozu].”
Kame-sennin: “There’s no helping that. It’s because your opponents [Tenshinhan and Chaozu] were also super masters who have surpassed the ordinary.”

2. Chapa, King [#22T#KCH]
Chapter: 114, P14.1-4
Context: Goku’s first opponent in the prelims is King Chapa.
Yamcha: “So that’s King Chapa, huh…? Poor Goku… To have to face such a tremendous opponent right away…”
Kuririn: “Who’s this King Chapa?”
Yamcha: “He’s said to be an incredible master…It seems that when he last participated, he won the entire tournament without once being struck by an opponent…!”
Kuririn: “Whoa…”
Yamcha: “Th-this could be bad… Of course, it is Goku… If he’s really on, he may squeak by…”

Chapter: 115, P1.2-3
Jackie Chun: “Mmm… King Chapa, eh…?”
Yamcha: “Mr. Chun…?”
Jackie Chun: “Son Goku has certainly found himself in a sticky match right from the very start…”
Yamcha: “Indeed…”

Chapter: 115, P3.4
Yamcha: “The Hasshu-ken, huh?...They say that he moves so fast that it looks like he has 8 arms…”

3. Kame-sennin (Jacky Chun) [#22T#KAM]
Chapter: 113, P14.1-2
Goku: “I hope I beat you this time--!”
Jackie Chun: “Ho ho ho! It seems you’ve trained even more, eh? This will be fun.”
Jackie Chun (thinking): “You’ve got to be kidding. I’m Muten Roshi; I can’t lose no matter what. I’ve been training in secret myself!”

Chapter: 115, P11.3
Context: Jackie beat his first opponent in the prelims with a single punch.
Goku: “That ol’ guy is still awesome!!”
Yamcha: “Leave it to him to have polished his moves even further since the last tournament…”

Chapter: 115, P13.2
Context: Jackie passed the preliminaries.
Kuririn: “He’s…really good…isn’t he…?”
Yamcha: “Don’t want to go up against Goku or that old man too early, eh?”

Chapter: 119, P4.1-3
Context: Tenshinhan and Chaozu are watching Jackie fight Man-Wolf.
Tenshinhan: “Evidently that geezer is the one I face in the semi-final round. He’s quite a master…”
Chaozu: “You can tell from just that much?”
Tenshinhan: “Of course. I can tell from just watching how he moves… Well, well… I’m almost beginning to feel excited…!”

Chapter: 123, P13.4
Tenshinhan: “This geezer is absolutely unbelievable. I don’t know who he is, but his power goes above even Lord Tsuru-sennin…!”

Chapter: 124, P14.5-6
Tsuru-sennin: “He just didn’t want to get pitifully defeated fighting head-to-head! What a coward!”
Tenshinhan: “No…He still hadn’t put out his full power…”

Chapter: 125, P6.6
Context: Speaking to Tenshinhan.
Kame-sennin: “One thing might be just as you said though…I might really have lost even if we had continued fighting like that.”

4. Kikoho [#22T#KIK]
Chapter: 132, P11.7
Context: Tenshinhan speaking to Goku
Tenshinhan: “Let me warn you up front! If you take this technique head-on, even you will die, without a doubt!”

Chapter: 132, P14.1
Kame-sennin: “It’s a technique that holds outrageous destructive power…many levels above even the Kamehameha…However, because of this extreme terribleness, it fiercely depletes one’s own energy, and they say people have even died from it…Even if one doesn’t die, one’s lifespan will undoubtedly be shortened…”

Chapter: 132, P14.4
Tenshinhan: “Don’t worry, there’s no way I’d do it full-force. I won’t let myself die either.”

Chapter: 133, P3.4-5, P4.3
Context: Tenshinhan charges the Kikoho.
Kame-sennin: “He’s concentrated the ki throughout his body into his hands.”
Goku: “Th-this is an incredible ki!”
Tenshinhan: “If I use up all my ki here, then I’ll be completely out of strength. I’ve got to save a certain amount of ki.”

Chapter: 133, P8.2
Context: after the Kikoho blows up the ring
Kame-sennin: “Ju-just as I’d expect, this is stupendous destructive power…There’s no comparison between it and the Kamehameha…!”

Chapter: 133, P9.3
Goku: “That was an amazin’ technique…! Like you said, if I hadn’t dodged I really might have died…!”

5. Kuririn [#22T#KUR]
Chapter: 114, P8.3
Context: Kuririn quickly dispatched of his large opponent.
Goku: “Wow! You’re way better than three years ago!”
Kuririn: “Oh ho ho… That was nothing… Just wait…!”

Chapter: 114, P9.1
Context: after Yamcha and Kuririn’s victories.
Tenshinhan: “If you take pride in that…then you’re a naïve bunch”

Chapter: 115, P14.2-3
Kuririn: “You were watching?!”
Kame-sennin: “Yup! All three of you displayed your progress magnificently! Any one of you may win the top prize this time!”

Chapter: 120, P6.2
Context: The fight between Kuririn and Chaozu has begun, and Kuririn is pushing Chaozu back.
Goku: “That’s it, Kuririn!! You’re pressing him!!”

Chapter: 121, P6.7
Kame-sennin: “You’ve made magnificent progress, Kuririn…! If you had hit him with a properly taught Kamehameha, that one hit would have completely decided the match.”

Chapter: 121, P7.2
Tenshinhan: “What kind of guy is he?...To think that he’d dodge the Dodonpa in that instant, and even launch an attack.”

Chapter: 121, P14.5
Kame-sennin: “Magnificent…Kuririn’s matured one or two stages…”

Chapter: 122, P13.3-7
Kame-sennin: “Panput was truly a fearsomely skilled master, but only when seen from an ordinary level…To your eyes, however, he didn’t look like anything special…That shows just how much you two have acquired strength that surpasses the ordinary.”
Kuririn: “But…Yamcha lost, and he was about as good as me. And even I had a really tough fight against that runt.”
Kame-sennin: “There’s no helping that. It’s because your opponents were also super masters who have surpassed the ordinary.”

Chapter: 125, P3.3
Context: said before he fights Goku
Kuririn: “I’ve trained really hard since then too…I can definitely win! I’m gonna do this!”

Chapter: 125, P10.4-5
Kuririn: “You’re as fast I’d expect…! When’d you circle behind me?!”
Goku: “I’m impressed that you managed to dodge that, Kuririn…!”

Chapter: 126, P4.1-2
Goku: “Amazin’! You’ve gotten better!”
Kuririn: Hihhih! Are you surprised?”
Goku: “I’ve never had such a fun fight! I’m really excited!”

Chapter: 126, P12.2
Goku: “Stop, Kuririn! Your Kamehameha won’t work on me! You’ll just use up a lot of stamina.”

Chapter: 127, P2.2
Context: when it looks like Kuririn will beat Goku by exploiting his tail weakness
Tenshinhan: “This means that I’ll go up against that Kuririn guy in the finals…An easy win…fufufu…”

6. Man-Wolf [#22T#WOL]
Chapter: 119, P3.5-6
Context: Man-Wolf is angry with Jackie for blowing up the moon. Jackie is easily leading the match, however.
Man-Wolf: “Y-you--…!!”
Jackie Chun: “Why don’t you quit before you get hurt? I feel bad for you, but our skill levels are just too different.”
Man-Wolf: “Wh-what--!! Don’t patronize me!! I’ve got a 30-dan in kenpo!!”
Jackie Chun: “Do tell.”

Chapter: 119, P7.1
Context: Jackie knocked Man-Wolf down with a powerful kick, and the announcer began the count.
Guy 1: “Wh-what amazing strength…”
Guy 2: “That wolf slaughtered me in the prelims, and now…”

7. Panput [#22T#PUT]
Chapter: 122, P2.3-6
Announcer: “Contestant Panput has won two other world martial arts championships outside of the Tenkaichi Budoukai. He’s aiming to win the championship here and obtain complete world domination in both name and reality!”
Kuririn: “So h-he’s that amazing a guy…!”
Kame-sennin: “I see. I thought I had heard his name somewhere before. So he’s the rumored super gifted grappler.”
Tenshinhan: “He’s so naïve…this tournament is on a different level than other matches…”

Chapter: 122, P4.5-6
Context: said after Panput punches at Goku put stops short
Panput: “I’m impressed you didn’t try to run away. Or did you just not have time to dodge?”
Goku: “It didn’t look like that great a punch.”

Chapter: 122, P7.2
Context: said after Panput smashes wall
Random crowd guys: “…geh…geh”… “In…incredible…”

Chapter: 122, P8.1
Context: before Panput and Goku fight.
Kuririn: “But he’s not all that amazing…”
Kame-sennin: “Well, watch this match reaa—aal close.”

Chapter: 122, P8.4
Panput: “30 seconds. Sorry, but I’ll win in 30 seconds.”

Chapter: 122, P13.2-5
Kuririn: “But I knew you’d win for sure! Despite how incredible they said he was, he didn’t look all that great!”
Goku: “Maybe he was just in bad form today”
Kame-sennin: “Hohhohhoh…That’s not it. Panput truly was a fearsomely skilled master, but only when seen from an ordinary level…To your eyes, however, he didn’t look like anything special…That shows just how much you two have acquired strength that surpasses the ordinary.”

8. Son Goku [#22T#GOK]
Chapter: 113, P10.2-3
Context: Goku didn’t use Kinto’un to reach the tournament, since Kame-sennin told him not to use it while training.
Oolong: “D-don’t tell me you swam here…?!”
Goku: “Yeah. But just from this place called Yahhoi.”
Yamcha: “Y-Yahhoi…?!”
Bulma: “Th-that’s like almost on the opposite side of the Earth…!”
Oolong: “Wh-what were you thinking…!”

Chapter: 113, P11.1
Yamcha: “Say… Do you think Goku’s gotten stronger over the last 3 years…?”
Kuririn: “Who knows… He doesn’t look too different…”

Chapter: 115, P3.1
Context: Goku just got a good punch in against King Chapa.
King Chapa: “Ho ho ho… So, it seems you’re not just some ordinary brat…?”
Goku: “Heh heh!”

Chapter: 115, P10.2
Context: Goku defeated King Chapa.
Jackie Chun: “That was simply…unbelievable…! To stop himself in midair…with a blast of expelled air…like a bomb…!!”
Yamcha: “I…I didn’t think anyone…could defeat King Chapa so easily…!”

Chapter: 115, P10.3-6
Context: Goku defeated King Chapa.
Goku: “I did it! I did it!”
Kuririn: “Be careful, Goku! If you put everything you’ve got into it from the start, you’ll wear yourself out!”
Goku: “But I didn’t put anywhere near everything I’ve got into it. If I did, he’d be dead. I wish they’d hurry up so I could fight with real strong guys like you all!”
Yamcha: “R-right… Hahaha…”
Jackie Chun (thinking): “Th-this could be bad…for me…”

Chapter: 120, P11.1-2
Context: Goku revealed that he defeated Taopaipai. Tenshinhan did not believe it.
Jackie Chun: “Did you really…take down Taopaipai…?”
Goku: “Huh? You too, gramps? I did so! It wasn’t easy, though…him being so strong and all.”
Jackie Chun: “Taopaipai…said to be the world’s Number One assassin…and this lad…he…he…”

Chapter: 122, P12.3-6
Context: after Goku defeats Panput
Tenshinhan: “That wasn’t one blow. While brushing off his opponent’s fast punch with his right hand, with his left he showered him with…3 rapid-fire elbow blows…That brat, he’s no ordinary person.”
Tsuru-sennin: “I see…maybe he really did defeat Tao Pai Pai…”
Tenshinhan: “This tournament is finally getting interesting…”

Chapter: 122, P13.2-7
Kuririn: “But I knew you’d win for sure! Despite how incredible they said he was, he didn’t look all that great!”
Goku: “Maybe he was just in bad form today”
Kame-sennin: “Hohhohhoh…That’s not it. Panput truly was a fearsomely skilled master, but only when seen from an ordinary level…To your eyes, however, he didn’t look like anything special…That shows just how much you two have acquired strength that surpasses the ordinary.”

Chapter: 125, P10.4-5
Kuririn: “You’re as fast as I’d expect…! When’d you circle behind me?!”
Goku: “I’m impressed that you managed to dodge that, Kuririn…!”

Chapter: 126, P5.2
Context: as Goku and Kuririn continue to fight
Kame-sennin: “Hoh…Goku plans to exhibit his true worth little by little…Let’s see, let’s see…”

Chapter: 126, P9.1
Tenshinhan: “H-he’s accustomed to battle…!”

Chapter: 126, P11.3-4
Kuririn: “He’s not merely strong! I’ve got no chance of winning if I fight him head-on…”
Kame-sennin: “Un-unbelievable…Kuririn’s prowess has developed to a superhuman level, but even so…”

Chapter: 127, P4.5
Context: it turns out Goku can now handle his tail getting squeezed
Goku: “During these last 3 years I’ve trained my tail too as hard as I could!”

Chapter: 127, P5.3-4, P6.4
Kame-sennin: “That’s what’s so incredible about Goku. It’s not just his natural, even wild, strength. More than anything, it’s his frank uprightness…Goku now has no more weaknesses! [ ] …He does have a weakness…He’s too frank and upright…”

Chapter: 127, P8.5, 9.2
Tenshinhan: “He hasn’t vanished. They just can’t see him! Even I can only barely see him. There’s no way the others can! That incessant noise is the sound of him kicking the ground…! He’s using left-to-right footwork at such rapid speed that it surpasses the ordinary…! All while gradually drawing closer…”

Chapter: 127, P12.6
Context: talking about how Goku defeated Kuririn
Tenshinhan: “What was pathetic about that ending?...There’s no way these idiots could tell. In the instant that ‘Son’ brat showed himself, he showered him with 8 karate chops…But made them weak enough to only knock him out of bounds…”

Chapter: 127, P13.1-2
Tsuru-sennin: “H-he’s outrageous…He just might be good enough to have defeated Tao Pai Pai…”
Kame-sennin: “Goku gets bigger and bigger each time I see him…I get the feeling that my position’s already vanished…”

Chapter: 127, P14.4
Tenshinhan: “Looks like I’ll be able to have somewhat of an amusing match with him…”

Chapter: 129, P6.4, P7.1-4, P8.1
Goku: “You really are strong. I’m flabbergasted.”
Tenshinhan: “That’s my line. You’re an amazingly tough bastard…”
Goku: “Knowing you, you won’t die even if I put out my full power, so it looks like I can go all out!”
Tenshinhan: “Don’t make me laugh. You’ve already been going all out.”
Goku: “Yeah, at my match-use power. [ ] But it looks like you’re trying to kill me, so I’ll go at it with my battle-use power too!”
Tenshinhan: “Battle-use…? So then, now you’ll start utilizing your true ability? Heh! That’s the first time I’ve heard such a worthless bluff!”
Note: “I’ll go at it with my battle-use power too” in the sense that Tenshinhan is also using his battle-use power (not that Tenshinhan thinks in those terms) since he’s trying to kill Goku. It doesn’t mean Goku is going to somehow use both his match and battle-use power simultaneously.

Chapter: 129, P13.5
Context: said after Goku beats up Tenshinhan with his battle-use power.
Tenshinhan: “I-I’m so happy…! To think that there was someone like you…I’m getting excited…! This has never happened before…!”

Chapter: 130, P1.2
Announcer: “In-incredible! This is an absolutely incredible offensive and defensive battle! Our eyes can’t remotely keep up with their extremely stupendous speed!”

Chapter: 130, P6.1
Context: said after Goku is generally outclassing him
Tenshinhan: “This is the first time in my life such a thing has happened to me…Yo-you’ve really humiliated me…”

Chapter: 133, P11.1
Context: said before he fires his last Kamehameha
Goku: “I’m betting all my remaining power on this!”

Chapter: 134, P11.1-2
Tenshinhan: “But you have the right to take [the prize money]. It was just luck that I won…By actual ability, unfortunately I lost…”
Kame-sennin: “Hahhahhah, luck is a part of one’s overall ability too. Anyway, Goku managed to learn a lot by meeting a master like you.”
Goku: “Hehehe, that’s right.”

9. Tenshinhan [#22T#TEN]
Chapter: 114, P10.3-4
Kuririn: “I bet he’ll lose right away! I’ll enjoy laughing in his face! Ha ha!”
Goku: “Nah, I think he’s real good.”
Kuririn: “R-really?”

Chapter: 114, P12.3-5
Context: Tenshinhan took down his opponent in the preliminaries with ease, faster than most people could see.
Preliminary Fighter 1: “Wh-what’s going on…?”
Preliminary Fighter 2: “What just happened…?”
Yamcha: “4 arm chops…”
Kuririn: “…And 2 kicks.”
Goku: “He’s good, all right!”
Kuririn: “Awww… He wasn’t all that amazing…”

Chapter: 117, P2.2
Context: The first match, between Tenshinhan and Yamcha, is about to begin.
Kuririn: “Heh heh heh… This oughtta be a snap for Yamcha!”
Goku: “I dunno… I tell ya, I think this guy’s pretty good…”

Chapter: 117, P7.3-5, 8.1
Context: The first round of the 22nd tournament began with a ferocious exchange of blows!
Kuririn: “Wh-whoa…!”
Goku: “They’re both amazing--!”
Announcer: “Wh-wh-what happened?!! All that action…and so fast…!!!”
Yamcha (thinking): “I…I never imagined he’d be so good…”
Tenshinhan (thinking): “Interesting… Evidently he wasn’t just full of hot air after all… It’s been some time since I encountered such formidable resistance…”

Chapter: 117, P11.3
Context: Tenshinhan seemed to gain the upper hand in the fight.
Kuririn: “Y-Yamcha’s getting’ pushed back…!!!”
Goku: “Boy! He’s too good!”

Chapter: 118, P6.1
Context: Yamcha revealed that he’d learned the Kamehameha and launched it at Tenshinhan, but he easily deflected it back at him.
Yamcha: “Aargh--!! What is this guy?!! To deflect a Kamehameha!”

Chapter: 118, P13.4
Context: after Tenshinhan beats Yamcha
Tsuru-sennin: “I wish I could have seen Kame-sennin’s face turn pale. But Tenshinhan’s greatness is much, much more than this.”

Chapter: 123, P2.3
Context: said as Tenshinhan and Kame-sennin start to fight
Goku: “That Tenshinhan guy’s strength is really outrageous…It wouldn’t be strange if either of them won.”

Chapter: 123, P7.5-6
Context: said after Tenshinhan sees through Kame-sennin’s afterimages
Tenshinhan: “That trick won’t work against my three eyes…”
Kame-sennin: “I see, you’re really something. Even I have no choice but to get serious…”

Chapter: 123, P13.5
Kame-sennin: “What a guy…He took my technique head-on…He’s got power far greater than I imagined…Like I thought, a new generation of young people is on its way…”

Chapter: 124, P2.1-2
Tenshinhan: “Alright, I’ll fight you seriously just a little bit…!”
Kame-sennin: “Wha!? Are you saying you weren’t [fighting] seriously before?”

Chapter: 124, P13.1-2
Context: after Tenshinhan fires a Kamehameha
Goku: “Amazin’..!”
Kuririn: “Wh-what a guy…Th-that one just now was really huge…”
Tenshinhan: “Fufufu…With that level of technique, if I see it just once I can immediately make it my own. Show me even more techniques! I’ll become stronger and stronger!”

Chapter: 125, P6.6
Context: Speaking to Tenshinhan.
Kame-sennin: “One thing might be just as you said though…I might really have lost even if we had continued fighting like that.”

Chapter: 128, P12.4
Context: Tenshinhan sees through Goku’s disappearing act, the one he used to beat Kuririn
Tenshinhan: “Did you really think such child’s play would work on me?!”

Chapter: 128, P14.2
Context: Tenshinhan hits Goku a bazillion times
Kame-sennin: “Wh-what an absolutely incredible attack…! It’s just like a machinegun…!”

Chapter: 129, P6.4, P7.1
Context: after Tenshinhan thoroughly attacks Goku
Goku: “You really are strong. I’m flabbergasted.”
Tenshinhan: “That’s my line. You’re an amazingly tough bastard…”
Goku: “Knowing you, you won’t die even if I put out my full power, so it looks like I can go all out!”

Chapter: 130, P1.2
Announcer: “In-incredible! This is an absolutely incredible offensive and defensive battle! Our eyes can’t remotely keep up with their extremely stupendous speed!”

Chapter: 1, P5.6
Context: said after Goku hits Tenshinhan on the head.
Goku: “That didn’t knock you out? Wow, you’re tough!”

Chapter: 131, P11.1
Chaozu: “This is the first time I’ve seen Ten-san fighting all-out…I want to see how the match will end too…”

Chapter: 133, P12.3-4
Kame-sennin: “He mustn’t! He can’t defeat him with a Kamehameha!”
Kuririn: “B-but knowing him, maybe it will be some absolutely incredible Kamehameha!”
Kame-sennin: “No…This Tenshinhan fellow, the Kamehameha itself doesn’t affect him. It has nothing to do with how large or small it is…”

10. Tsuru-sennin [#22T#TSU]
Chapter: 123, P13.4
Tenshinhan: “This geezer [Kame-sennin] is absolutely unbelievable. I don’t know who he is, but his power goes above even Lord Tsuru-sennin…!”

Chapter: 131, P13.3
Context: Kame-sennin blasts Tsuru-sennin away with a Kamehameha
Kame-sennin: “Don’t worry. He won’t die from just that.”

11. Yamcha [#22T#YAM]
Chapter: 114, P5.4
Context: Yamcha just defeated his first opponent in the preliminaries using only one strike.
Goku: “Wow! You trained a lot, huh?!”
Yamcha: “A little, yeah…”

Chapter: 114, P9.1
Context: after Yamcha and Kuririn’s victories.
Tenshinhan: “If you take pride in that…then you’re a naïve bunch”

Chapter: 115, P14.2-3
Kuririn: “You were watching?!”
Kame-sennin: “Yup! All three of you displayed your progress magnificently! Any one of you may win the top prize this time!”

Chapter: 117, P7.3-5, 8.1
Context: The first round of the 22nd tournament began with a ferocious exchange of blows!
Kuririn: “Wh-whoa…!”
Goku: “They’re both amazing--!”
Announcer: “Wh-wh-what happened?!! All that action…and so fast…!!!”
Yamcha (thinking): “I…I never imagined he’d be so good…”
Tenshinhan (thinking): “Interesting… Evidently he wasn’t just full of hot air after all… It’s been some time since I encountered such formidable resistance…”

Chapter: 118, P14.1
Context: Tenshinhan won the match with Yamcha.
Chaozu: “You won!”
Tenshinhan: “Of course. But you know, these Turtle School fellows are much better than I expected. Don’t be complacent. Of course, this Yamcha was probably the best Kame-sen’nin has to offer…so it’s already plain that I’ll be the champion…and you’ll be runner up!”

VII: Piccolo Daimao [#MAO#STA]
Chapters 135-165

1. Cymbal [#MAO#CYM]
Chapter: 139, P6.4
Context: after Cymbal and Yajirobe fight a little
Yajirobe: “Today’s an odd day…I keep running across these extremely strong guys…”

Chapter: 140, P10.6
Context: Piccolo talking to Tambourine
Piccolo: “Immediately go and take care of whoever killed Cymbal! You’re many times stronger than Cymbal, but don’t get caught off guard.”

Chapter: 142, P11.6
Context: Piccolo sees Goku for the first time, and is mad that Cymbal and Tambourine lost to him
Piccolo: “They’re a disgrace to the Demon Clan, being done in by that mere speck of a brat! They won’t be missed! Has my demonic power weakened so much?”

2. Drum [#MAO#DRU]
Chapter: 154, P7.2
Context: after Tenshinhan and Drum fight for a while
Tenshinhan: “Impo-impossible…! His strength and speed are unbelievable…! And he’s just an underling…He’s not even Piccolo…!”

3. God [#MAO#GOD]
Chapter: 164, P7.1-3
Goku: “Amazin’…Mister Popo, you really are incredible! That’s why I couldn’t beat you!”
Popo: “Heh, well…Mister Popo has learned a whole, whole lot from God. That’s why I’m great.”
Goku: “So this ‘God’ guy is even more amazin’!?”
Popo: “Of course. God is far, far more incredible.”

Chapter: 164, P12.6-7, P13.1
God: “Piccolo and I were once one…a single gifted martial artist. Eventually, I learned of God’s existence and came here, just like you. Unfortunately, even gods die. I wanted to become God’s new successor. However, no matter how much time passed, God would not deign to recognize me…Even though he himself trusted that there was none more magnificent than I…”

4. Karin [#MAO#KAR]
Chapter: 150, P13.2-4
Context: Goku asks Karin to train him more
Karin: “Unfortunately…There’s nothing more for me to teach you…[ ] Yeah…I understand how you feel, but…You’ve already acquired enough power to surpass even me”…
Note: Previously, I had mistakenly put that Goku had almost gotten more power than Karin, due to carelessly mistaking mou sude ni/"already" for mou sugu ni/"almost"/"very soon". Sorry about that.

5. Kame-sennin [#MAO#KAM]
Chapter: 135, P6.1
Kame-sennin: “Despite the cute name, [Piccolo] was an outrageously fearsome person…His strength was extremely overwhelming…[ ] He was an opponent we were utterly unable to oppose; not only my younger self or Tsuru-sennin, but even our master, Mutaito. ”

Chapter: 145, P10.8, 11.6
Kame-sennin: “I won’t die…I’ve drunk the Water of Immortality, after all…"
*drugs Tenshinhan*
Kame-sennin: "There’s no such thing as the Water of Immortality…it was a lie…”

Chapter: 165, P13.3
Subject: Goku
Kame-sennin: “Hehhehe…Goku, huh? He’s a truly amazing guy…To think that he’d become a master on such a scale…My power can no longer hold a candle to his…”

6. King Castle guard [#MAO#6]
Chapter: 149, P9.3
King Castle guard guy: “It seems you use some strange sorcery…and to top it off, even guns have no effect against you…So that’s why I had to show up.”
Note: So are this guy’s attacks stronger than gunfire, if they sent him out after learning guns didn’t work on Piccolo?

Chapter: 149, P10.4
Context: after he, well, punches Piccolo.
Piccolo: “Was this a punch?”

7. Kuririn [#MAO#KUR]
Chapter: 135, P1.5
Context: talking about Kuririn's fight with Tambourine
Announce: “Kuririn desperately tried to stop him, but…[Tambourine] was a fearsome guy…”

Chapter: 136, P12.3
Context: after learning Kuririn qualified for the Tenkaichi Budoukai
Tambourine: “So this guy was a master at merely that level!? Hehhehheh. We don’t need to put this up anymore. I already killed him. ”

8. Mister Popo [#MAO#POP]
Chapter: 164, P1.3
Goku: “Un-unbelievable. He’s super-duper strong…”

Chapter: 164, P2.1
Context: said to Goku
Popo: “You beat Piccolo, so you thought you were the strongest in the world. You forgot that there’s always a bigger fish. You can’t win against Mister Popo with just power.”

Chapter: 164, P3.4
Goku: “Amazin’! I’ve never met anyone strong as him before!”

Chapter: 164, P6.6
Popo: “You try to see things with only your eyes, so you couldn’t see Popo’s movements just now. “

Chapter: 164, P7.1-3
Goku: “Amazin’…Mister Popo, you really are incredible! That’s why I couldn’t beat you!”
Popo: “Heh, well…Mister Popo has learned a whole, whole lot from God. That’s why I’m great.”
Goku: “So this ‘God’ guy is even more amazin’!?”
Popo: “Of course. God is far, far more incredible.”

9. Mister Popo’s training principles [#MAO#TPR]
Chapter: 164, P4.4
Popo: “We’re incredibly high up in the sky here. The air is thin. It’s tough on you humans. That’s why it’s no good for people like you who make so many unnecessary movements. This is an important principle, even down on the ground. A stance as quiet as the sky, movement as fast as lightning.”

Chapter: 164, P5.4-6
Popo: “Like this. Turn your mind to nothing.”
Goku: “A-amazin’! He’s really quiet! I ca-can’t feel his ki at all!...Here, like this?”
Popo: “That’s simply not thinking of anything. Turning your mind to nothing is different.”

Chapter: 164, P6.6
Popo: “You try to see things with only your eyes, so you couldn’t see Popo’s movements just now. A person’s presence, faint movements of air, and one’s intuition. It’s not seeing, but sensing. This is vital.”

10. Mutaito [#MAO#MUT]
Chapter: 135, P6.1
Kame-sennin: “Despite the cute name, [Piccolo] was an outrageously fearsome person…His strength was extremely overwhelming…[ ] He was an opponent we were utterly unable to oppose; not only my younger self or Tsuru-sennin, but even our master, Mutaito. ”

Chapter: 135, P6.3-4, P7.1
Kame-sennin: “But Lord Mutaito would not allow [Piccolo] to have his way with the world, and devised a certain secret art…An art called the “Mafuuba”. With the Mafuuba, Daimao was completely sealed within a charm-engraved electric jar! In exchange for [Mutaito]’s own life.”

11. Piccolo Daimao [#MAO#PIC]

---old, and in general--- [#MAO#PIC#PRE]

Chapter: 135, P6.1
Kame-sennin: “Despite the cute name, he was an outrageously fearsome person…His strength was extremely overwhelming…[ ] He was an opponent we were utterly unable to oppose; not only my younger self or Tsuru-sennin, but even our master, Mutaito. ”

Chapter: 136, P9.2
Announcer: “Um…I suppose it’d be best not to contact the police?”
Kame-sennin: “Yeah…The police would be absolutely no match for him…You’d just cause a panic instead …”

Chapter: 142, P3.6
Context: Kame-sennin, Tenshinhan, and co. search for the dragonballs
Kame-sennin: “But we have no chance of winning if we run into them directly! Our only chance is to take advantage of an opening, steal the dragonballs, and leave it to Shenlong…ask him to destroy Daimao.”

Chapter: 142, P4.2
Context: Tenshinhan wants to fight Piccolo
Kame-sennin: “I understand how you feel, but his strength far surpasses the imagination. Even if we ganged up on him, we couldn’t possibly take him.”

Chapter: 143, P6.2
Context: after Goku beats up on Piccolo, freaking Pilaf and co. out
Piano: “Hmph, did you really think Lord Daimao would be done in so easily?”

Chapter: 143, P7.1
Context: when he removes his robes and starts fighting more seriously against Goku
Piccolo: “I’ll show you full well the greatness of Piccolo Daimao.”

Chapter: 143, P12.2
Context: when he removes his robes and starts fighting more seriously against Goku
Goku: “I don’t believe this…He ain’t merely strong…His speed and power are both beyond comparison to my own…”

Chapter: 143, P12.3
Context: Piccolo continues to outclass Goku
Piccolo: “Hohhohhoh…You have no chance of winning, no matter how you struggle, and you can’t run away either. It seems all that’s left for you is the road to death. I’m still not even putting out half of my power. Too bad for you…so then, what will you do?”

Chapter: 143, P14.2-5
Context: said when Goku hits him with the Kamehameha
Goku: “Heheh! He took that head-on!”
*Piccolo is unharmed*
Piccolo: “Did you do something just now?”

---young--- [#MAO#PIC#POS]

Chapter: 144, P9.2-3
Pilaf: “Um, hey…So if he regains his youth, he’ll be even more amazing…?”
Piano: “Naturally. So much so that there’ll be no comparison [to how he is now].”

Chapter: 147, P12.1
Context: wishing to Shenlong
Piccolo: “Restore my youth! [Restore me] to that time when I was most overflowing with power!”

Chapter: 149, P9.3
King Castle guard guy: “It seems you use some strange sorcery…and to top it off, even guns have no effect against you…So that’s why I had to show up.”

Chapter: 150, P7.2, P8.2-3
Context: after Piccolo attacks the city
King: “A-ah! The c-city, the city’s…been wiped out..!”
Piccolo: “Do you understand? If I felt like it, it wouldn’t be any trouble for me to destroy the entire world…If you still don’t believe me, I could just turn all the scenery you can see from here into wasteland.”

Chapter: 150, P13.5
Karin (talking to Goku): “Hmm…I hate to say it, but you probably can’t win against Piccolo Daimao no matter what you do…His strength is on a whole different level…”

Chapter: 152, P5.4
Piccolo: “I think the destroyed cityscape I showed you earlier should make you comprehend my power…”

Chapter: 152, P9.4
Goku: “I feel an absolutely incredible demonic ki [youki]…Piccolo Daimao is over there…”

Chapter: 153, P2.1
Piccolo: “The region whose number gets picked in the lottery will be personally destroyed by me, Lord Daimao! Don’t worry, the Bakuretsu-Makoho that I fire will only last an instant. You won’t have time to suffer…”

Chapter: 154, P12.6
Context: Goku comments on Piccolo's new looks
Piccolo: “I’ve become young again. Do you know what that means? It means that the opponent who beat you black and blue before has obtained even more overwhelming power!”

Chapter: 156, P11.1-6
Context: after Goku and Piccolo fight a bit
Piccolo: “You’ve really done it…You’re the first person to ever wound the pride of Piccolo Daimao so much…”
Tenshinhan: “He’s laughing…Wh-why? Does this mean he still has room for composure?”
Goku: “Come at me with all you’ve got! Put out all your strength! Show me your true power!”
Tenshinhan: “Wh-what?! He’s not using his full power!?”
Piccolo: “Oh, I’m impressed that you noticed. But then, you would. My life span shortens when I fight at full power…I didn’t want to use it if at all possible, but…it seems I have no choice…”

Chapter: 156, P14.3-4
Context: at full power, Piccolo swings his hand and creates a wind
Goku: “Just what I’d expect”
Tenshinhan: “J-just swinging his hand…[produces] such force…!”

Chapter: 156, P13.1-5
Context: still talking about Piccolo's full power
Tenshinhan: “A-an absolutely incredible ki!”
Piccolo: “Haah…Are you ready?”
Goku: “That’s my line. Now I can beat you up with all I’ve got”
Piccolo: “So you’re saying you weren’t using your full power either? Don’t spew such nonsense”
Goku: “You wanna try me?”

Chapter: 157, P1.1
Context: still taking about Piccolo's full power
Goku: “I see…this is amazin’ power…He’s got something to brag about.”

Chapter: 157, P11.5
Context: after Piccolo gets hit by Goku's Kamehameha
Goku: “Get up! That shouldn’t have effected you too bad! That Kamehameha just now was nothing but a warning!”

Chapter: 157, P14.5
Context: Tenshinhan watches Goku and Piccolo fight
Tenshinhan: “Th-they’re too incredible…I can’t butt in at all…”

Chapter: 158, P11.1
Context: said as Piccolo charges up his finger beam attack
Goku: “Th-this is bad! He’s concentrating incredible power!”

Chapter: 159, P5.3-7, P6.1
Context: Goku has escaped Piccolo's first Bakuriki-Maha attack with the help of Tenshinhan's Bukujutsu technique
Piccolo: “I see…[Tenshinhan] mustered the last of his power for that Bukujutsu…So now you have absolutely no way to escape.”
Goku: “Try it one more time! You ought to have used up a bunch of your power in that last attack!”
Piccolo: “You think you can dodge it? With one leg?...Anyway, do you really think you won’t die if you get hit with it head-on this time? It’s true that I can’t hope for it to be as powerful as this last one, but that doesn’t mean it won’t be enough to blow you to pieces…Don’t underestimate my Bakuriki-Maha!”

Chapter: 162, P2.7
Context: when told that Piccolo killed Shenlong.
Karin: “C-can that really be true?...I-I see…Truly, he just might have actually been able to kill Shenlong…”

12. Super God Water [#MAO#SGW]
Chapter: 151, P2.1
Karin: “Unlike the Super Holy Water, the Super God Water isn’t just a trick; it’s not merely ordinary water. Rather, it’s magnificent water capable of drawing out all the power you’ve got hidden inside you…However, if you’ve already mastered all of your power through training, even if you drink the Super God Water you won’t get stronger at all…”

Chapter: 151, P2.5-6
Karin: “The ‘Super God Water’ is actually an incredible poison…Unless you have stupendous stamina and life force, you’ll instantly die [if you drink it]…When you begin to overcome that poison, you’ll be able to draw out your hidden power…”

Chapter: 151, P3.4
Karin: “So far, 14 people have drunk the Super God Water…Each one a mighty person confident in their own abilities…However…Not a single one…survived…”

13. Son Goku [#MAO#GOK]

---Pre-Super God Water--- [#MAO#GOK#PRE]

Chapter: 135, P4.1
Context: after Goku runs off after Tambourine
Kame-sennin: “That idiot! This is someone good enough to defeat Kuririn…Goku’s used up all his power in the tournament; he shouldn’t have any chance of winning…!”

Chapter: 136, P12.7, P13.1
Context: Tambourine sees Goku's page in the tournament registry
Tambourine: “No need to hang that one up either. I killed him. [ ] Yeah, no doubt about it. He wasn’t even worth mentioning. I see, so that brat was the tournament runner-up?...Kukkukkuh…Lord Daimao, there aren’t any substantial martial artists in the world now.”

Chapter: 138, P12.4-5
Context: after the two fight a bit
Yajirobe: “I’ve never met anyone so strong before…”
Goku: “I’ve never met anyone so resilient…”

Chapter: 139, P6.4
Context: after Yajirobe fights Cymbal
Yajirobe: “Today’s an odd day…I keep running across these extremely strong guys…”

Chapter: 141, P2.2
Context: said before his rematch with Tambourine
Goku: “I’ve eaten and have a full stomach. I’m a lii—iitle different than I was yesterday!”

Chapter: 141, P8.2
Context: Yajirobe watches Goku fight Tambourine
Yajirobe: “It…it’s probably best not to make him mad…”

Chapter: 141, P8.4-5
Tambourine: “I'm…impossible…There’s no way that us Demon Clan warriors…could be done in by a human…”

Chapter: 142, P13.3
Piccolo: “Seems you’re pretty skilled in the martial arts…Defeating two of the warriors that I sent…”

Chapter: 143, P1.2
Piccolo: “He’s fast!”

Chapter: 143, P5.3-4
Pilaf: “Run! That brat’s the real monster!”
Yajirobe: “What kind of guy is he?...Amazing! Fighting head to head with Piccolo Daimao!”

Chapter: 143, P6.3
Context: after Piccolo and Goku fight a bit, before Piccolo gets serious
Piccolo: “To think that there’d be someone in this world who could knock my back to the ground…I see…At that level, it’s no wonder my underlings couldn’t handle you…”

Chapter: 144, P7.1
Context: after seeming to kill Goku
Piccolo: “Naturally, this level is about as far as a human could go.”

Chapter: 144, P12.3
Context: after Goku revives following his fight with Piccolo
Yajirobe: “Still, you’ve really got some outrageous life force. What kind of heart to you have, to just return to life like that?”

Chapter: 150, P13.2-4
Context: Goku asks Karin to train him more
Karin: “Unfortunately…There’s nothing more for me to teach you…[ ] Yeah…I understand how you feel, but…You’ve already acquired enough power to surpass even me”…
Note: Previously, I had mistakenly put that Goku had almost gotten more power than Karin, due to carelessly mistaking mou sude ni/"already" for mou sugu ni/"almost"/"very soon". Sorry about that.

Chapter: 151, P7.3
Karin: “It’s alright if you stop…If you train for several more years, you might become able to fight Piccolo…”

Chapter: 151, P12.3
Yajirobe: “It…it’s dawn…He’s already been suffering for almost 6 hours…”
Karin: “Wh-what life force he has!”

---Post-Super God Water--- [#MAO#GOK#POS]

Chapter: 151, P13.3
Context: Goku nears the end of his struggle with the Super God Water
Karin: “P…power…I just…felt as if I could see the unthinkable power hidden within Goku…”

Chapter: 151, P14.6
Goku: “Po…power…I’m overflowing with power…!”

Chapter: 152, P8.2-4
Goku: “I see…I see…! I’m different than I was before…It’s a strange feeling…I’m overflowing with power, but…my heart is strangely quiet…”
Karin: “I-I’m astounded…Even I can’t imagine how great he’s become…”

Chapter: 152, P9.4-5
Goku: “I feel an absolutely incredible demonic ki [youki]…Piccolo Daimao is over there…”
Karin: “Wh-what! You can tell that?...”

Chapter: 152, P9.8, P14.4
Context: Goku heads off to fight Piccolo
Karin: “Yeah…I’m betting on you now too.”
Karin: “At any rate, to think that Goku had that much power hidden inside him…He just might win…”

Chapter: 155, P2.2
Context: said after he kills Drum
Tenshinhan: “One hit…just one hit…What’s happened?...He’s not the same Son he was before…! He shouldn’t have had such stupendous destructive power…!”

Chapter: 155, P4.4, P9.3
Piccolo: “You’ll be dead in just 5 seconds!”
*they fight, Piccolo gets tossed around*
Goku: “Those 5 seconds have already passed.”

Chapter: 156, P1.2-3
Tenshinhan: “Unbelievable…He deflected Piccolo’s technique head-on…”
Piccolo: “Wh…why you…Wh-what have you done?…This is completely impossible…”

Chapter: 156, P2.3
Piccolo: “You’re getting carried away, you brat! The moment you see my true power will be your end!”

Chapter: 156, P5.1-3
Tenshinhan: “I-I couldn’t see that…! Even with my eyes, I couldn’t see Goku’s movement at all…For some reason I’ve started to tremble…”

Chapter: 156, P11.1
Context: after Goku and Piccolo fight a while
Piccolo: “You’ve really done it…You’re the first person to ever wound the pride of Piccolo Daimao so much…”

Chapter: 156, P13.1-5
Context: as Piccolo begins to use his full power
Tenshinhan: “A-an absolutely incredible ki!”
Piccolo: “Haah…Are you ready?”
Goku: “That’s my line. Now I can beat you up with all I’ve got”
Piccolo: “So you’re saying you weren’t using your full power either? Don’t spew such nonsense”
Goku: “You wanna try me?”

Chapter: 157, P11.7
Piccolo: “A-are you a monster…?!”

Chapter: 157, P14.5
Context: Tenshinhan watches Goku and Piccolo fight
Tenshinhan: “Th-they’re too incredible…I can’t butt in at all…”

Chapter: 158, P3.4
Tenshinhan: “G-great! Just as you’d expect, Goku’s pushing him back!”

Chapter: 158, P4-5
Context: after Goku's leg is wounded
Piccolo: “With one leg, you won’t be able to move quickly any more!”
Goku: “Even one leg is enough!”

Chapter: 159, P8.6
Context: Goku attacks Piccolo, using his Nyoibo to compensate for his wounded leg
Goku: “It’s no use! I couldn’t put my full power into it with just one leg!”

Chapter: 159, P13.1-3
Context: after Goku's hit with Piccolo's second Bakuriki-Maha
Goku: “I-I toughed it out somehow…Like I thought, your power’s fallen”

Chapter: 160, P13.3
Context: Goku prepares his final attack
Goku: “I’m gambling all I’ve got into this fist!”

Chapter: 161, P13.4
Yajirobe: “But man, what kind of a guy are you?...I can’t believe you beat someone who could blow a city to pieces…”

Chapter: 162, P2.2-3
Karin: “To be honest, I thought your prospects of victory were practically nonexistent…I figured if we were lucky you two might just take each other out…[ ] There was no helping it! Goku was the only one with any chance of defeating Piccolo!”

Chapter: 163, P6.6
Popo: “For a human, you did well to defeat Piccolo Daimao.”

Chapter: 163, P10.2-5
Context: after Popo outclasses Goku
Popo: “You’re not strong, you’re weak. Did you really defeat Piccolo Daimao?”
Goku: “You jerk, you’re calling me weak? Then I’ll get serious!”
Popo: “Really? I’m happy.”
Goku: “Don’t ya make fun of me!”

Chapter: 163, P13.2
Popo: “Mister Popo is disappointed. You’re weak. I won’t let you meet God. I’m surprised Karin let you come up here”

Chapter: 163, P14.4
Popo: “You have incredible power, but don’t make the best of it at all. That’s no good. No point in me testing you. Go home.”

Chapter: 164, P1.2
Popo: “You’re weak. Your spirit and technique are both no good. You don’t merit being allowed to meet God. Go home.”

Chapter: 165, P13.3
Context: Kame-sennin learns Goku has defeated Piccolo
Kame-sennin: “Hehhehe…Goku, huh? He’s a truly amazing guy…To think that he’d become a master on such a scale…My power can no longer hold a candle to his…”

14. Tambourine [#MAO#TAM]
Chapter: 135, P1.5
Announce: “Kuririn desperately tried to stop him, but…[Tambourine] was a fearsome guy…”

Chapter: 135, P4.1
Context: after Goku runs off to fight Tambourine
Kame-sennin: “That idiot! This is someone good enough to defeat Kuririn…Goku’s used up all his power in the tournament; he shouldn’t have any chance of winning…!”

Chapter: 136, P4.3
Context: said after Tambourine beats up on hungry Goku
Tambourine: “Hahhahhah! This is what they’d call ‘not even worth mentioning’.”
Goku: “Shut up! If I could just eat and get a full stomach, then the likes of you…the likes of you…!”

Chapter: 140, P4.5
Context: as Tambourine fights Giran
Panda kid: “Th..that thug Giran is getting beaten black and blue…”
Panda dad (Pandad?): “Who...who is that guy?...”

Chapter: 140, P10.6
Piccolo: “Immediately go and take care of whoever killed Cymbal! You’re many times stronger than Cymbal, but don’t get caught off guard. We don’t know the nature of this enemy…”

Chapter: 141, P10.5
Context: said after Goku dodges Tambourine’s blast
Goku: “There’s noo—oo way I couldn’t have dodged that!”

Chapter: 142, P11.6
Context: Piccolo sees Goku for the first time, and is made Cymbal and Tambourine lost to him
Piccolo: “They’re a disgrace to the Demon Clan, being done in by that mere speck of a brat! They won’t be missed! Has my demonic power weakened so much?”

15. Tenshinhan [#MAO#TEN]
Chapter: 145, P11.6
Kame-sennin: “There’s no such thing as the Water of Immortality…it was a lie…But if I die, now that Goku isn’t around, there’s nobody but you who can defeat Daimao…However, as you are now it’s still no use…Train more, and one day you’ll definitely defeat him for me…”

Chapter: 151, P14.3
Context: after Tenshinhan masters the Mafuuba
Tenshinhan: “I…I did it! It’s perfect…!”

Chapter: 153, P11.3
Piccolo: “Oh, so you can use Bukujutsu, huh? You seem a little confident in your ability. But your half-assed dabbling in the martial arts will cost you your life.”

Chapter: 154, P5.1
Context: after Drum beats up on Tenshinhan a bit
Piccolo: “He’s absolutely not worth mentioning.”

Chapter: 154, P7.1
Context: after Tenshinhan gets in a good hit on Drum
Drum: “Well, you can do some interesting things, can’t ya’?”

Chapter: 154, P9.4
Context: Tenshinhan won't stay down
Piccolo: “He’s pretty stubborn. Rip out his heart and squash it!”

Chapter: 161, P11.6-7
Tenshinhan: “Son Goku, I intend to devote myself to even more serious training! After all, I can’t stand there being such a gap between us! I’m going to take the next Tenkaichi Budokai too!”
Goku: “Hihi…I won’t let you”

16. Tsuru-sennin [#MAO#TSU]
Chapter: 135, P6.1
Kame-sennin: “Despite the cute name, [Piccolo] was an outrageously fearsome person…His strength was extremely overwhelming…[ ] He was an opponent we were utterly unable to oppose; not only my younger self or Tsuru-sennin, but even our master, Mutaito. ”

17. Yajirobe [#MAO#YAJ]
Chapter: 138, P12.5
Context: after Goku fights Yajirobe a while
Goku: “I’ve never met anyone so resilient…”

Chapter: 139, P6.5
Context: after he survives Cymbal's attack
Cymbal: “Hohoh, so you’re still alive…Heh, you’re a tough brat…”

Chapter: 139, P11.4
Context: said after Yajirobe slices Cymbal in two.
Goku: “Wow…a-amazin’…!”

Chapter: 139, P13.2
Context: after Yajirobe kills Cymbal
Piccolo: “Impo…impossible. Does this mean that there are people in this world capable of defeating our Demon Clan warriors…!”
Piano: “”Un-unbelievable!”

Chapter: 150, P9.4
Context: after Yajirobe reaches the top of Karin Tower
Karin: “To think that he’d climb up the tower with Goku on his back…This guy’s incredible too…”

[Herms]

VIII: 23rd Tenkaichi Budoukai [#23T#STA]
Chapters 166-194

1. Chaozu [#23T#CHA]
Chapter: 167, P14.3
Context: after Tao Pai Pai defeats Chaozu.
Tao Pai Pai: “I left him just barely alive. After all, I’d be disqualified if I killed him”

Chapter: 169, P7.1-2
Yamcha: “Yeah, me, Kuririn, Tenshinhan, and Chaozu all climbed Karin Tower. Lord Muten Roshi told us where it was.”
Kuririn: “Then after that we all split up and trained on our own.”

2. Chapa, King [#23T#KCH]
Chapter: 167, P7.2
Context: talking to Goku. He thinks he’s gotten a lot better since they last fought.
Chapa: “You’ve run out of luck. This will be as far as you go this time; things won’t go at all like they did previously.”

Chapter: 167, P8.2-3
Yamcha: “Wha…what is this? I can’t feel Goku’s presence at all…”
Tenshinhan: “It’s completely disappeared…Chapa doesn’t seem to have noticed; he can’t win like that.”

3. Chi-Chi [#23T#CHI]
Chapter: 171, P4.1
Kame-sennin: “I don’t know quite what’s going on here, but that girl is quite a master…Wh-what’s more, [her style] resembles my own Kame-sen School…”

Chapter: 171, P10.4
Context: after Goku blows Chi-Chi out of the ring, seemingly without doing anything
Kame-sennin: “He didn’t just do nothing...Goku probably pumped his fist with stupendous force…The shockwave-like thing created then blew the girl away before she had time to avoid it…”

Chapter: 176, P9.3-6
Context: as Tenshinhan and Goku fight
Piccolo: “They’re fast! They’ve got considerable speed.”
Kuririn: “Amazing! They’re both putting up a completely even offensive and defense!”
Yamcha: “Yeah!”
Chi-Chi: “Huh? So you two…could both see that?”
Note: So in other words, Kuririn and Yamcha can see movements too fast for Chi Chi to see.

4. God (Shen) [#23T#GOD]
Chapter: 168, P12.8-13.1
Context: after Shen beats Yajirobe, seemingly by accident
Yajirobe: “Crap, that was humiliating…! I’m glad I wore a mask...But at any rate, that old guy’s not some ordinary clumsy bastard. Hmh…To think that I’d go up against someone that incredible in the preliminaries. I knew I shouldn’t have come.”

Chapter: 174, P3.2
Context: as Shen and Yamcha start to fight
Yajirobe: “This ‘Yamcha’ guy was one of Son’s friends…I hate to say it, but he’s lost. He’s got the wrong opponent…”

Chapter: 175, P2.4
Shen: “See, look: you make too many unnecessary movements, leaving you wide open.”
Kuririn: “Wh-what’s happening? Yamcha’s helpless!”
Puar: “Lord Yamcha!”
Bulma: “What are you doing!? Hang in there!”
Kame-sennin: “It-it’s no use…His opponent…his opponent is extremely strong…too strong…”

Chapter: 175, P10.2-3
Context: talking about the Sokidan, and how Shen dodges it.
Yamcha: “Hmph! You’re as fast as ever…!”

Chapter: 175, P14.5
Yamcha: “I’ve lost. A complete defeat. I have no chance of beating someone who could get hit with the Sokidan head-on and only suffer that much damage.”

Chapter: 176, P1.3
Context: Shen makes it to the tournament's "Best Four"
Kame-sennin: “That’s absolutely right…these four people are probably the best four in the world.”

Chapter: 181, P1.5-6
Context: as Shen and Piccolo fight
Kame-sennin: “Th…they’re too strong…”
Bulma: “H…how can these two exist…?”
Yamcha: “Da…dammit…So that’s why we couldn’t win.”
Tenshinhan: “There’s no helping it…They far surpass any level ordinarily conceivable.”

Chapter: 182, P9.5
Piccolo: “Truly Son Goku is nothing but an obstacle for me…Far more so than God, who neglected his training.”

Chapter: 188, P4.5
Context: as Goku and Piccolo move around really fast
God: “I-I can’t see them! Not even with my divine eyes!”

5. Kame-sennin [#23T#KAM]
Chapter: 166, P10.1
Tenshinhan: “Lord Muten Roshi, are you not going to be entering this time?”
Kame-sennin: “I’m gonna give it a pass. I’m no longer any match for you guys.”

Chapter: 169, P3.3
Kame-sennin: “These three here [Goku, Kuririn, Yamcha] are no longer part of the Kame-sen School, and Tenshinhan never was to begin with. They’ve all surpassed me and are blazing their own trails.”

Chapter: 170, P13.3
Kame-sennin: “Wow…To think that [Tenshinhan]’s grown into that great a martial artist…I no longer have any role to play at all…”

6. Kuririn [#23T#KUR]
Chapter: 166, P10.1
Tenshinhan: “Lord Muten Roshi, are you not going to be entering this time?”
Kame-sennin: “I’m gonna give it a pass. I’m no longer any match for you guys.”

Chapter: 169, P3.3
Kame-sennin: “These three here are no longer part of the Kame-sen School, and Tenshinhan never was to begin with. They’ve all surpassed me and are blazing their own trails.”

Chapter: 169, P7.1-2
Yamcha: “Yeah, me, Kuririn, Tenshinhan, and Chaozu all climbed Karin Tower. Lord Muten Roshi told us where it was.”
Kuririn: “Then after that we all split up and trained on our own.”

Chapter: 171, P14.1
Piccolo: “Small fry…”

Chapter: 171, P4.1-1
Context: After Kuririn fires his double blast.
Piccolo: “A worthless technique! Did you really think I wouldn’t be able to dodge this?!”

Chapter: 171, P6.2
Context: After Kuririn manages to hit Piccolo.
Goku: “Amazin’!!!”

Chapter: 171, P7.4
Context: after Piccolo and Kuririn fight a while
Piccolo: “Well, you are better than I thought, aren’t you?”

Chapter: 171, P12.5, P13.1-2
Piccolo: “Frankly, I’m surprised…Not by your Bukujutsu, but by your technique and movement…And your toughness…To apologize for calling you a small fry, I’ll show you just a little bit…”
Kuririn: “What? What will you show me?!”
Piccolo: “The true power of the great Ma Junior…”

Chapter: 173, P14.6-8
Goku: “Kuririn! You were really amazing! You’ve gotten super-duper better! I’m surprised!”
Kuririn: “Hehe…but I couldn’t help losing…”
Kame-sennin: “Kuririn, you’ve become a magnificent martial artist…”
Piccolo: “It seems that I won’t be able to take over the world so easily…”

7. Piccolo (Ma Junior) [#23T#PIC]
Chapter: 168, P4.2-P.5.1
Yamcha: “That guy’s pretty darn good too…”
Kuririn: “Man, I give up…why does this tournament have to be a collection of such incredible guys?...”
Goku: “Piccolo’s doppelganger, huh?...But his power is way greater than the previous Piccolo…Seems that he’s done some substantial training too…”

Chapter: 171, P13.5
Goku: “Kuririn, watch out. Your match opponent ain’t half-strong. Go all-out from the start.”

Chapter: 172, P1.5
Kame-sennin: “H-he’s…no or-ordinary person…”

Chapter: 176, P1.3
Context: Piccolo makes it to the tournament's "Best Four"
Kame-sennin: “That’s absolutely right…these four people are probably the best four in the world.”

Chapter: 181, P1.5-6
Context: as Shen and Piccolo fight
Kame-sennin: “Th…they’re too strong…”
Bulma: “H…how can these two exist…?”
Yamcha: “Da…dammit…So that’s why we couldn’t win.”
Tenshinhan: “There’s no helping it…They far surpass any level ordinarily conceivable.”

Chapter: 181, P2.1
Shen: “Da…damn it…To think that he’d have improved this much…Even considering that I’m borrowing a weak human’s body, the gap between our powers is too big…! He’s trained considerably in his own way…”

Chapter: 181, P14.7
Context: after he repels the Mafuba.
Piccolo: “You’re vastly mistaken if you think the same methods will keep working against the great Piccolo…I’ve already removed all my weaknesses!”

Chapter: 182, P6.2
Tenshinhan: “I can tell that he’s a member of the Demon Clan, but that strength of his isn’t ordinary”

Chapter: 182, P8.4-5
Kuririn: “What’s going to happen…?! He’s abnormally strong…Even God lost to him…!”
Tenshinhan: “That’s true…Frankly, even if we all ganged up on him, we’d still be no match.”

Chapter: 182, P9.5-6, P10.1
Piccolo: “Truly Son Goku is nothing but an obstacle for me…Far more so than God, who neglected his training…But this time I’ll definitely kill you…! I’ll tell you right up front that my power now is beyond comparison to what it was 3 years ago!”

Chapter: 185, P14.3
Context: Goku and everyone else assumed the Super Kamehameha would kill Piccolo if fired, but Piccolo survived getting hit with it.
Goku: “Wh-what kind of guy is he? He withstood it!”

Chapter: 187, P2.1-2
Context: after Piccolo becomes a giant
Kame-sennin: “He’s truly fearsome. Despite becoming gigantic, his swiftness hasn’t changed at all.”
Goku: “That kind of size don’t mean nothin’!”

Chapter: 189, P1.3, P2.1
Context: Goku and Piccolo have been fighting a long time
Piccolo: “Even you are finally starting to show signs of fatigue.”
Goku: “You’re one to talk. Your punches are getting dull…”

Chapter: 189, P2.5, P3.1-3
Context: discussing what will happen if Goku loses to Piccolo
Kuririn: “If it comes down to that, we can all gang up and manage something!”
Piccolo: “Kukkukku…You think that you’ll be able to manage something by ganging up on me? Don’t make me laugh! Even if there were a hundred of the likes of you, you’d still be no match. God included. I’m already in a completely different dimension than you!”
Kame-sennin: “Unfortunately, he’s right...Goku is the only one able to take in those stupendously fast movements of his…”

Chapter: 189, P5.2, P6.1
Piccolo: “You think you can win? There’s no way you can…! I’ve…I’ve…leveled up so much that I’m now many times stronger than I was when I fought you 3 years ago…!”
Goku: “Well then, I’ve gotten just a little bit stronger than even that.”

Chapter: 190, P1.3
Context: said as Piccolo charges his big island-destroying attack.
Goku: “Wh-what an incredible ki! I’ve never felt a ki as super powerful as this before! He really is making his final gamble!”

Chapter: 191, P1.2
Context: following Piccolo's big attack, which Goku survives
Goku: “You got no chance of winnin’ now! You probably just used up all the ki you had remaining.”

Chapter: 192, P6.2
Tenshinhan: “He’s got some power left over!”

8. Son Goku [#23T#GOK]
Chapter: 167, P8.2-3
Yamcha: “Wha…what is this? I can’t feel Goku’s presence at all…”
Tenshinhan: “It’s completely disappeared…Chapa doesn’t seem to have noticed; he can’t win like that.”
Kuririn: “Amazing…”

Chapter: 167, P11.1-3
Crowd people: “In…incredible…” “He took down Chapa in one blow…”
Yamcha: “He wasn’t giving it anywhere near his all.”
Kuririn: “He seems…what would you call it? Incredibly calm.”
Piccolo: “It’s true that his real ability is far, far greater than that. But with that movement he can’t possibly defeat me.”

Chapter: 169, P3.3
Kame-sennin: “These three here are no longer part of the Kame-sen School, and Tenshinhan never was to begin with. They’ve all surpassed me and are blazing their own trails.”

Chapter: 171, P10.4
Context: after Goku blows Chi-Chi out of the ring, seemingly without doing anything
Kame-sennin: “He didn’t do nothing...Goku probably pumped his fist with stupendous force…The shockwave-like thing created then blew the girl away before she had time to avoid it…”

Chapter: 171, P11.1
Chi Chi: “It figures…I didn’t think you’d get this strong…”

Chapter: 176, P1.3
Context: Goku makes it to the tournament's "Big Four"
Kame-sennin: “That’s absolutely right…these four people are probably the best four in the world.”

Chapter: 176, P14.6-7
Context: as Goku fights Tenshinhan
Announcer: “As-is, both contestants are about even! Neither one is giving an inch!”
Kame-sennin: “No, they’re not even. Even though he’s been flying around so much, Goku isn’t out of breath, not even a little bit. Unbelievable.”

Chapter: 177, P1.2-4, P2.1
Tenshinhan: “Son, you are truly incredible. 3 years ago, your strength was all but perfect. I’m amazed that you’ve managed to go so far above even that. However, there’s one thing that you haven’t changed that much from 3 years ago. And that’s something especially important in battle…speed!”

Chapter: 177, P3.5, P4.1
Context: after Tenshinhan starts fighting with his true speed
Tenshinhan: “Your eyes are as good as I’d expect! I’m impressed that you can follow my movements despite how fast I’m going. But merely taking in my movements won’t help you!”

Chapter: 177, P8.1-2
Tenshinhan: “So just like I thought, your speed alone hasn’t changed. Son, I’m sorry but I’m going to win this contest! You can follow me with your eyes, but your actual body can’t keep up! This is a critical weakness!”

Chapter: 177, P11.4-6
Context: talking about Goku’s weighted clothes. Each individual boot is 20 kg, and the entire outfit is over 100 kg.
Goku: “Each one’s 20 kg”
Tenshinhan: “Al-altogether there’s over 100 kg here…”

Chapter: 178, P1.2-4
Context: talking about Goku’s speed after he removes his weights. He steals Tenshinhan's belt without him noticing
Piccolo: “He’s fast!”
Tenshinhan: “Wh-when the hell did you..?.”
Kuririn: “A-amazing!”
Tenshinhan: “Even my eyes couldn’t see that..”

Chapter: 178, P4.2
Tenshinhan: “Even with my three eyes, I can’t take in your movements. I can’t call that anything but magnificent…Almost as if you’re possessed…But if I use twelve eyes to remove all blind spots, I’ll definitely be able to see!”

Chapter: 178, P14.2
Context: after Goku is hit by Tenshinhan's 4-fold eye blast
Kame-sennin: “Th…that’s right! Even after getting hit with an attack that powerful, Goku hasn’t been left out of breath…! The most frightening thing about Goku now isn’t his power or speed…! It’s the outrageous toughness he’s acquired!”

Chapter: 179, P8.1-5, P.9.1
Goku: “Your eyes are too good, so you just track your opponents with your eyes. But if your eyes are blinded, then you can’t hardly tell how I’m going to move.”
Tenshinhan: “I see…but the same should apply to you as well.”
Goku: “Hihi…too bad. The Tenshinhan behind me is coming at me with a right-hand karate chop.”
Tenshinhan: “H-how?! How do you know that?!”
Goku: “I’ve done a lot of training.”

Chapter: 180, P1.3-4, P2.1
Context: after Goku beats Tenshinhan
Yamcha: “That was close…”
Tenshinhan: “No, it wasn’t…Frankly, his strength was on a different level…To think that he’s improved this much. What’s more, that bastard…it seems that he still hasn’t put out anywhere near his true ability. That’s right…he didn’t even fire a single Kamehameha…It hurts my pride…Just what the hell kind of training has he been doing?...”

Chapter: 180, P5.4
Shen: “Son Goku…I left most of your training to Mister Popo, so I’m not really sure just how good you are, but…I think I’m the only one capable of stopping this current Piccolo…”

Chapter: 182, P9.5-6, P10.1
Piccolo: “Truly Son Goku is nothing but an obstacle for me…Far more so than God, who neglected his training…But this time I’ll definitely kill you…! I’ll tell you right up front that my power now is beyond comparison to what it was 3 years ago!”
Goku: “That goes for me too!”

Chapter: 183, P12.2
Context: said after Piccolo hits Goku with a lot of ki blasts and Goku seems to be knocked out.
Piccolo: “Son Goku, stop this obvious act. There’s no way you’d kick the bucket after just that.”

Chapter: 187, P6.2-5
Context: after Goku tosses giant Piccolo
Kame-sennin and co.: “A-amazing! He easily chucked around a body that large!”
Kame-sennin: “That Goku…just what the heck kind of training did he do?...Have you noticed, Kuririn? Despite firing such a tremendous Kamehameha, his stamina hasn’t declined…!”

Chapter: 189, P1.3, P2.1
Context: after Goku and Piccolo have been fighting a long time
Piccolo: “Even you are finally starting to show signs of fatigue.”
Goku: “You’re one to talk. Your punches are getting dull…”

Chapter: 189, P4.3-4
God: “Son Goku…He truly is a strange person. His power knows no bounds…It grows more and more as he fights strong enemies…That’s how he’s managed to so vastly surpass me before I could even realize it…He really might be able to win!”

Chapter: 190, P13.1
Context: said after he survives Piccolo’s island-destroying attack
Goku: “Ho…how ‘bout that…I managed to tough it out”

Chapter: 191, P1.1
Tenshinhan: “He took that big of an explosion head-on and is lively as ever!”

9. Tao Pai Pai (cyborg) [#23T#TAO#MEC]
Chapter: 168, P2.6
Tao Pai Pai: “To revive myself as a cyborg, I used up all the money I had saved up. But thanks to that, I’ve managed to obtain many times the power I had before.”

Chapter: 169, P2.3-5
Kame-sennn: “Tao Pai Pai, huh?...Hmm…That’s troublesome. He knows everything Tenshinhan is capable of.”
Goku: “It don’t matter!”
Everyone: Huh?!”
Goku: “That guy ain’t no match for Tenshinhan!“

Chapter: 169, P3.6-P4.1
Tsuru-sennin: “Now that Tao Pai Pai has become a cyborg, he’s obtained strength even more unimaginable than before. Tenshinhan and you jerks will be lucky to have even a faint chance of winning against him…”
Goku: “Tao Pai Pai ain’t the one who’s truly incredible…”

Chapter: 170, P6.1-4
Tao Pai Pai: “Well then, I’ll show you my secret weapon…the ‘Super Dodonpa’”…No previous Dodonpa compares to its destructive power…It can send you straight to Hell in the blink of an eye…”
Kame-sennin: “Y…you can’t! Tenshinhan!! You’ve got to run away…!!”
Tao Pai Pai: “Kukkukkuh…It’s been set…Now it’s no use how fast you move. The Super Dodonpa will follow you anywhere…!!”

10. Tenshinhan [#23T#TEN]
Chapter: 166, P10.1
Tenshinhan: “Lord Muten Roshi, are you not going to be entering this time?”
Kame-sennin: “I’m gonna give it a pass. I’m no longer any match for you guys.”

Chapter: 169, P3.3
Kame-sennin: “These three here are no longer part of the Kame-sen School, and Tenshinhan never was to begin with. They’ve all surpassed me and are blazing their own trails.”

Chapter: 169, P6.1
Kuririn: “Hey, Goku…This Tao Pai Pai guy was an incredibly amazing assassin, right? And he’s gotten even more incredible now, so why are you saying that it doesn’t matter?...”
Goku: “It’s simple. ‘Cause Tenshinhan is even more amazing.”

Chapter: 169, P7.1-2
Yamcha: “Yeah, me, Kuririn, Tenshinhan, and Chaozu all climbed Karin Tower. Lord Muten Roshi told us where it was.”
Kuririn: “Then after that we all split up and trained on our own.”

Chapter: 169, P14.1, 14.5
Context: Tenshinhan outclasses Tao Pai Pai
Tao Pai Pai: “Fu…fuhahahaha…!! I see…Just as I’d expect, it seems you’ve gotten a little stronger since then…”
Tenshinhan: “I’ve become far stronger than you think…”

Chapter: 170, P1.1
Context: after Tenshinhan easily dodges Tao Pai Pai
Tao Pai Pai: “Wh-when’d you get behind me…?!! Wh-what nonsense are you spouting?! You’re saying that you’ve gotten too much stronger than me…!?”
Tenshinhan: “It’s hard to say this, but…I can tell by that last attack…”

Chapter: 170, P10.4
Tao Pai Pai: “Impossible…!! Th-that can’t be…!! W-with a kiai…!! He wi…wiped out the Super Dodonpa with just a kiai…!!”

Chapter: 170, P12.2-4
Goku: “Just like I thought, Tenshinhan’s amazing! He took out Tao Pai Pai in just one blow.”
Tenshinhan: “He probably won’t wake up for a few days…”

Chapter: 170, P13.3-4
Kame-sennin: “Wow…To think that he’s grown into that great a martial artist…I no longer have any role to play at all…”
Yamcha: “Boy, I give up…”
Kuririn: “Maybe he’s a little too strong…”

Chapter: 176, P1.3
Context: Tenshinhan reaches the tournament's "Best Four"
Kame-sennin: “That’s absolutely right…these four people are probably the best four in the world.”

Chapter: 177, P7.5-6, P8.1-2
Goku: “You’re a lot faster than before…! You’ve been suppressing your speed up until now.”
Tenshinhan: “You’ve figured it out. So just like I thought, your speed alone hasn’t changed. Son, I’m sorry but I’m going to win this contest! You can follow me with your eyes, but your actual body can’t keep up! This is a critical weakness!”
Goku: “I knew you were amazing! I didn’t think you’d get this fast!”

Chapter: 177, P9.2
Context: as Goku removes his weights while fighting Tenshinhan
Shen: “Huh, so he’s already taking those off?...Seems he’s fighting quite an opponent.”

Chapter: 178, P3.1-3
Goku: “A trump card finishing attack, huh? Don’t tell me its that ‘Kikoho’ thing again?”
Tenshinhan: “The Kikoho is too dangerous, both for you and for me…Besides, with your speed, there’s a chance you could dodge it. This technique I’m about to show you doesn’t have the force of the Kikoho, but…You absolutely won’t be able to dodge!”

Chapter: 179, P8.1-5, P.9.1
Goku: “Your eyes are too good, so you just track your opponents with your eyes. But if your eyes are blinded, then you can’t hardly tell how I’m going to move.”
Tenshinhan: “I see…but the same should apply to you as well.”
Goku: “Hihi…too bad. The Tenshinhan behind me is coming at me with a right-hand karate chop.”
Tenshinhan: “W-why?! Why do you know that?!”
Goku: “I’ve done a lot of training.”

Chapter: 179, P14.1
Context: Goku explains the weaknesses' of the Shishin-no-Ken technique
Goku: “That ain’t like you to make a mistake like that, Tenshinhan. It was an amazin’ strategy to become 4 people. But by splitting into 4 people, your attack, defense, speed, and everything got divided in 4 too.”

11. Tournament participants (in general) [#23T#11]
Chapter: 167, P4.3-4
Tournament monk: “72 people are entering this time, a rather low amount compared to the previous tournament. We think that the extremely high scale of the last tournament is probably the cause. But as a result, you could say that all of you entering this time have confidence in your ability.”

12. Yajirobe [#23T#YAJ]
Chapter: 169, P7.3
Kuririn: “This guy called ‘Yajirobe’ who was with Lord Karin at the top seemed pretty strong, so we invited him to the tournament, but it seems he didn’t come.”

13. Yamcha [#23T#YAM]
Chapter: 166, P10.1
Tenshinhan: “Lord Muten Roshi, are you not going to be entering this time?”
Kame-sennin: “I’m gonna give it a pass. I’m no longer any match for you guys.”

Chapter: 169, P3.3
Kame-sennin: “These three here are no longer part of the Kame-sen School, and Tenshinhan never was to begin with. They’ve all surpassed me and are blazing their own trails.”

Chapter: 169, P7.1-2
Yamcha: “Yeah, me, Kuririn, Tenshinhan, and Chaozu all climbed Karin Tower. Lord Muten Roshi told us where it was.”
Kuririn: “Then after that we all split up and trained on our own.”

Chapter: 174, P3.2
Context: as Yamcha and Shen start to fight
Yajirobe: “This ‘Yamcha’ guy was one of Son’s friends…I hate to say it, but he’s lost. He’s got the wrong opponent…”

Chapter: 171, P12.1-3
Shen: “You judged me merely by my appearance and actions. And because of that, you neglected to take in my real substance or my unusual movements. You can’t do that if you’re to become a true martial artist…But now you’ve finally opened your eyes. I’m telling you all this because you have magnificent potential.”

Chapter: 175, P2.1-4
Shen: “See, look: you make too many unnecessary movements, leaving you wide open.”
Kuririn: “Wh-what’s happening? Yamcha’s helpless!”
Puar: “Lord Yamcha!”
Bulma: “What are you doing!? Hang in there!”
Kame-sennin: “It-it’s no use…His opponent…his opponent is extremely strong…too strong…”

Chapter: 175, P4.5, 5.1
Yamcha: “What’s happening? I’m being treated just like a baby.”
Shen: “No no, you’re strong, already quite so. I can tell by your movements. It’s just unfortunate that I’m much, much stronger still. Train just a little bit more, and you’ll soon catch up to me.”

Chapter: 175, P10.2-3
Context: talking about the Sokidan, and how Shen dodges it.
Yamcha: “Hmph! You’re as fast as ever…!”
Shen: “Wh-what the?! To think that you had an ace-in-the-hole like this! That right now was absolutely fantastic!”

Chapter: 175, P14.3
Context: talking about the Sokidan.
Shen: “No no, that was really a good technique.

IX: Saiyan section part 1: the battle with Raditz, and training [#SA1#STA]
Chapters 195-211 (DBZ 1-17)

1. Chaozu [#SA1#CHA]
Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P13.1
Context: after training under God
God: “You have all surpassed me now. There is nothing more I or Mr. Popo can teach you. Return to the lower world and refine your skills until the final confrontation.”

2. Enma Daio [#SA1#ENM]
Chapter: 205 (DBZ 11), P8.4-6, P9.1
Context: talking about Raditz being sent to Hell
Goku: “Didn’t he struggle?!”
Enma: “He struggled and struggled and struggled, but I subdued him.”
Goku: “Beating that incredible guy…You’re really strong! [to God] Maybe I oughta be trained by him!!”
God: “Lower your voice, idiot! Don’t let Lord Enma hear you! Lord Kaio’s the stronger of the two anyway.”

3. Farmer [#SA1#FAR]
Chapter: 195 (DBZ 1), P5.3
Raditz: “Battle power…only five, huh?...Miserable trash…”

4. Kaio [#SA1#AIO]
Chapter: 205 (DBZ 11), P8.4-6, P9.1
Context: talking about Enma subduing Raditz
Goku: “Maybe I oughta be trained by [Enma Daio]!!”
God: “Lower your voice, idiot! Don’t let Lord Enma hear you! Lord Kaio’s the stronger of the two anyway.”

Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P2.6-7, P3.1
Context: talking to Goku about the great training on his planet
Kaio: “Of course, that still doesn’t mean you’re going to win against them. Those two Saiyans heading for Earth are terrifyingly strong. Matter of fact, they’re stronger than me! [ ] So to beat them, you’ll have to outdo me at the very least!”

Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P11.5, P12.1
Context: after catching Bubbles
Kaio: “He may be the one who can master the Kaio-Ken!!! The Kaio-Ken that I drew up in my dreams, but could never master myself!!!!”

5. Kaio’s training principles [#SA1#TPR]
Chapter: 210 (DBZ 16), P14.3
Context: after Kaio learns Goku comes from Earth
Kaio: “This is a small planet, but it has incredible gravity. I guess it's about 10 times as much as your planet. So your body weight becomes 10 times greater too!”

Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P2.4
Kaio: “Training here on this planet with me for 158 days…is as valuable as you training several thousand years on Earth.”

6. Kame-sennin [#SA1#KAM]
Chapter: 198 (DBZ 4), P10.2-5
Piccolo: “Even if those two [Kuririn and Kame-sennin] go, you won’t be able to defeat him [Raditz]. I’ll go with you.”

Chapter: 209 (DBZ 15), P3.5
Context: trying out the converted scouter
Bulma: “"OK... now... 139! This is the number that represents Muten Roshi's strength!"!”

7. Kuririn [#SA1#KUR]
Chapter: 198 (DBZ 4), P10.2-5
Piccolo: “Even if those two [Kuririn and Kame-sennin] go, you won’t be able to defeat him [Raditz]. I’ll go with you.”

Chapter: 209 (DBZ 15), P4.2
Context: trying out the converted scouter
Bulma: “Kuririn is... Ah, incredible!! It says 206!!"

Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P13.1
Context: after training under God
God: “You have all surpassed me now. There is nothing more I or Mr. Popo can teach you. Return to the lower world and refine your skills until the final confrontation.”

8. Piccolo [#SA1#PIC]
Chapter: 195 (DBZ 1), P7.1
Raditz: “There’s a guy with a large power. Distance, 4880.”

Chapter: 195 (DBZ 1), P10.2
Raditz: “"Oh, battle power 322. So there are guys like this here too? But naturally, you're no match for me..."

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P9.5, P10.2
Context: said after Piccolo removes his weights
Raditz: “Hmm?! His battle power increased to 408...!"

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P10.4
Raditz: “Don’t make me laugh! To think that you'd actually try and face me with that level of power! This is what it means to not know your place!”

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P13.5
Raditz: “Hmph, seems your defenses are fairly high, at least.”

Chapter: 201 (DBZ 7), P7.2, P13.3
Context: said as Piccolo charges up the Makankosappo.
Raditz: “Th-this one's battle power is 1,020...30...!!! Un-unbelievable!!!! It's still rising!!!!
Raditz: “Battle power 1,330...!!!! He's gathered a-all of his battle power into his fingertips...!!!!”

Chapter: 204 (DBZ 10), P10.1
Context: Vegeta talking about Raditz losing to Goku and co.
Vegeta: “"Geez, what a pitiful guy... To be killed by guys with battle powers slightly over 1,000 at most...”

Chapter: 209 (DBZ 15), P5.1-2
Bulma: “Ah...!! Thr... 329...?! Amazing...! Wh... who is it?
Kame-sennin: “It’s got to be Piccolo.”
Note: Interesting that Piccolo's BP has gone up 7 points since before. A minor mistake, or did he get slightly stronger fighting Raditz?

9. Raditz [#SA1#RAD]
Chapter: 195 (DBZ 1), P8.3
Piccolo: “Wh-what’s this power…?! There’s a great power coming closer…!!”

Chapter: 196 (DBZ 2), P9.3-5
Goku: “Som-something’s coming…What is it?…!!
Bulma: “Could it be Yamcha?...”
Goku: “In…incredible…I feel incredible power…!!! What can it be…!?”

Chapter: 198 (DBZ 4), P10.2-5
Piccolo: “You should be well aware that his strength is on a whole different level. [ ] He’s not an opponent you or I could oppose on our own…but if we join forces, there’s a slight chance we could defeat him!”

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P13.4-5
Goku: “He…he’s fast…!!! What speed…!!”
Piccolo: “Even though he came at us from the front…in an instant he came attacking us from behind.”

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P14.1-5
Raditz: “But it’s just a matter of time before you die…I’ll be slowly making my attacks stronger.”
Piccolo: “To think that our levels would be so different…!
Raditz: “The other two Saiyan survivors besides me…Have battle powers higher than mine.”

Chapter: 204 (DBZ 10), P10.1
Context: Vegeta talking about Raditz losing to Goku and co.
Vegeta: “"Geez, what a pitiful guy... To be killed by guys with battle powers slightly over 1,000 at most...”

10. Saiyans (in general) [#SA1#SAI]
Chapter: 197 (DBZ 3), P4.5
Raditz: “First, you are not one of this planet’s humans!! You were born on Planet Vegeta, and are part of the strongest warrior race in the entire universe, the Saiyans!!!”

Chapter 197 (DBZ 3), P7.1-4
Raditz: “Adult warriors directly go off to planets inhabited by those with high battle powers, but for planets like this that are of a low level, babies like you are sent. Fortunately, this planet has a moon…Even on your own, in a few years you should have been more than enough to clean out all those in the way…If you’d only remembered your orders, that is!
*Goku doesn't understand Raditz's reference to the moon*
Raditz: "Don’t play dumb. It’s only when the moon draws a complete circle that we Saiyans can utilize our true powers, isn’t that right?!”

Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P7.4
Kaio: “Let me tell you something…The planet where the Saiyans lived had gravity at least as great as this [10 times Earth's gravity]…They used it to strengthen their bodies. [ ] Do you begin to see where they get their strength? And that's not mentioning their inborn fighting instincts. You can’t even imagine how deadly they are.”

11. Son Gohan [#SA1#GOH]
Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P3.4-6
Raditz: “Battle power 710!! And close!! Where?! [ ] What?! That brat?!"

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P6.4
Raditz: “It can't be... there absolutely has to be some mistake! It's impossible for him to have a battle power of 710 at such a young age...!!"

Chapter: 203 (DBZ 8), P4.1, P8.3, P9.4
Context: Gohan gets extremely mad as Raditz torments Goku, powering up, but this power goes away quickly
Raditz: “Ba…ba…battle power 1,307?! [ ] N... now his battle power is only 1. It... it completely changes with his em... emotions…[ ] Only a child?! You’re joking! The brat has a higher battle power than you! I’ll kill him now, while he still doesn’t know how to use it properly…!”

Chapter: 204 (DBZ 10), P12.1-2
Vegeta: “At any rate, the battle power of Kakarot’s son is unusually high, even by the standards of Saiyan children.”
Nappa: “Maybe his reading was wrong.”
Vegeta: “No, it wasn’t wrong. Raditz really took a large amount of damage from that brat’s attack. It seems that mixing Saiyan and Earthling blood begets a powerful hybrid.”

Chapter: 205 (DBZ 11), P4.4
Piccolo: “That ‘Gohan’ brat will be a powerful asset once he’s trained. We’ll need his power against the two Saiyans who will be here within the year. And only I can train him properly.”

Chapter: 206 (DBZ 12), P13.1
Piccolo: “Your power bursts loose only when your emotions are at their peak…And then only for an instant. You can’t win like that. But I will beat into you the proper way to fight. I will make you the mightiest of warriors! Understand?”

---Oozaru--- [#SA1#GOH#OZA]

Chapter: 208 (DBZ 14), P9.3
Context: Piccolo’s reaction to witnessing the power of Oozaru Gohan.
Piccolo: “What’s going on?!! Such destructive power! At this rate, the Earth will be destroyed before the Saiyans arrive!!"

12. Son Goku [#SA1#GOK]
Chapter: 195 (DBZ 1), P13.2-5
Raditz: “There’s another large power…! It’s big…The greatest on this world...This time it has to be Kakarot!”

Chapter: 198 (DBZ 4), P3.3
Raditz: “It’s pointless to even think of opposing me! With your incomplete battle power, you couldn’t possibly be a match for me, your older brother.”

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P5.2-5
Raditz: “One... two... Battle powers 322 and 334!! One is the same battle power as Kakarot."

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P9.5, P10.2
Context: said after Goku removes his weights
Raditz: “Kakarot is 416...!”

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P10.4
Raditz: “Don’t make me laugh! To think that you’d try and face me with that level of power! This is what it means to not know your place!”

Chapter: 199 (DBZ 5), P13.5
Raditz: “Hmph, seems your defenses are fairly high, at least.”

Chapter: 201 (DBZ 7), P6.2-3
Context: said as Goku charges up the Kamehameha.
Raditz: “Impossible!!! His battle power is rising!!! Battle power 924...!!!”
Raditz: “He…He can raise his battle power by concentrating it into a single point!!!”

Chapter: 203 (DBZ 8), P9.4
Context: after Gohan gets extremely mad and attacks Raditz
Raditz (talking to Goku): “Only a child?! You’re joking! The brat has a higher battle power than you!”

Chapter: 204 (DBZ 10), P10.1
Context: Vegeta talking about Raditz losing to Goku and co.
Vegeta: “"Geez, what a pitiful guy... To be killed by guys with battle powers slightly over 1,000 at most...”

Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P11.5, P12.1
Context: after catching Bubbles
Kaio: “He really is as great as I’d hoped. He’s gotten used to this planet’s gravity so quickly…And with still 118 days remaining! He may be the one who can master the Kaio-Ken!!! The Kaio-Ken that I drew up in my dreams, but could never master myself!!!! And what’s more, that finishing attack…!!!!”

13. Tenshinhan [#SA1#TEN]
Chapter: 209 (DBZ 15), P4.5-6
Context: trying out the converted scouter
Bulma: “...Eh?! About 3,000 km from here, there's someone at 250! Who could it be?!"
Kuririn: “250?! I know!! It’s Tenshinhan!!!”

Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P13.1
Context: after training under God
God: “You have all surpassed me now. There is nothing more I or Mr. Popo can teach you. Return to the lower world and refine your skills until the final confrontation.”

14. Yajirobe [#SA1#YAJ]
Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P13.1
Context: after training under God
God: “You have all surpassed me now. There is nothing more I or Mr. Popo can teach you. Return to the lower world and refine your skills until the final confrontation.”

15. Yamcha [#SA1#YAM]
Chapter: 209 (DBZ 15), P4.7
Context: trying out the converted scouter
Bulma: “A 177 over there.”
Kame-sennin: “I’m guessing Yamcha!!”

Chapter: 211 (DBZ 17), P13.1
Context: after training under God
God: “You have all surpassed me now. There is nothing more I or Mr. Popo can teach you. Return to the lower world and refine your skills until the final confrontation.”

X: Saiyan section part 2: the battle with Vegeta and Nappa [#SA2#STA]
Chapters 212-243 (DBZ 18-49)

1. Earth Warriors [#SA2#1]
Chapter: 213 (DBZ 19), P8.1
Nappa: “Hey, Vegeta!! Something's strange...! There's more than just one or two readings with a battle power of over 1,000! What's with this planet?..."
Vegeta: “Don't worry. They're no match for us, after all. For the time being, let's just search for the guy with the highest battle power...”

2. Genki-Dama [#SA2#GEN]
Chapter: 212 (DBZ 18), P5.1-2
Context: explaining the technique after Goku blows up a large brick with a Genki-Dama made from the energy of Kaio's planet
Kaio: “The Genki-Dama is a technique that takes just a little bit of the various energies held by grass or trees, humans or animals, or even in objects and the atmosphere, gathers it all together and then fires it. Even the Genki-Dama of such a small planet as this one had that much destructive power. The Earth where you’ll be fighting is so large you can’t even compare it to here. And if you’re able to make the sun, with its gigantic energy, into your ally…It will be a Genki-Dama with outrageous power. If you mess up, you could destroy the planet which you’re supposed to protect.”

Chapter: 234 (DBZ 40), P1.1
Narrator: “Only the Genki-Dama can defeat the fearsome Vegeta now that he’s transformed into an Oozaru! But Goku can’t get the time needed to concentrate for that! He blinded Vegeta with the Taiyo-Ken and used that opening to put some distance between them, and has now begun concentrating!”

3. Kaio-Ken [#SA2#KEN]
Chapter: 227 (DBZ 33), P1.3, P2.1
Kuririn: “Goku, how’d you do that? Was that something you were taught by Lord Kaio?
Goku: “Yeah. It’s called Kaio-Ken! [ ] You control all the ki in your body…momentarily amplifying it. If you get it right, then your power, speed, destructive force, and defensive force all become many times greater…”

4. Kuririn [#SA2#KUR]
Chapter: 214 (DBZ 20), P4.3-5
Nappa: “981... 1,220... 1,083... Idiots! Do you really plan on defying us with that level of battle power...?!"
Vegeta: “These people change their battle power in response to the fight. Those figures can't be relied upon any more.”

Chapter: 216 (DBZ 22), P2.3
Context: talking about Kuririn’s scattering ki blast
Piccolo: “Stupendous energy, but no speed!! Almost as if he’s telling them to dodge…!!”

Chapter: 221 (DBZ 27), P7.3
Vegeta: “Hey! He moves pretty good, at least.”

Chapter: 237 (DBZ 43), P1.3/P3.6
Context: giving Kuririn the Genki-Dama
Goku: “Genki-Dama. Yes, ki that I gathered bit by bit from all over the Earth. About half of it got away, but I think there’s enough to beat him as he is now. [ ] Do it, Kuririn! Gohan couldn’t control such power.”

5. Namekians (in general) [#SA2#NMK]
Chapter: 214 (DBZ 20), P2.6
Vegeta: “It seems that aside from their extraordinary battle powers, Namekians possess mysterious powers. I’ve heard that there are even ones able to perform things like magic.”

6. Nappa [#SA2#NAP]
Chapter: 216 (DBZ 22), P12.2, P13.2-6
Context: after Kuririn’s ki blast doesn’t faze Nappa or Vegeta
Kuririn: “I…I did that at full-power!!! So this is what Saiyans are!!”
Tenshinhan: “The ground!!! The ground’s shaking!!!”
Chaozu: “Ten!!! My powers don’t work!!!”
Piccolo: “I never thought it would be so much!!!”

Chapter: 217 (DBZ 23), P7.6
Context: after Nappa beats up on Tenshinhan
Piccolo: “Wh-what power…!”

Chapter: 217 (DBZ 23), P10.2
Context: talking about Nappa’s blast and the hole it creates
Piccolo: “I ca…can’t see the hole’s bottom…What a tremendous energy wave…!”

Chapter: 218 (DBZ 24), P2.3
Context: after Chaozu’s self-destruct attack doesn't faze Nappa
Kuririn: “Th-tha…that can’t be…! How could he be fi…fine after that…?!! Even though Chaozu gave his life…How horrible…”

Chapter: Chapter 218(DBZ 24), P14.3
Context: after Nappa isn’t injured by Tenshinhan’s Kikoho
Piccolo: “He-he’s a damn monster…”

Chapter: Chapter 219(DBZ 25), P1.2
Context: still after Nappa isn’t hurt by the Kikoho
Piccolo: “It…it can’t be…Is h-he immortal…!?”

Chapter: Chapter 219(DBZ 25), P3.3-5
Kuririn: “…You have a li…little confidence that we’ll win, right?”
Piccolo: “I have none…! I didn’t think they’d be this monstrous…They’re far greater than the Saiyan who came before…”

Chapter: Chapter 219(DBZ 25), P5.2
Piccolo: “We’ll go down to the ground and fight! He’s far more used to fighting in the sky!”

Chapter: Chapter 220(DBZ 26), P2.1-6
Piccolo: “There’s only one possible way for us to win against him…Of course, that’s assuming we pull it off successfully…Alright, first…’Kuririn’, wasn’t it?...You go draw his attention…Then I’ll use that opening to grab his tail, the Saiyans’ weakness…[ ] Once he loses his power and is immobilized…Gohan, you muster up all of your power and go at him! Alright?...”

Chapter: 225 (DBZ 31), P1.2
Goku: “You may brag a lot, but you’re nothing special.”

Chapter: 225 (DBZ 31), P14.2
Context: after Goku has been outclassing Nappa
Vegeta: “Nappa!!!! Get a hold of yourself, fool!!!! He’s not an opponent you can’t take if you keep your head!!! Calm down!!!!”

Chapter: 226, (DBZ 32), P1.1
Nappa: “I really had lost my head. Now it’s time for me to show you what I'm really capable of.”

Chapter: 226 (DBZ 32), P5.2
Context: after fighting with ‘calm’ Nappa
Goku: “Heh! You’ve really gotten serious, haven’cha?!”

Chapter: 226 (DBZ 32), P7.4/P8.1-4
Context: after Goku deflects Nappa's mouth blast
Vegeta: “Unbelievable!! To instantly deflect it at that short of a distance!”
Goku: “Phew. If I had taken that one head on, I’d have been in trouble!!”
Nappa: It…It can’t be!!! That was my…my best technique!!! He…He just bounced it off!!”
Goku: “He really is a tough bastard! Even though he should have been hurt a little bit by my Kamehameha!! At this rate this looks like it will take forever...”

7. Piccolo [#SA2#PIC]
Chapter: 214 (DBZ 20), P4.3-5
Nappa: “981... 1,220... 1,083... Idiots! Do you really plan on defying us with that level of battle power...?!"
Vegeta: “These people change their battle power in response to the fight. Those figures can't be relied upon any more.”

Chapter: 220 (DBZ 26), P3.2
Piccolo: “Be confident, Gohan. If you put your mind to it, your power surpasses mine.”

Chapter: 221 (DBZ 27), P1-2
Context: Piccolo grabs Nappa's tail, but Nappa is unfazed and elbows him in the head
Nappa: “That’s too bad...Even the greatest masters on this planet get reduced to this after just one blow.”

8. Saibaimen [#SA2#BAI]
Chapter: 215 (DBZ 21), P1.3
Context: after Tenshinhan beats a Saibaiman
Nappa: “"Im-impossible...!! The Saibaiman's battle power is 1,200...!! Going just by power, he rivals Raditz...!!"
Vegeta: “So [Tenshinhan]'s battle power surpasses that. A simple calculation.”

Chapter: 215 (DBZ 21), P6.3-4
Context: as Yamcha fights a Saibaiman
Gohan: “Th-they vanished!”
Piccolo: “You idiot! They’re moving around at high speed! Try feeling the movement of their ki! Everyone can see them but you!”

Chapter: 215 (DBZ 21), P10.4
Context: after seeming to beat the Saibaiman
Yamcha: “These monsters don’t seem as strong as you guys think. I’ll take care of the remaining 4 by myself…”

9. Son Gohan [#SA2#GOH]

---Regular--- [#SA2#GOH#REG]

Chapter: 214 (DBZ 20), P4.3-5
Nappa: “981... 1,220... 1,083... Idiots! Do you really plan on defying us with that level of battle power...?!"
Vegeta: “These people change their battle power in response to the fight. Those figures can't be relied upon any more.”

Chapter: 215 (DBZ 21), P6.3-4
Context: as Yamcha fights the Saibaiman
Gohan: “Th-they vanished!”
Piccolo: “You idiot! They’re moving around at high speed! Try feeling the movement of their ki! Everyone can see them but you!”

Chapter: 220 (DBZ 26), P3.2
Piccolo: “Be confident, Gohan. If you put your mind to it, your power surpasses mine.”

Chapter: 236 (DBZ 42), P7.5, P8.1-4
Goku: “Gohan…dad’s body is messed up. I can’t move anymore. You have to fight for me instead. [Vegeta's] power should have fallen a whole lot.”
Gohan: “He’s strong. He’s too strong. I…I can’t win.”
Goku: “You…You don’t have to win. Just hold him off. Your power ought to be even more incredible than this…even more.”

Chapter: 237 (DBZ 43), P3.6
Context: giving Kuririn the Genki-Dama
Goku: “Do it, Kuririn! Gohan couldn’t control such power.”

---Masenko---[#SA2#GOH#MAS]

Chapter: 223 (DBZ 29), P8.1-3, P10.4
Context: Vegeta was astonished at how the Earthlings could raise their powers. This time it was through Gohan’s Masenko attack.
Kuririn: “Is that G…Goku’s son…!? Wh…what an incredible ki…!!!”
Vegeta: “Battle power 2,800...!!! So they really do drastically change their battle powers!!”
Nappa: “2,800, eh?!!”
*Nappa blocks the attack*
Vegeta: “His power dropped all the way down. It seems he used it all up just now.”

---Oozaru---[#SA2#GOH#OZA]

Chapter: 240 (DBZ 46), P8.3
Vegeta: “Damn it! If I hadn’t taken so much damage, then 1 or even 2 guys like this…[wouldn’t be a problem]. That moon I created will last another hour. I’ve got to cut his tail off!!”

10. Son Goku [#SA2#GOK]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#SA2#GOK#REG]

Chapter: 212 (DBZ 18) P4.4
Kaio: “Splendid, Son Goku! I never dared hope you’d master the Genki-Dama so quickly!”

Chapter: 212 (DBZ 18), P13.1
Kaio: “His power knows no bounds…and yet his soul is clearer than crystal. I never thought such a being could exist in the lower world…”

Chapter: 221 (DBZ 27), P14-3
Piccolo: “What?! What’s this ki?! A tremendous ki is approaching from afar!!”
Gohan: “It’s true. It’s…It’s an incredible, but familiar ki.”

Chapter: 222 (DBZ 28), P4.1
Vegeta: “Someone with a battle ability of about 5,000...!!”
Nappa: “5,000?! That’s impossible! It has to be a mistake.”
Vegeta: “It’s truly an unthinkable figure for the old Kakarot. What’s more, the people here are able to alter their figures…So 5,000 could just be his minimum.”

Chapter: 224 (DBZ 30), P11.3/P12.2-4
Context: as Goku powers up
Vegeta: “"Battle power 7,000... 8,000...!! Impossible...!!!"
Nappa: “Ve-Vegeta…How high has Kakarot’s battle power become?!”
Vegeta: “Over 8,000.”
Nappa: “Over 8,000?! It’s a mistake! It’s broken!”

Chapter: 225 (DBZ 31), P1.5
Vegeta: “Strange. His battle power is completely different from when he fought Raditz…!”

Chapter: 225 (DBZ 31), P10.4
Context: after Goku blows away Nappa’s attack
Vegeta: “He blew it away with just a kiai…!!””

Chapter: 226 (DBZ 32), P7.4, P8.1-4
Context: after Goku deflects Nappa's mouth blast
Vegeta: “Unbelievable!! To instantly deflect it at that short of a distance!”
Goku: “Phew. If I had taken that one head on, I’d have been in trouble!!”
Nappa: It…It can’t be!!! That was my…my best technique!!! He…He just bounced it off!!”
Goku: “He really is a tough bastard! Even though he should have been hit a little bit by my Kamehameha!! At this rate this looks like it will take forever...”

Chapter: 228 (DBZ 34), P8.1
Context: Vegeta is unimpressed by Goku's performance as they start to fight.
Vegeta: "I don’t think you were like this when you defeated Nappa!”

Chapter: 241 (DBZ 47), P10.1
Goku: “I trained under Lord Kaio… I thought I’d hit the peak of power… But Vegeta was…so far above me…! I was shocked… Scared…”

---Kaio-Ken (x2)--- [#SA2#GOK#KK2]

Chapter: 226 (DBZ 32), P14.6
Vegeta: “What happened just now? For an instant…his speed and power both rapidly increased!!”

Chapter: 227 (DBZ 33), P1.3, P2.1
Kuririn: “Guh…Goku, how’d you do that? Was that something you were taught by Lord Kaio?
Goku: “Yeah. It’s called Kaio-Ken!”
Goku: “You control all the ki in your body…momentarily amplifying it. If you get it right, your power, speed, destructive force, and defensive force all become many times greater…”

Chapter: 229 (DBZ 35), P1.1
Narrator: “Vegeta's strength has greatly surpassed what Goku had figured on...! That power was such that not even the Kaio-Ken, which doubled Goku's battle power, could give Goku the upper hand... What will you do?! Goku!!"

Chapter: 229 (DBZ 35), P13.5-6, P14.2
Goku: “Shit…!! His power and speed… [ ] I can’t keep up, even with the Kaio-Ken x2. [ ] I don’t care if my body breaks or I die! I’ve gotta up the Kaio-Ken to x3!!”

---Kaio-Ken x3--- [#SA2#GOK#KK3]

Chapter: 230 (DBZ 36), P4.3.3
Context: as Goku starts using Kaio-Ken x3
Bulma: “I think it's pr-probably Son, but his battle power figure is rising in... incredibly...!!”
“17,000…19,000…21,000!!”

Chapter: 230 (DBZ 36), P14.5
Vegeta: “It can’t be!! H-He's surpassed my battle power!!”

11. Tenshinhan [#SA2#TEN]
Chapter: 215 (DBZ 21), P1.3
Nappa: “"Im-impossible...!! The Saibaiman's battle power is 1,200...!! Going just by power, he rivals Raditz...!!"
Vegeta: “So that guy's battle power surpasses that. A simple calculation.”
Nappa: “But...! There was no such data.”

Chapter: 218 (DBZ 24), P14.2-6
Context: after Tenshinhan fires the Kikoho at Nappa
Nappa: “Phew…You really gave me a scare…!”
Vegeta: “That idiot, he used up all his power and died pointlessly…”

12. Vegeta [#SA2#VEG]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#SA2#VEG#REG]

Chapter: 215 (DBZ 21), P4.3
Context: Piccolo is astonished at how easily Vegeta obliterates the Saibaiman
Piccolo: “Th…that Saiyan…He instantly turned that monster to dust…What destructive power…!!”

Chapter: 216 (DBZ 22), P12.2
Context: after Kuririn’s ki blast doesn’t faze Nappa or Vegeta
Kuririn: “I…I did that at full-power!!! So this is what Saiyans are!!”

Chapter: 219 (DBZ 25), P12.5
Context: after Vegeta orders Nappa to stop and Nappa instantly complies
Piccolo: “The way the big one cowered…that must mean that the little one is even more powerful. It’s hopeless!”

Chapter: 226 (DBZ 32), P10.2
Context: talking to Goku
Nappa: “You’d better prepare yourself…Someone like you won't last a moment against Vegeta…He’s such a gifted warrior that he was named after Planet Vegeta itself, after all…”

Chapter: 227 (DBZ 33), P6.2, P10.2
Goku: “What ki…! [ ] Sorry. Seems he’s even stronger than I thought.”

Chapter: 228 (DBZ 34), P9.2
Goku: “It figures...He’s still just joking around, yet he’s still surpassing me in speed and technique.”

Chapter: 229 (DBZ 35), P1.1
Narrator: “Vegeta's strength has greatly surpassed what Goku had figured on...! That power was such that not even the Kaio-Ken, which doubled Goku's battle power, could give Goku the upper hand... What will you do?! Goku!!"

Chapter: 229 (DBZ 35), P3.4, P4.2
Context: as Vegeta powers up
Goku: “What ki!!! It’s as if the entire Earth is trembling!!!”
Goku: “This is just like a typhoon…!!”

Chapter: 229 (DBZ 35), P13.5-6, P14.2
Goku: “Shit…!! His power and speed… [ ] I can’t keep up, even with the Kaio-Ken x2. [ ] I don’t care if my body breaks or I die! I’ve gotta up the Kaio-Ken to x3!!”

Chapter: 231 (DBZ 37), P1.2, P2.1
Context: after Goku beats him up with the Kaio-Ken x3
Vegeta: “This…this cannot be happening!!! I…I am a Super Elite!! I can not be beaten by some lower-level warrior like him!!! [ ] I am the best in the universe…!!!!”

Chapter: 231 (DBZ 37), P4.2/P6.2/P12.5
Context: Vegeta prepares to fire the Gyarikku-Ho
Vegeta: “Dodge this if you can!!!! Even if you save yourself, the Earth will be smashed to pieces!!!!! [ ] You’ll never block my Gyarikku-Ho…!!!! Turn to space dust together with the Earth!!!!!”
Goku: “x4!!!!!” *he uses the Kaio-ken x4*

Chapter: 232 (DBZ 38), P11.2
Context: as Vegeta uses the Power Ball
Goku: “His ki went down as soon as he made that weird light!! What would he go and do that for?! I don’t get it!!”

Chapter: 241 (DBZ 47), P10.1
Goku: “I trained under Lord Kaio… I thought I’d hit the peak of power… But Vegeta was…so far above me…! I was shocked… Scared…”

Chapter: P2.3-4
Goku: “I didn’t expect him to be so powerful. Not even the Kaio-Ken did much against him.”
Kaio: “Well…*ahem*…yes. Vegeta’s power was a bit of a miscalculation on my part as well. Actually, a pretty big miscalculation…”

---Oozaru--- [#SA2#VEG#OZA]

Chapter: 232 (DBZ 38), P6.3, P7.3
Context: after Vegeta gets sent flying by Goku's Kaio-Ken x4 Kamehameha
Vegeta: “If…if it’s come to this, though I hate how ugly Oozaru is, I’ll transform into one and smash him…!! Kukkukku…As an Oozaru I’m overwhelmingly strong…!!”
Kaio: “But Son Goku has no strength left. Even without Oozaru, the Saiyan may be more than enough for him. But he’s gotten weaker too! The way he is now, if we could only hit him with the Genki-Dama, we’ll win for sure!!!!”

Chapter: 233 (DBZ 39), P6.2
Oozaru Vegeta: “Wanna hear something good?... When Saiyans become Oozaru, their battle power becomes 10 times what it is as a human!!!!"

Chapter: 233 (DBZ 39), P11.3
Goku: “Even if I raise the Kaio-Ken to x5, it still won't have any effect on him!!!!”

Chapter: 235 (DBZ 41), P12.1
Kuririn: “That fiend. He’s kept his wits…even in monster form!! I’m sorry, Goku. I don’t want to stand by and watch you die…but his ki is so powerful I can’t even approach him!!”

---Post-Oozaru--- [#SA2#VEG#POS]

Chapter: 236 (DBZ 42), P7.5, P8.1-4
Goku: “Gohan…dad’s body is messed up. I can’t move anymore. You have to fight for me instead. His power should have fallen a whole lot.”
Gohan: “He’s strong. He’s too strong. I…I can’t win.”
Goku: “You…You don’t have to win. Just hold him off. Your power ought to be even more incredible than this…even more.”

Chapter: 237 (DBZ 43), P5.2, P8.4
Gohan: “He’s so strong! Even though he should be tired out from fighting with dad.”
Vegeta: “I suppose it’s too late to tell you that no matter how many pieces of garbage join together, they still won’t be any match for a member of the elite.

Chapter: 238 (DBZ 44), P14.1
Context: after he's hit with the Genki-Dama
Vegeta: “You’ve damaged me qu…quite a lot. But I still have enough power left to take care of you pieces of trash!”

13. Vegeta and Nappa (in general) [#SA2#13]
Chapter: 213 (DBZ 19), P3.3
Gohan: “Wow, what an amazing ki…”

Chapter: 213 (DBZ 19), P14.2
Kuririn: “So those are the Saiyans, huh?! I…I see, I feel an incredible ki…You could even call it ‘bloodcurdling’…!”

14. Yamcha [#SA2#YAM]
Chapter: 215 (DBZ 21), P6.3-4
Context: as Yamcha fights the Saibaiman
Gohan: “Th-they vanished!”
Piccolo: “You idiot! They’re moving around at high speed! Try feeling the movement of their ki! Everyone can see them but you!”

[Herms]

XI: Freeza section part 1: the battle on Namek & the Ginyu Special-Squad [#FR1#STA]
Chapters 244-290 (DBZ 50-96)

1. Appule [#FR1#APP]
Chapter: 260 (DBZ 66), P5.2
Zarbon: “You look that way. If you find a village, don’t do anything--just come tell me! If there are strong Namekians there, you won’t be able to handle them! In any case, meet me back at the ship in three hours.”
Appule: “Yessir!”

Chapter: 522 (DBZ 328), P42.17
Goku: “He’s unquestionably the strongest being in existence!”
Note: OK, so I made this one up.

2. Burta [#FR1#BUT]
Chapter: 273 (DBZ 79), P5.1
Context: Vegeta tried to throw a dragonball so far away that the Ginyu Special-Squad wouldn’t be able to find it, but Burta caught it.
Ginyu: “Ahhh, I get it… Throw them so far that we won’t be able to get them, eh? Too bad Burta here is the fastest in the universe!”

Chapter: 281 (DBZ 87), P5.6
Context: after Goku punches Jheese
Goku: “[...] don’t you guys leave yourselves too off guard?”

Chapter: 281 (DBZ 87), P11.1
Context: Gohan doesn’t think Jheese and Burta are that strong
Kuririn: "Th...that shouldn't be... Th...those guys have about the same amount of ki as th...that Recoom guy, and not even Vegeta could do anything against him...But Goku's too strong, so those guys don't look like anything special..."
Gohan: "I... I suppose... But father's ki is a lot smaller than theirs..."

Chapter: 282 (DBZ 88), P2.3,
Burta: “W-when did you…get behind me?! I’m the fastest in the universe…”
Goku: “Well then, you’d be the second fastest in the universe, wouldn’tcha?”

3. Dende [#FR1#DEN]
Chapter: 256 (DBZ 62), P7.2
Context: Dodoria can’t find Kuririn, Gohan, or Dende because his scouter was destroyed.
Kuririn: “S’okay… He’ll never find us. Thanks to that old geezer who trashed the scouters… With one o’ those he could find even that little guy’s ki…”

Chapter: 258 (DBZ 64), P6.7
Context: Kuririn, Gohan and Dende are hiding from Vegeta, who has learned to sense ki.
Kuririn: “I was wrong! It does get worse!! Even if we suppress our ki…there’s this kid’s tiny energy!!”

4. Dodoria [#FR1#DOD]
Chapter: 249 (DBZ 55), P4.1-2
Context: Freeza, Zarbon, and Dodoria discuss Vegeta’s battle power as he powers up against Kui. Zarbon’s scouter had exploded.
Zarbon: "24,000...?! Are you saying it's higher than o... our own battle powers...?!"
Dodoria: "Th... this can't be...!! H... his battle power was barely 18,000..."
Freeza: “That shouldn’t be a surprise. It’s all because Vegeta’s been ceaselessly fighting on the front lines. Perhaps he’s caught on to something new on Earth. It’s merely 24,000. That’s a figure that you two would be more than able to win against if you fought together, is it not? Fufufu…”

Chapter: 249 (DBZ 55), 5.1
Context: talking to Vegeta
Kui: “W-with that battle power, if we teamed up w-we could at least manage something against Zarbon and Dodoria…!”

Chapter: 251 (DBZ 57), P13.2
Context: talking about Freeza, Zarbon, and Dodoria in comparison to the rest of Freeza's men
Kuririn: “Th-the others don’t matter as much…b-but those three…[...]… They have fearsomely strong ki…!”

Chapter: 254 (DBZ 60), P4.4, P5.1
Context: before killing the young Namekians
Dodoria: “I’ll take care of all three of you in 10 seconds…”
Namekian: “Impossible! You really think you’re a match for us 3?!”
Dodoria: “Do I think I’m a match? You've got to be kidding!”

Chapter: 254 (DBZ 60), P4.4, P13.3
Context: as Gohan gets mad over Dodoria’s actions
Kuririn: “H-hey, Gohan…! Don’t get any funny ideas…! We’re simply no match for him…!”

Chapter: 255 (DBZ 61), P14.2
Context: as Dodoria chases him and Gohan
Kuririn: “It’s no use, he’s faster! He’s gonna overtake us!”

Chapter: 256 (DBZ 62), P1.2-3
Gohan: “We can’t get away!!!! Let’s go down and fight!”
Kuririn: “He’s not an opponent we could manage anything against! Just fly!”

Chapter: 257 (DBZ 63), P4.2
Context: talking about sensing ki
Vegeta: “It was simple once I got the gist of it. But it’s no use if you’re focused only on power, like you guys or Freeza…”

Chapter: 258 (DBZ 64), P1.1
Vegeta: “I killed Dodoria!! Dodoria, so proud of his tremendous strength!! And it was easy!! Heh… My new abilities surprise even me… The battle on Earth wasn’t a waste at all.”

5. Freeza (first form and in general) [#FR1#FRE#1ST]
Chapter: 250 (DBZ 56), P4.4-7
Context: Freeza and his men flew by, scaring Kuririn and Gohan.
Kuririn: “Gohan… Did you see…? Th-the weird guy flying second from the lead…”
Gohan: “Y-Yeah… I…saw him…[ ] I felt ab…absolutely incredible power…”
Kuririn: “Th…that squirt…could be far…far more terrible than Ve…Vegeta…The moment I saw him, I was paralyzed…It looked like their were other incredible guys too, but…He’s on a different level…”

Chapter: 250 (DBZ 56), P9.7
Context: talking to Goku in the hospital
Kame-sennin: “What’s more…At least one of those people [on Namek] had ki greater than Vegeta…”

Chapter: 251 (DBZ 57), P13.2
Kuririn: “Th-the others don’t matter as much…b-but those three…especially the one in the round thing… They have fearsomely strong ki…!”

Chapter: 257 (DBZ 63), P4.2
Context: talking about sensing ki
Vegeta: “It was simple once I got the gist of it. But it’s no use if you’re focused just on power, like you guys or Freeza…”

Chapter: 260 (DBZ 66), P11.2
Kuririn: “It seems like Vegeta’s gotten even stronger… And I felt an even more powerful ki from that Freeza whoever-he-is… I don’t know what kind of training Goku’s doing…but I’ve got a feeling it won’t be enough…”

Chapter: 261 (DBZ 67), P6.3-4, P7.1
Kaio: “G-Goku, th-this time you’ve got a bad opponent…the worst, I should say…He’s not an opponent you can remotely handle…You ab-absolutely mustn’t lay a hand on him…[ ] I’m not just telling you this for your own sake! I’m telling you for the sake of all those on Earth, Namek, and the other planets…! If you come at him with some half-assed attack and make him angry, something dreadful will happen…! Him alone you have no choice but to leave be…!”

Chapter: 262 (DBZ 68), P2.5-6
Vegeta: “Heh heh heh… Pity your scouters were destroyed…or you’d see that I’ve increased my power beyond your imagination through real combat…”
Zarbon: “Kukkukkuh…You’re the one who doesn’t get it…Lord Freeza’s true power vastly surpasses that sort of dimension…”

Chapter: 263 (DBZ 69), P9.2-5, P10.1
Context: Zarbon explains that even though Vegeta’s improved, he’s still no match for him, and that Freeza also transforms.
Zarbon: “Fufu…Looks like you can’t hide your surprise at learning that I’m also a transforming-type alien…This was quite a miscalculation…You went through all the trouble of getting better, and now the situation has reversed itself again…Oh, I know! I’ll tell you something else as a parting gift before you die…Lord Freeza has told me that he too is a transforming-type alien…!”

Chapter: 266 (DBZ 72), P10.5
Context: while trying to flee with the dragonballs
Vegeta: “If I were clumsy enough to escape by flying, Freeza would instantly overtake me…”
Note: so he swims

Chapter: 268 (DBZ 74), P13.1
Context: Vegeta turned down Zarbon’s proposal to fight Freeza together…by killing him.
Vegeta: “If Freeza could be defeated just by teaming with the likes of you…then I wouldn’t have any trouble…”

Chapter: 282 (DBZ 88), P15.1
Context: talking to Goku
Vegeta: “You seem confident after becoming so overwhelmingly strong, but you absolutely can’t win against Freeza like this! Not unless you were immortal! You don’t understand a thing about how fearsome Freeza is!”

Chapter: 283 (DBZ 89), P1.1
Goku: “I think that I’ve gotten pretty strong, if I say so myself…But you’re saying that I still absolutely can’t beat Freeza…!?”
Vegeta: “That’s right. If you want to fight him, you’d better prepare yourself. Freeza’s strength is most likely far beyond your imagination…”

Chapter: 283 (DBZ 89), P7.5
Goku: “I feel a strong ki over in that direction…That’s probably Freeza.“

Chapter: 285 (DBZ 91), P14.6
Context: talking to Nail
Freeza: “I’m the strongest in the universe! I’ll show you how terrifying I am!”

Chapter: 286 (DBZ 92), P5.4
Freeza: "My battle power is 530,000. But of course, I don't intend to fight you at full power, so you can relax..."

Chapter: 286 (DBZ 92), P6.2
Context: about to fight Nail
Freeza: “I know! I’ll fight with just my left hand. That might make it a little interesting.”

6. Freeza and co. (in general) [#FR1#6]
Chapter: 247 (DBZ 53), P5.3-5
Context: I assume this is whom they’re talking about, since the ki is “evil”, and Vegeta hadn’t quite landed yet.
Gohan: “Kuririn… There’s some strong ki that way…”
Kuririn: “Y-You’re right…!”
Gohan: “I feel a lot of them…”
Kuririn: “Y-yeah… And they’re all really strong, amazing ki…”

7. Freeza’s reconnaissance team [#FR1#7]
Chapter: 248 (DBZ 54), P4.1
Bulma: “I-is it a Saiyan?!”
Kuririn: “No… It’s not Vegeta… It’s a much weaker ki…”

Chapter: 248 (DBZ 54), 7.6
Kuririn: “Gohan, release your ki…! These guys aren’t anything special!”

8. Ginyu [#FR1#GIN]

---Regular—- [#FR1#GIN#REG]

Chapter: 273 (DBZ 79), P2.3-6
Kuririn: “Out of all of them, that one is a whole different level of incredible…”

Chapter: 283 (DBZ 89), P7.2
Context: to Goku, as Ginyu approaches
Vegeta: “This time even you won’t be able to easily deal with this opponent.”

Chapter: 283 (DBZ 89), P10.1-2
Kuririn: “H-how ‘bout it, Goku? Does it look like you can win this time…?!”
Goku: “I won’t know unless I try…This guy looks like his strength is on a different level…”

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P5.2
Context: after Goku and Ginyu fight a bit
Ginyu: “If you’ve gotten confident from that brief exchange just now, I’ll soon take you down a notch…The truth is that I am also the type of human that can freely alter their battle power…!”

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P5.5
Jheese: “Even if [Goku]’s battle power really is 60,000, Captain Ginyu’s maximum battle power is far above that!”

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P6.2
Context: as Ginyu powers up
Goku: “This is bad!”

Chapter: 285 (DBZ 91), P3.1
Jheese: "Even Ca... Captain Ginyu's highest figure is 120,000..."

---Goku’s body--- [#FR1#GIN#POS]

Chapter: 287 (DBZ 93), P2.2
Context: after Ginyu steals Goku’s body
Ginyu: “Fuhahahaha…! This body’s even faster!”

Chapter: 288 (DBZ 94), P12.1-3
Context: Goku encouraging Gohan and Kuririn to fight Ginyu
Goku: “Th-that’s Ginyu! Don’t hesitate, take him out…! The way you are now, you definitely can’t lose! Alright…?! Blow him away…!”
Ginyu: “Blow me away?...Fuhahaha…! You idiot! You say they can’t lose!? This is your former body! It’s battle power is over 180,000! There’s no way they can win!”
Goku: “You’ll understand once you give it a try. That’s my body…Can you perform a Kaio-Ken, or even properly use its ki…?! You can’t put forth a large power unless your mind and body are one…!”

Chapter: 288 (DBZ 94), P13.2-4
Context: Ginyu powers up in Goku’s body
Ginyu: "Guhahahahaha...!!!! Jheese!! How much is my battle power?!"
Jheese: ".....Twe... 23,000...."
Ginyu: “Twe…23,000…only 23,000…!?”

Chapter: 289 (DBZ 95), P2.4
Context: after Ginyu blasts Gohan
Gohan: “Did you think a novice attack like that would work against me?!”

9. Ginyu Special-Squad (in general) [#FR1#GSS]
Chapter: 271 (DBZ 77), P10.5
Great Elder: “Dende… Tell everyone…that a great unknown power is approaching Planet Namek.”

Chapter: 271 (DBZ 77), P11.2-4
Context: Vegeta and Kuririn comment on the huge ki approaching Namek.
Gohan: “In-incredible power!”
Kuririn: “It’s Goku! Goku’s finally come!”
Gohan: “Eh…!? I wonder…It seems like there’s more than just one…”
Vegeta: “It…it can’t be…The Ginyu Special-Squad…! 1…2…3…4…5! No doubt about it…! Freeza’s called the Ginyu Special-Squad!”

Chapter: 271 (DBZ 77), P12.2-4
Vegeta: “Listen, you dirty bastard…! This Ginyu Special-Squad that Freeza has called is about as…no, they could be even stronger than me! And there are five of them!! They’ll find your ball with their scouters and come to kill us all!!!”
Kuririn: “N-no… It can’t be…”
Vegeta: “Don’t you feel their power?!! There’s only one way!!! Make me immortal so I can fight them!!!”
Nail: “He could be telling the truth… I do feel five large, evil powers…”

Chapter: 272 (DBZ 78), P10.2
Vegeta: “Th-they’re on the move…! Th-they’re as fast as I’d expect! Damn it all!”

Chapter: 272 (DBZ 78), P14.2
Kuririn: “Th-they’re fast…! I couldn’t tell they were approaching…”

Chapter: 273 (DBZ 79), P2.3-4
Kuririn: “Yeesh… Vegeta was t-telling the truth…!! I…I’m utterly no match for them…They’ve all got unthinkably ridiculous power…”

Chapter: 279 (DBZ 85), P9.8
Kuririn: “Goku…You can tell, right? How strong they are…Even if I’m healthy again thanks to the senzu, I’ll just get done in again…Sadly enough…Even you of all people won’t make any difference, Goku…Their strength is on a whole different level…”

Chapter: 282 (DBZ 88), P11.2
Context: as Goku outclasses him and Burta
Jheese: “H-how can this be?...We, the Ginyu Special-Squad…are a super-elite task force, a collection of 5 of only the best from out of the entire universe…How could a low level guy like that?…”

Chapter: 283 (DBZ 89), P3.2
Context: after learning of Recoom and co.’s defeat from Jheese
Ginyu: “You’re talking nonsense! We’re the Ginyu Special-Squad! Nobody besides Freeza exists in this world stronger than us!”

Chapter: 283 (DBZ 89), P11.3
Context: Ginyu discusses Goku's strength
Ginyu: “He could be like us, a super-gifted warrior, born with a mutation…”

10. Gurd [#FR1#GUR]
Chapter: 273 (DBZ 79), P2.6
Kuririn: “Th…that one…He’s the only one who’s nothing special…Wh-what’s he doing mixed in with those guys…?!”

Chapter: 273 (DBZ 79), P6.1
Vegeta: “Damn it all…! So the rumors were true?...They say that Gurd can control time for just a second, allowing him to stop it…”

Chapter: 273 (DBZ 79), P10.5
Vegeta: “This little snot Gurd you’re going to fight has low battle power, but uses psychic powers. Don’t let down your guard!”

Chapter: 274 (DBZ 80), P4.5
Context: while having trouble fighting Gohan and Kuririn
Gurd: “D-damn it…! It uses up far too much energy to attack while keeping time stopped…!”

Chapter: 274 (DBZ 80), P8.4-5
Jheese: “This is unexpected. Those little squirts' battle powers surpassed 10,000."
Recoom: “Hehhehhe, Gurd must have really gone pale. Just look, he's using his paralysis arts, which we hardly ever get to see.”

11. Jheese [#FR1#JES]
Chapter: 281 (DBZ 87), P5.6
Context: after Goku punches Jheese
Goku: “[...] don’t you guys leave yourselves too off guard?”

Chapter: 281 (DBZ 87), P11.1
Context: Gohan doesn’t think Jheese and Burta are that strong
Kuririn: "Th...that shouldn't be... Th...those guys have about the same amount of ki as th...that Recoom guy, and not even Vegeta could do anything against him...But Goku's too strong, so those guys don't look like anything special..."
Gohan: "I... I suppose... But father's ki is a lot smaller than theirs..."

Chapter: 289 (DBZ 95), P5.2-7
Context: as Vegeta and Jheese fight
Jheese: ”You’ve got to be kidding! There’s no way you could be any match for me!”
Vegeta: “Kukkukkuh…You say that, but you’re scared, aren’t you? Scared of my battle power, now that I’ve recovered…Take a gooo—oood look on your precious scouter…”
Jheese: “Scared!? Fuhahahaha, You think I’m scared of your battle power? Of piddling little Vegeta?”
*he checks scouter*
Jheese: “I'm…impossible…Da-damn it! It’s broken!”
Vegeta: “Kukkukku…Do you really think so?”

12. Katatz’s child [#FR1#KAT]
Chapter: 265 (DBZ 71), P2.5-7
Context: Kuririn explained to the Great Elder how the child of Katatz came to be on Earth.
Great Elder: “You speak as though the child died… Was it old age…? Or was he killed…?”
Kuririn: “Killed. By a Saiyan called Vegeta…who’s here right now…”
Great Elder: “By a Saiyan…? It is true that Saiyans are terrible, but…but to have killed that prodigy of the Dragon Clan… …Is it possible that he was…a Super Saiyan…?”

Chapter: 265 (DBZ 71), P3.4-5
Context: the Great Elder reads Kuririn’s mind and learns of God and Piccolo.
Great Elder: “Hmf! He split in two, long ago…after evil entered into him! How foolish… He diminished by half the genius power with which he was gifted at birth! If he had come back together as one, he might not have had to die…”

13. Kui [#FR1#KUI]
Chapter: 247 (DBZ 53), P15.4
Context: talking about Vegeta and Kui fighting
Zarbon (?): “Their abilities should be more or less equal, so no matter what happens Vegeta won’t get away unharmed.”

Chapter: 248 (DBZ 54), P2.3
Context: In response to Vegeta acting smug, Kui comments that his power is lower than his. He doesn’t realize it’s suppressed, of course.
Kui: “Haahhahhah, are you blind? Look at your scouter! My battle power is clearly higher than yours!”

14. Kuririn [#FR1#KUR]

---Initially--- [#FR1#KUR#PRE]

Chapter: 246 (DBZ 52), P2.6
Context: After Gohan and Kuririn complete their image training
Gohan: “But I was surprised at the number of moves you have!”

Chapter: 247 (DBZ 53), P15.2
Context: talking about Gohan and Kuririn
Zarbon: “The two large power readings that appeared a little while ago suddenly vanished, and haven’t returned.”

Chapter: 248 (DBZ 54), P6.3
Context: Freeza grunt comments on Kuririn and Gohan’s apparent lack of power.
Grunt guy: “Kekekeh, did you see that? These trash have practically no battle power. Are they just tourists?...”

Chapter: 248 (DBZ 54), P12.2-5
Zarbon: “Lord Freeza… Concerning the reconnaissance we sent out earlier… It appears we’re facing more than ordinary beings. Their battle power momentarily rose again, and after defeating our scouts, their reading disappeared once more…”
Freeza: “I see. That is odd. It does not sound like Vegeta…”
Zarbon: “The reading is quite different from Vegeta’s. Their battle powers were both about 1,500.”
Freeza: “1,500…It won’t matter much if we just leave them alone, but their attitude doesn’t look so good. Wipe them out the next time you find them.”

Chapter: 258 (DBZ 64), P1.3
Context: talking about Gohan and Kuririn
Vegeta: “It’s true that I feel too distant, large powers. There’s no way they could be Earthlings, but if they’re not Namekians then…”

---After power-up--- [#FR1#KUR#POS]

Chapter: 265 (DBZ 71), P4.6, P5.1-4, P6.1-2
Context: Great Elder draws out Kuririn’s hidden power.
Great Elder: “By the way, despite being an Earthling, you have outstanding power…But it’s a shame that you have power still dormant…”
Kuririn: “Th-that can’t be…! I don’t have that sort of power or nothin’…! I’ve trained pretty harshly…I think even now I’ve already about surpassed my limits…[*the Great Elder draws his power out*] Aw…awawa…! Po…power…power…! Ehyaah! I’m bursting with power! Amazing! Unbelievable, I feel as if I’ve come back to life!”

Chapter: 265 (DBZ 71), P8.1
Context: Kuririn is flying to get Gohan.
Kuririn: “Th-this is incredible!!! I never knew I had so much power…!!! At this rate I could bring Gohan in a few hours!!!”

Chapter: 266 (DBZ 72), P13.1-3
Context: Vegeta senses Kuririn flying overhead.
Vegeta: “Hm?! A strong battle power…! Is it Zarbon?! No…! This battle power is inferior to Zarbon’s…!”

Chapter: 268 (DBZ 74), P13.4
Vegeta: “Hoh I don’t know how you did it, but you’ve raised your battle power quite a lot since when you were on Earth, haven’t you?…But even so, you’re still not at a level where you could fight on par with me…”

Chapter: 269 (DBZ 75), P13.2
Vegeta: “Damn it! I can’t sense their presence! Those brats can even control their presence down to 0!”

Chapter: 272 (DBZ 78), P9.5
Context: Ginyu’s scouter picked up Vegeta, Gohan and Kuririn.
Ginyu: “But who are the two with him? It seems that they have considerably high battle powers…”

Chapter: 273 (DBZ 79), P7.4
Context: cornered by the Ginyu Special-Squad
Kuririn: “Ve…Vegeta, so we have no choice but to fight…?”
Vegeta: “You should know that there’s no point running…At least it’s better that you two are here… Though I know its hopeless, I’m placing my hopes on the underlying strength you showed me on Earth…”

Chapter: 274 (DBZ 80), P8.4
Jheese: “This is unexpected. Those little squirts' battle powers surpassed 10,000."

Chapter: 274 (DBZ 80), P9.1
Burta: “[...] races that can alter their battle power without transforming are rare.”
Recoom: “Hehhehhe, you’ve got some swell friends, Vegeta!”

Chapter: 277 (DBZ 83), P6.3
Recoom: “That surprise attack just now was pretty good…”

Chapter: 277 (DBZ 83), P8.5
Kuririn: “My…my bones…I don’t believe it…I’m reduced to this in just one blow…He’s too incredible…What a situation…The Great Elder went through all the trouble of raising my power…And I can’t do anything useful…”

Chapter: 278 (DBZ 84), P14.1
Context: after he beats Vegeta, Kuririn, and Gohan
Recoom: "All of them are just worthless scum…I don’t know why Freeza went through the trouble of calling us Ginyu Special-Squad here...”

Chapter: 288 (DBZ 94), P12.1-2
Context: Goku encouraging Gohan and Kuririn to fight Ginyu
Goku: “Th-that’s Ginyu! Don’t hesitate, take him out…! The way you are now, you definitely can’t lose! Alright…?! Blow him away…!”

Chapter: 288 (DBZ 94), P14.3
Context: after Kuririn starts fighting Ginyu in Goku’s body
Kuririn: “It’s true…! We just might be able to win somehow…!”

Chapter: 290 (DBZ 96), P13.2
Context: after Goku says Vegeta can’t kill him, Gohan, and Kuririn
Vegeta: “Well, he’s right. There’s the matter of the dragonballs, and more than anything I need your power to fight Freeza…particularly Kakarot’s…”

15. Nail [#FR1#NAI]
Chapter: 264 (DBZ 70), P13.5
Context: Kuririn met Nail. The quote is in his head rather than out loud.
Kuririn: “Compared to the other Namekians, he’s the only one I can sense a whole lot of power from…”

Chapter: 285 (DBZ 91), P14.2
Context: talking to Freeza
Great Elder: “Nail won’t be as easy to defeat as you imagine…He’s the only Warrior-type Namekian on this planet. Things won’t go as they have with the Namekians you people have killed.”

Chapter: 286 (DBZ 92), P5.1-2
Freeza: "Hoh! This is incredible! Your battle power has risen to 42,000. I see, you truly do seem to be completely different than all the Namekians up to now. I’m surprised…This is a magnificent battle power! I can see why you’re called a Warrior-type. It’s enough to make me want you for an underling."

Chapter: 286 (DBZ 92), P10.5
Context: after Nail regrows his arm
Freeza: “This is a surprise! So you can regenerate? But even though you’ve restored yourself, it changes nothing. Besides, it seems that you can’t recover your stamina. Your battle power has fallen from what it was before…”

16. Namekians (in general) [#FR1#NMK]
Chapter: 247 (DBZ 53), P6.1
Context: Bulma’s mistakenly assuming that the ki they feel is from the Namekians rather than Freeza’s men.
Bulma: “Hey, what are you talking about? Those are Namekians! If God and Piccolo were as strong as they were, then there’s nothing strange about real Namekians having amazing ki!”

Chapter: 259 (DBZ 65), P1.4
Context: Vegeta senses a Namekian village as he flies.
Vegeta: “Ha ha ha!! I felt it!! Big power! There are…about 20 of them!! There’s no mistake!! That’s a Namekian village!!”

Chapter: 260 (DBZ 66), P5.2
Zarbon: “You look that way. If you find a village, don’t do anything--just come tell me! If there are strong Namekians there, you won’t be able to handle them! In any case, meet me back at the ship in three hours.”
Appule: “Yessir!”

17. Namekian warriors [#FR1#NMK#YOU]
Chapter: 253 (DBZ 59), P5.1-4
Context: Dodoria’s scouter reads the battle powers of three Namekian fighters. Kuririn realizes that these Namekians are hiding their real power.
Dodoria: "Kukkukku... Please don't be disappointed, sir. All three are around 1,000."
Random goons: “Hehhehheh! You gotta be joking! They want to take us on with a level around 1,000!”

Chapter: 253 (DBZ 59), P10.5
Context: Dodoria’s scouter reads the battle powers of the three Namekian fighters after they stop holding back and beat up the random goons.
Zarbon: "What is this?! You said their battle powers were 1,000, didn't you?"
Dodoria: "What's happened?! All 3 have blown up to 3,000."

18. Piccolo, Tenshinhan, Yamcha, and Chaozu [#FR1#PIC] [#FR1#TEN] [#FR1#YAM] [#FR1#CHA]
Chapter: 260 (DBZ 66), P14.2
Context: Kaio points out that they arrived faster than Goku.
Kaio: “It’s amazing! They cleared the Serpent Road and got here in a far shorter time than you did! And there are four of them!”

Chapter: 261 (DBZ 67), P2.8
Yamcha: “Anyway, I’ve really had it with the gravity here. My body’s heavy and I can’t even run easily.”

Chapter: 261 (DBZ 67), P7.5
Piccolo: “Goku, just gather the dragonballs and bring us back to life. I’ll get better than you here, and go to Planet Namek. You and I will blow that stupid what's-his-face [Freeza] away!”

Chapter: 261 (DBZ 67), P8.4
Context: talking about Kaio’s training
Tenshinhan: “I can’t surpass Goku doing the same training…I’ll have to just quickly grasp the point of the training and polish my techniques in my unique way…I just won’t accept the sort of pathetic showing as last time…”

19. Recoom [#FR1#REC]
Chapter: 275 (DBZ 81), P12.4
Context: Vegeta attacked Recoom all out, but it had little effect.
Gohan: “H-he hardly took any damage…”

Chapter: 276 (DBZ 82), P13.2
Vegeta: “Th…that rotten monster…Da-dammit…To think that he’d be so strong…I’m being treated…just like a baby…”

Chapter: 276 (DBZ 82), P14.1
Kuririn: “If Vegeta gets killed, we’ll be next…There’s no doubt about it, there’s no way we can win…”

Chapter: 277 (DBZ 83), P6.2
Context: after Recoom fires his Eraser Gun
Kuririn: “The ground’s been wiped out…He changed the planet’s shape…Wh-what a fearsome technique…”

Chapter: 277 (DBZ 83), P9.2
Context: talking about the blow that broke Kuririn’s bones
Recoom: “Chih! Crap! I put too much force into that…! I wanted to play a little more…”

Chapter: 280 (DBZ 86), P1.2
Goku: “You can’t win against me. I can tell without even fighting.”

Chapter: 280 (DBZ 86), P9.1-4
Context: after Goku outclasses Recoom for a bit
Recoom: “Alrii---iight! In this case, I’ll perform my trump card…I’ll tell you up front that it won’t matter how fast your run away! This blows away everything in a pretty wide area around me…”
Vegeta: “Th…this time we’ll know Kakarot's true worth…”
Recoom: ”I’ll send you all to the afterlife!”

Chapter: 280 (DBZ 86), P12.1
Context: after Goku hits Recoom mid-attack pose
Goku: “Sorry. You were wide-open, after all…”

20. Saiyans (in general) [#FR1#SAI]
Chapter: 257 (DBZ 63), P11.5, P12.2-3
Context: Dodoria explains how stronger and stronger Saiyans like Vegeta were appearing.
Dodoria: “Th…the power of individual Saiyans is absolutely no match for L-Lord Freeza, but…If many Saiyans joined together, they would be-become quite troublesome…F-furthermore, among a small portion of Saiyans, outstanding warriors such as yourself were born, and had begun to increase…Since you weren’t a race who would obediently listen to orders if you started gaining power, at that point Lord Freeza thought that he needed to take steps…So he personally wiped out Planet Vegeta and the Saiyans along with it! But Vegeta! You should thank Lord Freeza! Since you, the prince, looked to have genius talent, he purposefully targeted the planet when you weren’t there!”

Chapter: 257 (DBZ 63), P14.1
Vegeta: “Freeza’s afraid of the Saiyans’ bottomless potential…!”

Chapter: 262 (DBZ 68), P3.2
Context: after Vegeta says Freeza was afraid of the Saiyans
Zarbon: “You’re getting pretty damn high and mighty! What Lord Freeza feared was the Saiyans combining into a unified faction! On your own you can’t do anything!”

21. Son Gohan [#FR1#GOH]

---Initially--- [#FR1#GOH#PRE]

Chapter: 246 (DBZ 52), P2.6
Context: After completing their image training, Kuririn comments on Gohan’s strength.
Kuririn: “You’re good! You really are strong. After all, you’ve got Goku’s blood and were trained by Piccolo…”

Chapter: 247 (DBZ 53), P15.2
Context: talking about Gohan and Kuririn
Zarbon: “The two large power readings that appeared a little while ago suddenly vanished, and haven’t returned.”

Chapter: 248 (DBZ 54), P6.3
Context: Freeza grunt comments on Kuririn and Gohan’s apparent lack of power.
Grunt guy: “Kekekeh, did you see that? These trash have practically no battle power. Are they just tourists?...”

Chapter: 248 (DBZ 54), P12.2-5
Zarbon: “Lord Freeza… Concerning the reconnaissance we sent out earlier… It appears we’re facing more than ordinary beings. Their battle powers momentarily rose again, and after defeating our scouts, their readings disappeared once more…”
Freeza: “I see. That is odd. It does not sound like Vegeta…”
Zarbon: “The reading is quite different from Vegeta’s. Their battle powers were both about 1,500.”
Freeza: “1,500…It won’t matter much if we just leave them alone, but their attitude doesn’t look so good. Wipe them out the next time you find them.”

Chapter: 258 (DBZ 64), P1.3
Context: talking about Gohan and Kuririn
Vegeta: “It’s true that I feel too distant, large powers. There’s no way they could be Earthlings, but if they’re not Namekians then…”

Chapter: 265 (DBZ 71), P7.1
Context: after getting the Great Elder’s power-up
Kuririn: “Is it alright if I bring one of my friends?! I think h-he’s definitely got outrageous power sleeping needlessly inside him…!”

Chapter: 266 (DBZ 72), P13.5
Kuririn: “Just you wait, Gohan! If you go to the Great Elder’s, you’ll be able to become much, muu---uuch stronger!”

Chapter: 269 (DBZ 75), P3.1-2
Vegeta: “Eh?! A strong battle power suddenly [appeared] straight ahead…!”

Chapter: 269 (DBZ 75), P13.2
Vegeta: “Damn it! I can’t sense their presence! Those brats can even control their presence down to 0!”

Chapter: 269 (DBZ 75), P14.6
Context: Kuririn believes Gohan will become as powerful as Vegeta if he has his power drawn out.
Kuririn: “Please tough it out…If only Gohan can meet the Great Elder, he just might be able to become strong enough to rival Vegeta…!”

Chapter: 270 (DBZ 76), P2.3-4
Context: Kuririn believes that Gohan’s Saiyan blood means he’ll have more hidden power than he had.
Kuririn: “I had this much dormant power. You’ve got Saiyan blood, so I think it’s safe to have high expectations!”

Chapter: 271 (DBZ 77), P7.4
Context: the Great Elder has his hand on Gohan’s head, sensing his hidden power.
Great Elder: “This is incredible… You have tremendous latent power… You are not an Earthling, are you…?”

---After power-up--- [#FR1#GOH#POS]

Chapter: 271 (DBZ 77), P9.5-6, P10.3
Context: the Great Elder unleashed Gohan’s hidden power.
Kuririn (in his head): “Woo-hoo!!! Gohan’s ki increased!!!”
Vegeta: “So… Kakarot must be in there! Come out!!!”
*Gohan steps out*
Vegeta: “What…?! It’s you…?! What did you do in there…?! Why did your base power suddenly increase?!”

Chapter: 272 (DBZ 78), P9.5
Context: Ginyu’s scouter picked up Vegeta, Gohan and Kuririn.
Ginyu: “But who are the two with him? It seems that they have considerably high battle powers…”

Chapter: 274 (DBZ 80), P8.4
Jheese: “This is unexpected. Those little squirts' battle powers surpassed 10,000."

Chapter: 274 (DBZ 80), P9.1
Butta: “[...] races that can alter their battle power without transforming are rare.”
Recoom: “Hehhehhe, you’ve got some swell friends, Vegeta!”

Chapter: 278 (DBZ 84), P10.2
Context: after Gohan gets up again after taking Recoom’s attacks
Recoom: “Hohoh! So you’re still energetic enough to spout gibberish? I don’t know what planet you’re from brat, but this is pretty surprising…”

Chapter: 278 (DBZ 84), P13.5
Context: after Recoom kicks Gohan hard
Jheese: “He’s all but dead. He doesn’t have any battle power remaining.”
Burta: “Naturally. His neck’s broken.”

Chapter: 278 (DBZ 84), P14.1
Context: after he beats Vegeta, Kuririn, and Gohan
Recoom: "All of them are just worthless scum…I don’t know why Freeza went through the trouble of calling us Ginyu Special-Squad here...”

Chapter: 288 (DBZ 94), P12.1-2
Context: Goku encouraging Gohan and Kuririn to fight Ginyu
Goku: “Th-that’s Ginyu! Don’t hesitate, take him out…! The way you are now, you definitely can’t lose! Alright…?! Blow him away…!”

Chapter: 288 (DBZ 94), P14.3
Context: after Kuririn starts fighting Ginyu in Goku’s body
Kuririn: “It’s true…! We just might be able to win somehow…!”

Chapter: 290 (DBZ 96), P13.2
Context: after Goku says Vegeta can’t kill him, Gohan, and Kuririn
Vegeta: “Well, he’s right. There’s the matter of the dragonballs, and more than anything I need your power to fight Freeza…particularly Kakarot’s…”

22. Son Goku [#FR1#GOK]

---initially--- [#FR1#GOK#PRE]

Chapter: 251 (DBZ 57), 10.5
Goku: “If I don’t thoroughly toughen myself up from the basics…I won’t be able to withstand many-fold Kaio-Kens…!”

Chapter: 264 (DBZ 70), P5.5, P6.1
Context: Freeza and Zarbon discuss the strengths of the remaining Saiyans.
Freeza: “I’ve been thinking for awhile now…Somehow…I get the feeling that a formidable Saiyan is growing, and will become a challenge for me before too long…At first I thought it was Vegeta, but it seems I was wrong…”
Zarbon: “You’re probably getting worried over nothing…The only ones besides Vegeta are that person on ‘Earth’ or whatever that planet what called, and his kid…Their battle powers are supposed to be far lower than Vegeta’s…”

Chapter: 264 (DBZ 70), P10.2
Context: Goku’s tired and can’t go on training.
Goku: “…But I conquered…50g…w-way faster than I…thought… M-maybe the duel with Vegeta…wasn’t entirely f-for nothing…”

Chapter: 270 (DBZ 76), P8.3-4
Context: Narrator commenting on Goku’s increasing strength.
Narrator: “Goku had continued this insane pattern of pushing his body and ki to the brink of death, then refreshing himself again by eating a senzu. The 7 senzu he received from Lord Karin have already fallen to only 3…However, though this training is outrageous, perhaps Goku has somehow realized the Saiyan characteristic of their strength increasing when they overcome death…”

---post-gravity training--- [#FR1#GOK#POS]

Chapter: 270 (DBZ 76), P11.1-4
Context: Goku has turned the gravity back down to 1g.
Goku: “Hwoo!!! I…I feel so light… …It’s like I’m not even here!!! Hoo hoo hoo!!! I’m light, I’m light! And strong, strong! Like this, I can definitely withstand about a 10-fold Kaio-Ken!”

Chapter: 270 (DBZ 76), P12.5
Narrator: “Even Goku hasn’t realized…That somewhere along the line he’s acquired enough power to surpass the level of Saiyan limits…”

Chapter: 279 (DBZ 85), P8.1
Context: after Goku rushes to the scene
Jheese: “Who is he?...He’s quite fast…That bastard’s faster than you, isn’t he?”
Burta: “Heh. Don’t joke around. Anyway, his battle power looks like garbage.”

Chapter: 279 (DBZ 85), P10.7
Context: after Goku reads his mind
Kuririn: “W-when did you get that kind of ability…!?”

Chapter: 279 (DBZ 85), P12.2-4
Context: after Goku gives the senzu to Vegeta
Kuririn: “Y-you idiot! You’re thinking of healing him and having all 4 of us fight together, right?! W-well that won’t work…”
Goku: “That ain’t it…I wanna settle the score with him later…[ ] I’ll take care of these guys on my own.”

Chapter: 279 (DBZ 85), P4.2
Burta: "He really is a little bug! His battle power is only around 5,000."

Chapter: 279 (DBZ 85), P14.1
Context: as Goku prepares to fight Recoom
Vegeta: “Th-this really is strange…He’s oddly calm…Doesn’t he know his opponent’s true strength?...I can’t feel any desire to kill from him at all…”

Chapter: 280 (DBZ 86), P8.3
Context: after Goku zips to behind Jheese and Burta
Recoom: “Y-you bastard…Looks like you’re confident in your speed, at least…Hehe…But you can’t win just be running away all the time…!”

Chapter: 280 (DBZ 86), P13.2
Context: after Goku knocks out Recoom
Kuririn: “N-no matter how much of a surprise attack that may have been…For him to take out in one hit someone who we and Vegeta couldn’t budge no matter how we attacked…”

Chapter: 280 (DBZ 86), P14.1-3
Context: after Goku knocks out Recoom
Vegeta: “T-that just now wasn’t an attack…He can’t fool my eyes…It was a stupendously heavy blow…He’s clearly surpassed the fighting level of Saiyans…He’s a completely different person than the one I fought on Earth…What the hell kind of training did he do?...Was the legend true…!? Is he a Super Saiyan…!?”

Chapter: 281 (DBZ 87), P3.1-5
Context: talking about Goku defeating Recoom
Jheese: “Yeah, it had to be a coincidence…His battle power figure didn’t change at all…We’re the invincible Ginyu Special-Squad…Let’s go let him know that…”
Vegeta: “This is Kakarot’s victory…!”

Chapter: 281 (DBZ 87), P11.2-4
Jheese: “Wh-what’s going on…?! There’s no mistake that his battle power is only 5,000…”
Vegeta: “Ka-Kakarot rapidly heightens his battle power for the brief instant when he attacks…That’s probably to decrease unnecessary energy consumption…It’s for an extremely brief instant, so even the scouters probably can’t pick up on it…Th-this is an outrageous battle power…H-how did he get that kind of power?...”

Chapter: 282 (DBZ 88), P2.3, P3.1
Burta: “W-when did you…Get behind me?! I’m the fastest in the universe…”
Goku: “Well then, you’d be the second fastest in the universe, wouldn’tcha?”
Jheese: “Wh-what’s going on…Not only did he knock back my Crusher Ball…But to think that he’d circle around behind Burta…This is like a bad dream…”

Chapter: 282 (DBZ 88), P3.2-4
Burta: “J-just what the hell are you?...”
Goku: “A Saiyan raised on Earth…Apparently.”
Burta: “You’ve gotta be kidding me! How could a Saiyan go so fast!?”
Goku: “Beats me…I guess it’s ‘cause a’ the amazin’ training I did.”

Chapter: 282 (DBZ 88), P12.1
Context: after Goku outclasses Jheese and Burta
Kuririn: “H-hey…are you really Goku…? You are Goku, right?”

Chapter: 282 (DBZ 88), P15.1
Vegeta: “You seem confident after becoming so overwhelmingly strong, but you absolutely can’t win against Freeza like this! Not unless you were immortal! You don’t understand a thing about how fearsome Freeza is!”

Chapter: 283 (DBZ 89), P11.1-3
Ginyu: "In my estimation, his ability looks like it's about 60,000."
Jheese: "Six... 60,000!? H-he's a Saiyan!! Whoever heard of a Saiyan at 60,000...?!!"
Ginyu: “It’s not impossible. He could be like us, a super-gifted warrior, born with a mutation…Looks like this will be an unprecedentedly entertaining battle…I never thought the time would come for me to show my true power.”

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P3.6
Context: after fighting Goku for a little bit
Ginyu: “I see. Seems you’re even more capable than I thought…”

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P4.3
Vegeta: “Kukkukkuh, things are turning out well! Kakarot and Ginyu look to be about even in ability! If things go well they just might take each other out…!”

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P10.3
Ginyu: “He’s fast! Is his speed greater than mine?!”

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P12.4
Context: Ginyu seems to have Goku at his mercy
Goku: “In…incredible power! I can’t get loose! N-no choice…In this case, I gotta use the Kaio-Ken…!”

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P13.4
Context: after Goku lets Goku go
Ginyu: “You’re hiding even greater power! Did you really think that I wouldn’t notice…?! You were probably intending to preserve your power in preparation for fighting Lord Freeza, but don’t you underestimate me! I’m excited about having an entertaining fight for a change! So don’t do anything stupid!”

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P14.1
Context: after Goku tells Ginyu to watch his scouter
Ginyu: "Kukkukku... I don't have to look at my scouter. You should most likely be able to raise it up to 85,000."

Chapter: 284 (DBZ 90), P14.6-7
Context: as Goku starts using the Kaio-Ken
Ginyu: "Ni... 90,000...?! 100,000... 110,000... I'm... impossible... it can't be... It's st... still rising...!"

Chapter: 285 (DBZ 91), P1.2-3, P2.2
Context: as Goku continues to use the Kaio-ken
Ginyu: "Twe... 120,000... 130,000... 140,000... It's sti... sti... still rising... !!!! It... it can't be... 160,000... "Eigh... 180,000...?! Un…unbelievable…Th-this is your true power…?!!”

Chapter: 285 (DBZ 91), P3.2
Goku: “I’ll tell you right up front! The power I’m capable of putting out temporarily is far, far greater than this.”

Chapter: 285 (DBZ 91), P3.5, P4.1-3, P5.2-4
Ginyu: “It…it can’t be…You couldn’t possibly be a…Su-Super Saiyan…!?”
Jheese: “Su…Su…Super Saiyan…!? Th-the legendary mightiest of warriors…[ ] So h-he’s…The one thing Lord Freeza feared, the Super Saiyan…!!”
*Goku spares Ginyu*
Ginyu: “You don’t want to kill me? You don’t want any pointless fights…!? The Su-Super Saiyan is supposed to be the strongest warrior in the universe, who loves blood and battle…Th-that’s it…! You’re not a Super Saiyan! You couldn’t manage to become one!! But at the very least, you’re far stronger than me…Kukkukku…You’re stupendously strong…”

Chapter: 286 (DBZ 92), P11.2-3
Goku: “What are you laughing about…!?”
Ginyu: “Because you’re strong…Because you have a battle power overwhelmingly stronger than me…”

Chapter: 288 (DBZ 94), P7.1-2
Ginyu: “So then, shall I test it out?...This outrageous power of over 180,000?”

Chapter: 288 (DBZ 94), P9.3
Context: Vegeta doesn't know what to make of Ginyu-Goku
Vegeta: “Whether they’ve exchanged bodies or he’s been hypnotized, it doesn’t change that fact that it’s Kakarot’s strength…This is getting more and more troublesome…”

Chapter: 290 (DBZ 96), P13.2
Context: after Goku says Vegeta can’t kill him, Gohan, and Kuririn
Vegeta: “Well, he’s right. There’s the matter of the dragonballs, and more than anything I need your power to fight Freeza…particularly Kakarot’s…”

23. Super Saiyan [#FR1#SUP]
Chapter: 264 (DBZ 70), P6.5
Freeza: “It seems that the Saiyans really do hide bottomless battle power…It increases greatly the more they battle…Of course, there’s no way they could be a match for me, but if I don’t think of the future and nip them in the bud now…After all, it’d be troublesome if they were able to become Super Saiyans…”

Chapter: 280 (DBZ 86), P3.1-2
Vegeta: “A Super Saiyan appears once every thousand years… a Saiyan who overcomes the wall which no warrior, no matter how gifted, can overcome…That’s supposed to just be a stupid tradition…And even if the legend were true…only I would have the potential to become a Super Saiyan.”

Chapter: 285 (DBZ 91), P4.1-3, P5.2
Jheese: “Su…Su…Super Saiyan…!? Th-the legendary mightiest of warriors…[ ] So h-he’s…The one thing Lord Freeza feared, the Super Saiyan…!!”
Ginyu: “You don’t want to kill me? You don’t want any pointless fights…!? The Su-Super Saiyan is supposed to be the strongest warrior in the universe, who loves blood and battle…”

24. Vegeta [#FR1#VEG]

---initially--- [#FR1#VEG#1ST]

Chapter: 246 (DBZ 52), P10.1
Context: after Vegeta returns from Earth
Alien doctor guy: “Lord Vegeta, it seems that even someone of your caliber had considerable trouble…To think that this super high quality rubber protector would get so beat up…”

Chapter: 248 (DBZ 54), P14.2-5
Context: More of Kui mistakenly thinking Vegeta’s power has declined.
Kui: “Looks like you’ve gotten worse. With that battle power, you have no chance of winning.”
Vegeta: “Did you call us rivals? Kukkukkuku…Well then, I’ll show you something…An interesting thing that I learned from the locals when I went to Earth…[ ] How to control my battle power!”

Chapter: 249 (DBZ 55), P1.1-4, P2.1-2
Context: Vegeta powers up until Kui’s scouter explodes.
Vegeta: “Take a goo—ood look at my battle power figure on your scouter!”
Kyui: “I'm…impossible…! We…we were supposed to be even in strength…!”
Vegeta: “You damn fool! I’ve been fighting ceaselessly in real battles! On Earth there was such a battle that I almost died! How long did you think we’d stay even as you stayed comfortable with Freeza?!”
Kyui: “19,000…20,000…21,000…22,000…!”

Chapter: 249 (DBZ 55), P3.2-6, P4.1-2
Context: Freeza, Zarbon and Dodoria discuss Vegeta’s battle power as he powers up against Kui. Zarbon’s scouter had exploded.
Zarbon: "I... I think it's a malfunction, but... My scouter was set on Vegeta, and as the figures surpassed twe... 22,000..."
Dodoria: “It’s definitely a malfunction! Your scouter’s an old model, after all. I’ll check out the correct figure off mine…”
Zarbon: “What’s the figure…?”
Dodoria: "Th... that's impossible... Is my new model malfunctioning too...?! It's risen to up to twe... 24,000... !!"
Zarbon: "24,000...?! Are you saying it's higher than o... our own battle powers...?!"
Dodoria: "Th... this can't be...!! H... his battle power was barely 18,000..."
Freeza: “That shouldn’t be a surprise. It’s all because Vegeta’s been ceaselessly fighting on the front lines. Perhaps he’s caught on to something new on Earth. It’s merely 24,000. That’s a figure that you two would be more than able to win against if you fought together, is it not? Fufufu…”

Chapter: 249 (DBZ 55), 7.4
Context: after Vegeta dodges Kui's attack
Kui: Wh…when did you…?!”
Vegeta: “When my battle power rises, it means that my speed raises too.”

Chapter: 249 (DBZ 55), P12.1
Context: Dodoria confirms Vegeta’s battle power after he defeats Kui.
Dodoria: “Ve…Vegeta’s 24,000 number was real after all…He killed Kui easily…”

Chapter: 257 (DBZ 63), P4.2
Context: talking about sensing ki
Vegeta: “It was simple once I got the gist of it. But it’s no use if you’re focused just on power, like you guys or Freeza…I was like that too until recently…”

Chapter: 257 (DBZ 63), P5.1-3
Vegeta: “What are you so afraid of? Why don’t you just come at me? I know! It’s because you realized during my battle with Kui that I’ve become far stronger than before, and you’re terrified…You saw my battle power on the scouter, didn’t you?”
Dodoria: “That number was a mistake!! The scouter was broken!! I gave you a chance to leave!!!! Don’t you underestimate me!”

Chapter: 257 (DBZ 63), P10.1-2
Context: Vegeta bragging to Dodoria about how he became stronger.
Vegeta: “Fuhahaha…! We Saiyans grow stronger each time we fight…! The stronger the opponent, the stronger we become…So I’m becoming stronger too…! I almost died on Earth, and have now vastly powered up…!”

Chapter: 257 (DBZ 63), P12.2-3
Context: talking about the destruction of Planet Vegeta
Dodoria: “But Vegeta! You should thank Lord Freeza! Since you, the prince, looked to have genius talent, he purposefully targeted the planet when you weren’t there!”

Chapter: 258 (DBZ 64), P1.1
Vegeta: “I killed Dodoria!! Dodoria, so proud of his tremendous strength!! And it was easy!! Heh… My new abilities surprise even me… The battle on Earth wasn’t a waste at all.”

Chapter: 261 (DBZ 67), 11.6
Context: as Vegeta heads towards them
Kuririn: “It’s Ve-Vegeta…So he did notice! He’s heading straight here at absolutely astounding speed!”

Chapter: 262 (DBZ 68), P2.5-6
Vegeta: “Heh heh heh… Pity your scouters were destroyed…or you’d see that I’ve increased my power beyond your imagination through real combat…”
Zarbon: “Kukkukkuh…You’re the one who doesn’t get it…Lord Freeza’s true power vastly surpasses that sort of dimension…”

Chapter: 262 (DBZ 68), P10.2-4
Context: Kuririn senses Vegeta and Zarbon fighting.
Kuririn: “Oh, man…! There are two incredible ki bashing together…! Vegeta’s colliding with someone! [ ] I-it’s probably one of those guys who was with Freeza…Both of them are monsters…I’m absolutely no match for them… Let’s just hope they cream each other…”

262 (DBZ 68), P14.3-4
Context: after beating up Zarbon
Vegeta: “Hahhahahah! At that level, you’re helpless!”
Zarbon: “I’m astonished, you’ve truly made marvelous progress…”

---after the first Zarbon fight--- [#FR1#VEG#2ND]

Chapter: 265 (DBZ 71), P13.3
Context: after waking up early and killing Appule (ha!)
Vegeta: “Looks like you underestimated my powers of recovery!”

Chapter: 268 (DBZ 74), P8.1-5
Context: Vegeta thinks Zarbon’s strength has fallen from the pre-emptive attack and brags about his own increase in power.
Vegeta: “Looks like my preemptive attack had an effect…Your stamina’s fallen quite a bit, hasn’t it? Zarbon, your death is close.”
Zarbon: “My d-death is close…!? Don’t make me laugh! My battle power is higher than yours!”
Vegeta: “Zarbon…Weren’t you supposed to know a lot about Saiyans? It wasn’t a good idea for you to carelessly treat me after I almost died…Don’t you think so? Saiyans can steadily increase their battle power each time they recover from near death…”
Kuririn: “So…so that’s it…! Now that he mentions it, Goku also got stronger every time he had a fierce fight…Dam-dammit! So that’s why Vegeta’s ki has risen so darn much…!”

Chapter: 269 (DBZ 75), P2.3-4
Gohan: “Something’s coming--straight at me!!! It’s a very strong ki…!!! Vegeta!!!!”

Chapter: 270 (DBZ 76), P2.2
Context: Kuririn’s “again” refers to the latest power-up Vegeta got after recovering from his first fight with Zarbon.
Kuririn: “Looks like he’s gotten stronger again…! The way he is now, we wouldn’t have a chance even if we went at him together…”

Chapter: 271 (DBZ 77), P3.3-4
Context: Almost at the Great Elder’s, Kuririn wonders if Gohan’s hidden power will be enough against Vegeta, who just keeps getting stronger.
Kuririn: “I said that if Gohan had his dormant power drawn out by the Great Elder, then he’d rival even Vegeta…Frankly, maybe I shouldn’t hope for so much…That bastard is truly gifted…He gets stronger without any end in sight…The only way may be for me to have Gohan made strong, then wait for Goku to come and have the 3 of us take him on…”

Chapter: 275 (DBZ 81), P4.2
Context: Vegeta powers up to fight Recoom.
Jheese: "Hey, hey, Vegeta's battle power has risen up close to 20,000!" [original line]
Jheese: "Hey, hey, Vegeta's battle power has risen up close to 30,000!" [Kanzenban line]

Chapter: 276 (DBZ 82), P3.2
Recoom: “Alright! You’re pretty good! You’re better than I thought, aint’cha Vegeta-chan?!”

Chapter: 276 (DBZ 82), P12.2
Context: after Vegeta blasts him in the face
Recoom: “Goody! Just what I was hoping for!”

Chapter: 276 (DBZ 82), P13.1-2
Recoom: “Don’t you have any techniques with more zip than that? ‘Cause if you don’t, how about I just kill ya?”
Vegeta: “Th…that rotten monster…Da-dammit…To think that he’d be so strong…I’m being treated…just like a baby…”

Chapter: 277 (DBZ 83), P1.2
Context: as Recoom prepares to fire his Eraser Gun
Kuririn: “Alrii—ight Gohan, let’s go! Vegeta doesn’t have the stamina left to dodge any fast attacks…!”

Chapter: 278 (DBZ 84), P14.1
Context: after he beats Vegeta, Kuririn, and Gohan
Recoom: "All of them are just worthless scum…I don’t know why Freeza went through the trouble of calling us Ginyu Special-Squad here...”

Chapter: 280 (DBZ 86), P8.4
Context: after Goku zips to behind Jheese and Burta
Kuririn: “Vegeta seems to be the only one who realized where Goku was…Was he able to see his movement just now…!?”

---after the Recoom fight--- [#FR1#VEG#3RD]

Chapter: 283 (DBZ 89), P12.1-2
Goku: “Vegeta, you defeat the other guy [Jheese]. You made a full recovery after almost dying, so your power should have greatly increased. He’s no longer an opponent you can’t beat…”
Vegeta: “Chih…So you knew, huh?”

Chapter: 287 (DBZ 93), P8.2
Vegeta: “At any rate, Kakarot uses some strange medicine…To think that it heals injuries and even completely restores stamina…”

Chapter: 289 (DBZ 95), P5.2-7
Context: as Vegeta and Jheese fight
Jheese: ”You’ve got to be kidding! There’s no way you could be any match for me!”
Vegeta: “Kukkukkuh…You say that, but you’re scared, aren’t you? Scared of my battle power, now that I’ve recovered…Take a gooo—oood look on your precious scouter…”
Jheese: “Scared!? Fuhahahaha, You think I’m scared of your battle power? Of piddling little Vegeta?”
*he checks scouter*
Jheese: “I'm…impossible…Da-damn it! It’s broken!”
Vegeta: “Kukkukku…Do you really think so?”

Chapter: 289 (DBZ 95), P6.1-2
Context: after Jheese freaks out over Vegeta's new battle power
Vegeta: “That’s right…I’ve surpassed Saiyan limits, and my strength is still increasing more and more…The truth is that I’ve realized it too…That this extension of my power isn’t merely what you’d call giftedness…In other words…I’m steadily drawing near…to becoming a Super Saiyan!”

25. Zarbon [#FR1#ZAR]

---Pre-transformation-- [#FR1#ZAR#PRE]

Chapter: 249 (DBZ 55), P4.1-2
Context: Freeza, Zarbon, and Dodoria discuss Vegeta’s battle power as he powers up against Kui. Zarbon’s scouter had exploded.
Zarbon: "24,000...?! Are you saying it's higher than o... our own battle powers...?!"
Dodoria: "Th... this can't be...!! H... his battle power was barely 18,000..."
Freeza: “That shouldn’t be a surprise. It’s all because Vegeta’s been ceaselessly fighting on the front lines. Perhaps he’s caught on to something new on Earth. It’s merely 24,000. That’s a figure that you two would be more than able to win against if you fought together, is it not? Fufufu…”

Chapter: 249 (DBZ 55), 5.1
Context: talking to Vegeta
Kui: “W-with that battle power, if we teamed up w-we could at least manage something against Zarbon and Dodoria…!”

Chapter: 251 (DBZ 57), P13.2
Context: talking about Freeza, Zarbon, and Dodoria
Kuririn: “Th-the others don’t matter as much…b-but those three…[...]… They have fearsomely strong ki…!”

Chapter: 262 (DBZ 68), P10.2-4
Context: Kuririn senses Vegeta and Zarbon fighting.
Kuririn: “Oh, man…! There are two incredible ki bashing together…! Vegeta’s colliding with someone! [ ] I-it’s probably one of those guys who was with Freeza…Both of them are monsters…I’m absolutely no match for them… Let’s just hope they cream each other…”

262 (DBZ 68), P12.3
Context: as he fights Zarbon
Vegeta: “Fuhahahahah, what’s the matter?! Are you really the great Zarbon?! You look like you’re standing still!”

262 (DBZ 68), P14.3-4
Context: after beating up Zarbon
Vegeta: “Hahhahahah! At that level, you’re helpless!”
Zarbon: “I’m astonished, you’ve truly made marvelous progress…But thanks to that, you’ve awakened my true power, that I’ve had sleep for many years…”

Chapter: 267 (DBZ 73), P5.1-4
Context: Vegeta is tailing Kuririn, and realizes Zarbon is tailing him.
Vegeta: “Eh?! There's a huge battle power…It's following me… I’d say Zarbon has found me! Feh!! What a nuisance…! But this is a good opportunity. I’ll take care of him for sure this time! He’s completely filled with confidence from our last battle…! He should come at me off-guard…”

---Post-transformation--- [#FR1#ZAR#POS]

Chapter: 263 (DBZ 69), P2.3
Context: Zarbon informs Vegeta that his power increases when he transforms.
Zarbon: “I don’t become unnecessarily large like Saiyan monkeys…Only my power increases! Overwhelmingly so!”

Chapter: 263 (DBZ 69), P9.2-5, P10.1
Context: Zarbon explains that even though Vegeta’s improved, he’s still no match for him, and that Freeza also transforms.
Zarbon: “Fufu…Looks like you can’t hide your surprise at learning that I’m also a transforming-type alien…This was quite a miscalculation…You went through all the trouble of getting better, and now the situation has reversed itself again…Oh, I know! I’ll tell you something else as a parting gift before you die…Lord Freeza has told me that he too is a transforming-type alien…!”

Chapter: 267 (DBZ 73), P11.3
Context: Zarbon just transformed, surprising Kuririn and Bulma.
Kuririn: “H-he turned into a monster!!! And his power… It shot way up!”
Bulma: “D-Definitely not a good guy…!!!”

Chapter: 268 (DBZ 74), P9.1
Context: after hearing that Vegeta is stronger now
Zarbon: “N-now matter how much your battle power may have risen…There’s no way you could beat me once I transform!”

[Herms]

XII: Freeza section part 2: the battle with Freeza [#FR2#STA]
Chapters 291-328 (DBZ 97-134)

1. Chi-Chi [#FR2#CHI]
Chapter: 329 (DBZ 135), 9.4-5
Context: after learning that Goku refuses to return to Earth
Kame-sennin: “I-I know! He’s afraid of his wife! He can’t stand her! So the strongest in the universe is Super Saiyan Son Goku’s wife!”
*Chi-Chi threatens him with a sword*
Kame-sennin: “I-I was joking…joking!...”

2. Freeza [#FR2#FRE]

---First Form--- [#FR2#FRE#1ST]

Chapter: 291 (DBZ 97), P2.1
Kuririn: “This Freeza must be really strong if Vegeta needs even our power…”
Gohan: “I’m scared…”

Chapter: 292 (DBZ 98), P5.8-9
Gohan: “Som…something’s coming closer…At in-incredible speed…”
Kuririn: “Eh!? It’s Fr-Freeza…!”

Chapter: 293 (DBZ 99), P6.5
Vegeta: “Som-something’s coming closer! A stupendous battle power…! It’s Freeza!”

Chapter: 293 (DBZ 99), P12.2
Vegeta: “You fools…! You’ve wasted the one method of defeating Freeza! The only way to win against him was to make me immortal!”

Chapter: 294 (DBZ 100), P2.2
Piccolo: “I feel an outrageously large ki far away…! Is th-this the monster called Freeza…!? There’s three huge ki close by…! That must be Gohan and the others…!”

Chapter: 294 (DBZ 100), P13.3-4
Context: as Freeza powers up
Gohan: “Th…thi…this can’t be…”
Kuririn: “To-to think that he was this incredible…”

Chapter: 294 (DBZ 100), P14.1
Context: as Freeza powers up
Piccolo: “That large ki has become even more absurdly large! Is this ‘Freeza’ finally starting to move?!”

Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P8.4
Context: still as Freeza powers up
Kuririn: “Wh-what ki…Th-there’s no way we can win…”
Freeza: “Naturally…Did you really think that 3 ants could win against a dinosaur?”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P1.3-4
Vegeta: “Among aliens, there are sometimes guys who change their appearance as the need arises…For things like camouflage, or to not deplete their energy…”
Freeza: “In my case it’s different…It’s because my power is too excessive, so that even I can’t properly control it…”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P2.1-3, P3.1
Context: still talking about Freeza’s transformations
Vegeta: “Don’t be scared, he’s bluffing…he won’t change that much.”
Freeza: “Oh, is that right? Look vee—eery closely then. This isn’t something you get to see very often. Even when I attacked Planet Vegeta, where the Saiyans lived, and fought with the king, I was able to win without any need to transform whatsoever…Vegeta…your father wasn’t anything special.”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P3.2
Kuririn: “So the Sa-Saiyans’ planet was destroyed by him…?!”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P4.4
Context: after Freeza blows off his battle jacket
Vegeta: “How is that a transformation?...You’ve got to be kidding me! To think that by ‘transformation’ you just meant taking that off to make yourself lighter!”

---Second Form--- [#FR2#FRE#2ND]

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P5.2
Context: as Freeza transforms into his second form
Kuririn: “H-his ki is becoming steadily stronger…!”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P8.2-5
Context: after Freeza reaches his second form
Vegeta: “Im-impossible…How can this be?...”
Gohan: “W-we’ll be killed…”
Kuririn: “Th-this is a nightmare…”
Freeza: “Heh..heheh…Watch out…Now that I’ve turned into this, I won’t be as gentle as before…”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P9.1-2
Freeza: "At any rate, my power is excessive. Perhaps I've overdone it... Kukkukku... Incidentally, if [my strength] were put into battle power, it would be over 1,000,000, surely..."
Vegeta: “Wh-what!?”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P12.3
Context: after reducing the surrounding land to sea in a big explosion
Freeza: “Hahhahhah…Well, as I’d expect, all of you are pretty quick at running away. This just now was merely my way of saying "hello". Even Saiyans can do a thing like this.”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P13.1
Freeza: “Kukkukkuh...You've got such a pitiful look on your face, Vegeta! It seems you didn’t expect for me to get this strong!”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P14.3
Context: as Freeza stabs into Kuririn
Vegeta: “H-he’s fast!”

Chapter: 297 (DBZ 103), P2.4
Context: as Freeza stabs into Kuririn
Freeza: “Whoops, sorry about that. Seems I really do have too much power for me to properly control myself.”

Chapter: 297 (DBZ 103), P4.3
Vegeta: “Wha…! What speed…!”

Chapter: 297 (DBZ 103), P13.2
Context: after Gohan’s attack fails to kill Freeza
Vegeta: “Da-damn it…Looks like we were too naive in our thinking…”

Chapter: 297 (DBZ 103), P14.3
Context: after being largely unfazed by Gohan’s attack, Freeza’s eyes shine
Piccolo: “Freeza’s power rose all at once…! I’m coming, Gohan!”

Chapter: 298 (DBZ 104), P1.3
Context: Freeza’s still powering up after Gohan’s attack
Gohan: “It…it can’t be…His ki power is getting even stronger…!”
Vegeta: “Ho…how can this be?...To think that he could control his battle power…!”
Freeza: “I’ll return the pain I received many times over…”

Chapter: 298 (DBZ 104), P6.2, P7.4
Context: Vegeta fires at Freeza from behind
Vegeta: “Alright! He was too complacent and let his guard down! He took that head-on!”
*Freeza is still fine*
Vegeta: “Ou-our fate is sealed…”

Chapter: 299 (DBZ 105), P1.4
Context: as Freeza torments Gohan
Vegeta: “I don’t care if th-that brat dies…But what am I going to do about Freeza’s power? It’s far greater than I imagined…!”

Chapter: 300 (DBZ 106), P1.2
Piccolo: “So he’s Freeza, huh?...I get it. He really does seem to be an outrageous monster…”

Chapter: 301 (DBZ 107), P2.2-3
Context: after Piccolo and Freeza fight awhile
Kuririn: “In-incredible…[Piccolo]’s fighting evenly with Freeza…”
Vegeta: “No…no…He’s more than [even]…”

Chapter: 301 (DBZ 107), P7.4
Context: after Freeza beats up on Piccolo
Kuririn: “Wh-what…He wasn’t [fighting] seriously before…”

Chapter: 301 (DBZ 107), P9.2
Vegeta: “H-his power is bottomless…Did I really intend to fight with that kind of monster?...”

Chapter: 301 (DBZ 107), P12.5
Freeza: “I, Freeza, vastly increase my power each time I transform…And I still have 2 of those transformations remaining…Do you know what that means?”

---Third Form--- [#FR2#FRE#3RD]

Chapter: 301 (DBZ 107), P13.5
Context: before transforming into his third form
Freeza: “I’ll show you! You should consider this an honor! You’re the first ones I’ve ever gone so far as to show this transformation to!”

Chapter: 302 (DBZ 108), P6.5, P7.1
Context: after Freeza reaches his third form
Kuririn: “H-he didn’t change all that much, right…!?”
Vegeta: “Id-idiot! Check out his latent power…! It’s a different thing than what it was before…! What’s more, he’s regained his composure and has become calm…”
Gohan: “Th-that can’t be…The damage he received from Piccolo has gone away…”

Chapter: 302 (DBZ 108), P7.3-4
Goku: “Damn it...What’s happening…?! Freeza’s ki got stronger again! Now even if my body’s fully healed, I might not be able to beat him…What should I do?...I give up…”

Chapter: 302 (DBZ 108), P9.4
Piccolo: “Damn him! You may be more powerful, but I’m faster! You couldn’t catch up to me even if you spent your entire lifetime!”

Chapter: 302 (DBZ 108), P12.4, 13.3
Context: as Freeza launches invisible beams at him
Piccolo: “H-he’s fast…!”
Kuririn: “He’s outrageously fast! There’s no way to dodge that…!”

Chapter: 303 (DBZ 109), P11.4
Context: Freeza prepares to transform into his fourth form
Freeza: “Though it’d be simple to pulverize you all in this form…Before you die, I’ll show you the ultimate power, more fearsome than death!”

Chapter: 304 (DBZ 110), P8.1
Context: Kuririn says they should have hid from Freeza
Piccolo: “Even if we tried that, he’d just wipe out Planet Namek itself…! He no longer has any attachment to this planet…”

---Fourth Form--- [#FR2#FRE#4TH]

Chapter: 304 (DBZ 110), P8.3
Context: after Freeza finishes his final transformation
Piccolo: “Wh-what an absurdly large ki….!”

Chapter: 304 (DBZ 110), P10.5-6
Context: after Dende heals him
Vegeta: “Freeza’s battle power…! So he’s finally shown his true form, huh?...Well, I don’t care if Freeza or anyone else comes at me…! I’ve just now become a Super Saiyan…!”

Chapter: 304 (DBZ 110), P12.4-5
Context: Kuririn says Freeza’s final form doesn’t look that powerful
Piccolo: “A good example of how you shouldn’t judge someone’s true ability by their appearance…He was far more cute before…Damn it…I had you go through all that trouble getting that wish granted…Sorry…But it really doesn’t look like I’ll be able to save you…”

Chapter: 304 (DBZ 110), P14.8
Context: after Freeza blasts Dende
Piccolo: “I…I couldn’t see it…I only [saw] something flash…Impossible…”

Chapter: 305 (DBZ 111), P2.1
Goku: “Da-dammit…! Freeza’s ki has gotten stronger again…! What’s going on? I can’t tell at all…!”

Chapter: 305 (DBZ 111), P2.3
Context: as Freeza moves toward them
Kuririn: “H-he vanished!”
Note: so in other words Freeza moves too fast for Kuririn to see

Chapter: 305 (DBZ 111), P13.4
Context: Vegeta can’t follow Freeza’s movement
Freeza: “I get just a little serious and raise my speed, and it seems that you can’t keep up with me…Are you really a Super Saiyan?...”
Vegeta: “Im-impossible…”

Chapter: 306 (DBZ 112), P5.1-2
Context: talking about Vegeta’s planet-destroying attack
Piccolo: “H-he knocked that back with just a kick…”
Kuririn: “That should have been Vegeta’s full power strike…He’s too incredible…”

Chapter: 306 (DBZ 112), P9.5
Narrator: “Piccolo and the other two seemed paralyzed from their fear of Freeza, whose battle power was in a completely different dimension, and they couldn’t even move…”

Chapter: 309 (DBZ 115), P6.3
Goku: “He escaped from my kiai cannon!”

Chapter: 309 (DBZ 115), P8.4
Goku: “That bastard’s got outrageous speed too…Well then, what am I gonna do?...”

Chapter: 309 (DBZ 115), P9.1
Goku: “Seems that that guy can’t search out his opponent’s position through just ki, like we do…He always has to search for them with his eyes…Alright, how ‘bout I use that?...”

Chapter: 309 (DBZ 115), P14.3-6
Context: after Goku lands a good kick on Freeza
Goku: “That worked great! *Freeza seems OK* Ah…It didn’t have any effect on him…”

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P2.2-3
Freeza: “I didn’t think you’d be this good…You’re the first person besides my parent[s] who’s got dust on me…This might be the first time in my life I’ve been so excited…”
Note: the word used here for parent (oya) could be either singular or plural. Which has nothing to do with strength, I just felt like pointing that out.

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P2.4
Context: still talking about his kick
Goku: “Man, I give up. I thought that would have had a little bit of an effect on him…”

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P11.1
Piccolo: “Freeza’s playing around…If he felt like it, he has the power to wipe out this whole planet…”

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P13.4
Context: after Goku escapes from Freeza's entrapment ball
Piccolo: “They’re monsters, both of them…Damn it all…”

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P14.1-2
Context: after fighting with Goku for some time
Freeza: “I’m starting to feel like that’s enough warming up…”
Goku: “Me too”.

Chapter: 311 (DBZ 117), P14.4
Context: Freeza promised not to use his hands, but did anyway
Goku: “Weren’t you not supposed to use your hands?”
Freeza: “…Fufufu…The service period ended…”
Goku: “Well then, how ‘bout I give you some advice every now and then, as a ‘service’ of my own? You’re…too confident in your own strength…It makes you leave yourself wide open…”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P2.3-6
Freeza: “You’re quite confident. But I’ve noticed that though you told me you’d fight seriously, you still have a considerable amount of power remaining…”
Goku: “So the jig’s up, huh?”
Freeza: “Even taking that into consideration, in my estimation… If I put out about 50%, that is to say, half of my maximum power, I'll be able to turn you into space dust..."

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P4.4
Context: as Goku and Freeza are staring at each other
Piccolo: “They’re both searching out a moment to come at each other…Anyway, it seems like their stupendous ki alone could crush me…”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P4.5-6
Gohan: “F-father can win…”
Piccolo: “We can’t know that…Their power far surpasses our understanding…”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P5.5
Context: after Freeza's "I can beat you with 50% of my power" line
Goku: “H-he’s…not bluffing…!”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P13.2
Context: as Freeza beats up on Goku
Piccolo: “Th-this is bad…There’s too much of a gap between the power they were hiding…”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P13.4
Context: as Freeza beats up on Goku
Kaio: “It-it’s no use…He’s too strong…To think that he’d be this [strong]…”

Chapter: 313 (DBZ 119), P4.3, P5.4
Context: after Freeza splits the ground
Goku: “Wh-what a technique…!”
Kuririn: “H-he cut the planet…”

Chapter: 313 (DBZ 119), P6.1-2
Kuririn: “A-anyway, what’s Goku thinking…He’s starting to get one-sidedly beaten up…”
Piccolo: “He’s not thinking anything…It’s simply that Freeza’s true ability was outrageously greater than we or Goku expected…”

Chapter: 313 (DBZ 119), P8.1
Goku: "I ain't got no choice but to raise the K... Kaio-Ken up to twenty-fold... Though my bo... body might not be able to take it... B... but if he really is at 50 percent now, like he says he is, then there ain't nothing at all I can do..."

Chapter: 314 (DBZ 120), P1.3-4
Context: still following the Kaio-Ken x20 Kamehameha
Goku: “Wh-what…! That didn’t effect him much…! S-so that wasn’t a bluff either…He really is only using half his power…”

Chapter: 317 (DBZ 123), P10.3, P12.1
Context: after getting hit with the Genki-Dama
Freeza: “Ev-even I thought I would die…I, the great Freeza, was pushed to the brink of death…[ ] Even having taken this damage, I can still easily defeat all of you!”

Chapter: 319 (DBZ 125), P14.4
Freeza: “I can survive in outer space. But how about you Saiyans!?”

Chapter: 320 (DBZ 126), P5.2
Kaio: “Nobody can survive where there’s no planet…Except for Freeza…”

Chapter: 320 (DBZ 126), P9.2
Context: after it turns out Planet Namek didn’t blow up
Freeza: “Chih…! Did I suppress my power too much…?!”
Goku: “It’s because you were afraid of getting caught up in the planet’s explosion yourself…You screwed up. Though thanks to that, I survived…”

Chapter: 320 (DBZ 126), P10.6
Context: talking about Namek's impending explosion, and Goku's chances of survival
Freeza: “Too bad…I’ve got more to be hopeful for…At the very least there’s more hope for me than for you…”

Chapter: 320 (DBZ 126), P14.3
Context: after blasting Goku into the sea
Freeza: "Fu... fuhahahaha...!! You underestimated me!! Just so you know, that right now still wasn't my full power!! It was only about 70 percent..."

---100% Full Power--- [#FR2#FRE#100]

Chapter: 320 (DBZ 126), P11.1-3
Context: with 5 minutes (ha!) before Namek explodes
Freeza: “In that case, I’ll show you my 100% power! There’s no way you can defeat me! Prepare yourself!”
Goku: “Why are you using your full power now?...I know: it’s because when you use all of your power, your body itself can’t handle it.”

Chapter: 321 (DBZ 127), P1.3
Freeza: “I’ll settle this at full power. It’ll take 1 minute…No, 30 seconds…”

Chapter: 321 (DBZ 127), P2.4
Context: as Freeza powers up
Goku: “His ki is swelling up and becoming full…So he’s finally bringing out this ‘100% power’ thing of his, huh?...”

Chapter: 321 (DBZ 127), P3.5
Context: as he lets Freeza power all the way up
Goku: “I really might not get this chance again…The chance to see the strongest bastard in the universe at full power…”

Chapter: 321 (DBZ 127), P5.2
Context: Freeza’s still powering up
Freeza: “85%...90…”
Goku: “Freeza…The reason I’m waiting for you to reach full power…is because I want to beat you down when you’re at your best…That way, you’ll have no regrets as a warrior…You want to try testing out your full power too, right? If you didn’t, you would have just fired at the planet again and ended it…”
Note: Goku might be talking about himself, or both he and Freeza, not having any regrets as warriors.

Chapter: 321 (DBZ 127), P6.2
Context: Freeza still powering up
Gohan: “To top it off, it looks like Freeza’s ki is getting bigger again…! What’s happening!?”

Chapter: 321 (DBZ 127), P14.3-4
Context: after full power Freeza beats up on Goku
Freeza: “How was that? That just now was a warm up exercise for the final attack that I’m about to show you.”
Goku: “…I figured…I’d have been disappointed if you were at that kind of level…”

Chapter: 325 (DBZ 131), P8.2-5
Context: after Goku and full-power Freeza have fought for a while
Goku: “I quit. [ ] As a backlash from you using your 100% power, you’ve passed your peak, and your ki is steadily dropping…I’m starting to think that there’s no point in fighting any more than this…”

Chapter: 325 (DBZ 131), P9.1
Context: Goku continues to explains why he doesn’t feel like fighting Freeza anymore
Goku: “I’m already satisfied. Your pride is in tatters…Someone has appeared who surpasses you, Freeza, who supposedly no one in this world could surpass…And this person was merely a Saiyan…”

Chapter: 325 (DBZ 131), P15.1
Context: after firing his homing attack at Goku
Freeza: “Fuhahahahah, that will chase after you anywhere! And it slices through anything!”

Chapter 326 (DBZ 132), P4.1-5
Context: after Goku dodges his homing blast
Freeza: “An afterimage, huh?...You’re pretty good, aint’cha?...”
Goku: “Like I thought, I don’t have any desire to fight you as you are now…With you pinning your hopes on a worthless technique like that…If you really want to settle the score with me, recover your stamina and polish your skills.”
Freeza: “Yo-you’re calling my technique worthless?...Well then, how about two of them?!”

Chapter 326 (DBZ 132), P14.6
Context: after Freeza cuts himself in half
Goku: “I’ve given you a little bit of my ki…Knowing you, you should be able to move around plenty even with your body like that…Do with that as you will…!”

3. Genki-Dama [#FR2#GEN]
Chapter: 314 (DBZ 120), P13.1
Context: talking about the Genki-Dama
Gohan: “B-but…! Will it work on Freeza!? This planet has a much smaller number of life-forms than Earth…”

Chapter: 314 (DBZ 120), P13.4-6
Goku: “I-I didn’t want to use this Genki-Dama. It will probably have too much force and squash the entire planet…But if I don’t defeat Freeza now, the universe itself will be in trouble…I don’t know if I’ll be able to pull this off right, but I’ve got to do it…You planets close to Namek! Give me just a little bit of your genki…!”

Chapter: 315 (DBZ 121), P2.2-5, P3.1-2
Kuririn: “It-it’s huge…And it’s getting even bigger…”
Piccolo: “Is it really that big?”
Gohan: “On Earth it was about this big [he holds out his hands]”
Kuririn: “Th-this time its diameter is about 50 meters…He shouldn’t be able to make a Genki-Dama that huge on this planet…Goku must have even gathered ki from the surrounding planets…”
Piccolo: “Freeza doesn’t seem to have noticed yet…So why doesn’t Goku attack with that ball right away?...”
Kuririn: “Goku’s definitely thinking that if he doesn’t gather more ki and make it even huger, it won’t be able to defeat Freeza…”

Chapter: 315 (DBZ 121), P4.1
Goku: “This thing’s big weakness is the time it takes to gather ki…”

Chapter: 315 (DBZ 121), P11.3
Context: after Freeza notices the Genki-Dama
Goku: “It-it’s no use any more…Even if I used the Genki-Dama now, he’d just dodge it…Anyway, it’s still not enough of a ball to defeat Freeza…Damn it…!”

Chapter: 316 (DBZ 122), P5.2, P8.3, P12.4
Context: completing the Genki-Dama
Goku: “Alright! It’s done!”
*he fires it*
Freeza: “C-crap…! This sort of thing…[doesn’t matter]”
*explosion*
Kaio: “They’ve defeated Freeza!””

4. Kuririn [#FR2#KUR]
Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P9.1-5
Vegeta: “We can win! If the 3 of us fight together, we’ll be able to win somehow or another! [ ] It seems that even Freeza hasn’t noticed…These two’s battle power is steadily rising…”

Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P13.6
Context: after grappling with Vegeta for awhile, after Vegeta said they could win
Gohan: “It-it’s true…! If we 3 fight together, we might really be able to manage something…H-he really is absolutely incredible, but we’ve gotten better too…!”

Chapter: 299 (DBZ 105), P8.4
Context: after cutting off second form Freeza’s tail
Kuririn: “He’s not anyone I can oppose…! I’ve got no choice but to run around him!”

Chapter: 302 (DBZ 108), P14.4
Context: as he stops Kuririn from going to rescue Piccolo
Vegeta: “It won’t matter if you go!”

Chapter: 305 (DBZ 111), P9.4
Context: as final form Freeza outclasses everyone
Kuririn: “A-again…I couldn’t see his movements or the attack…”

Chapter: 316 (DBZ 122), P3.4
Context: after Gohan and Kuririn blast Freeza, having given most of their ki to Piccolo
Piccolo: “Darn them…Overdoing it with the little ki they have left…”

Chapter: 317 (DBZ 123), P2.1
Context: after Goku and Piccolo disappear following the Genki-Dama’s explosion
Gohan: “I-I can’t sense their ki…”
Kuririn: “It’s because we don’t have enough power to concentrate…”

Chapter: 317 (DBZ 123), P3.3
Context: still after having given most of his ki to Piccolo
Kuririn: “Dammit! I hardly have any ki left, so I can’t fly very fast!”

5. Piccolo [#FR2#PIC]

---Initially--- [#FR2#PIC#PRE]

Chapter: 293 (DBZ 99), P4.3
Context: Piccolo talking about wanting to fight Freeza
Piccolo: “My power has vastly increased here! I’ll definitely defeat him! Call me to that planet!”

Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P1.4, P2.1-5, P3.1
Nail: “I-I’m astonished…I don’t know what kind of training you’ve done, but you’ve acquired unbelievable power…Still, it’s unfortunate…If you had only returned to the original, single Namekian you were, you might have been able to defeat even Freeza…”
Piccolo: “Are you saying that if I merged with God once again, my power would even surpass Freeza!?”
Nail: “Th-that’s right…I was overwhelmingly defeated by Freeza, but I should have a good comprehension of his abilities…[ ] So merge with me…! I’m also the only fighting-type Namekian on this planet…[ ] That’s right…Your power will become many times greater…”
Piccolo: “…You’re not lying, are you?”
Nail: “If you think so, you can just go get killed by Freeza…”

---Post-merge--- [#FR2#PIC#POS]

Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P6.2-5
Context: after fusing with Nail
Piccolo: “I…I can’t believe this…C-can this be?...What power…! What unbelievably stupendous power…! So th-this is what they call ‘merging’…?! I can win! No matter what kind of opponent, I shouldn’t lose! I’ve now obtained the ultimate power!”

Chapter: 300 (DBZ 106), P2.1-3
Context: after Vegeta calls Piccolo useless trash
Piccolo: “Sorry I’m such trash. But remember this…After I take care of Freeza, it will be your turn next…”
Kuririn: “It’s no use…No matter how much Piccolo may have trained at Lord Kaio’s, Freeza’s in an entirely different dimension…”

Chapter: 300 (DBZ 106), P2.5
Freeza: “But somehow he’s different than the other Namekians…He doesn’t seem like anyone ordinary…But even so, naturally he’s no match for me…”

Chapter: 300 (DBZ 106), P12.4
Context: after Piccolo knocks back one of Freeza’s blasts
Freeza: “He knocked it back!”

Chapter: 301 (DBZ 107), P2.2-3
Kuririn: “In-incredible…He’s fighting evenly with Freeza…”
Vegeta: “No…no…He’s more than [even]…”

Chapter: 301 (DBZ 107), P8.4
Context: after second form Freeza starts fighting more seriously
Freeza: “You realized just now, right? That you underestimated me. But you’re better than I imagined. That’s what made me show you my true ability.”

Chapter: 301 (DBZ 107), P10.4, P11.2-4
Context: after second form Freeza beats Piccolo up, and Piccolo finally removes his weights
Piccolo: “Me too. I’ll get serious…”
[ ]
Freeza: “Are you saying you weren’t serious before? Kukkukkuh…I didn’t know Namekians told jokes…”
Piccolo: “You’ll see soon enough.”
Kuririn: “Even at a time like this, Pi-Piccolo was fighting with that heavy turban and mantle…!”

Chapter: 302 (DBZ 108), P7.5
Freeza: “So you’ve lightened yourself up by removing that heavy equipment, huh?...Meaning that you’ve sharpened your speed even further…Looks like you’re pretty confident…”

Chapter: 304 (DBZ 110), P6.4
Context: after Dende heals Piccolo
Piccolo: “I see…unbelievable…Do I have this sort of ability…?”
Dende: “N-no, you’re a fighting-type…”

Chapter: 304 (DBZ 110), P6.7
Context: telling Dende to heal Vegeta
Piccolo: “The way I am now, I can defeat Vegeta, but I’m hopeless against Freeza…”

Chapter: 304 (DBZ 110), P14.8
Context: after Freeza blasts Dende
Piccolo: “I…I couldn’t see it…I only [saw] something flash…Impossible…”

Chapter: 307 (DBZ 113), P5.3
Goku: “I see, so that mysterious, huge ki must have been you Piccolo.”

Chapter: 315 (DBZ 121), P5.4, P10.5
Context: as Piccolo heads to help Goku against fourth form Freeza
Piccolo: “Gohan! Kuririn! Give me your remaining ki! Alright! That’s enough. Leave a little ki for yourselves!”

Chapter: 315 (DBZ 121), P14.3
Context: after kicking fourth form Freeza to save Goku, and telling Goku to finish the Genki-Dama
Piccolo: “Do it quickly Goku! With my power, that surprise attack just now was all I could do!”

6. Son Gohan [#FR2#GOH]

---Initially--- [#FR2#GOH#PRE]

Chapter: 294 (DBZ 100), P2.2
Piccolo: “I feel an outrageously large ki far away…! Is th-this the monster called Freeza…!? There’s three huge ki close by…! That must be Gohan and the others…!”

Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P9.1-5
Vegeta: “We can win! If the 3 of us fight together, we’ll be able to win somehow or another! [ ] It seems that even Freeza hasn’t noticed…These two’s battle power is steadily rising…The squirt in particular hides so much inner strength that he doesn’t even know it himself…”

Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P13.6
Context: after Freeza and Vegeta grapple for a bit, after Vegeta said they could win
Gohan: “It-it’s true…! If we 3 fight together, we might really be able to manage something…H-he really is absolutely incredible, but we’ve gotten better too…!”

Chapter: 297 (DBZ 103), P11.2
Context: after Gohan snaps and beats up second form Freeza
Vegeta: “Un…unbelievable…That brat…So he can draw out this much power when he goes into a frenzy and loses his reason…?! Don’t tell me that he’s the one closest to Super Saiyan…”

Chapter: 297 (DBZ 103), P13.1
Context: after Gohan beats him up
Freeza: “Seems that you’re no ordinary squirt…That even hurt me a little bit…But you’ve got the wrong opponent…You've only made me angry…”

Chapter: 298 (DBZ 104), P4.3
Context: after hitting Gohan
Freeza: “You won’t be damaged from [an attack of] that level. The fun part’s still to come.”

---Post power-up--- [#FR2#GOH#POS]

Chapter: 299 (DBZ 105), P13.1
Context: after Gohan is healed by Dende
Vegeta: “Heh…Just as you’d expect of someone with Saiyan blood, after reviving his battle power has greatly risen…A-alright! Luck is turning our way just a little bit…”

Chapter: 303 (DBZ 109), P3.2
Context: as he blasts third form Freeza
Gohan: “Full power!”

Chapter: 303 (DBZ 109), P9.2
Freeza: “That’s strange…That squirt shouldn’t have had so much battle power…He’s become like a different person after returning to life from the brink of death…”

Chapter: 303 (DBZ 109), P10.2-3
Context: after Freeza repels Gohan’s attack
Piccolo: “He bounced that back, but…You’ve become strong, Gohan…I’m happy…”
Gohan: “B-but it wasn’t any use…I put all my force into that, but…It didn’t affect Freeza…”

Chapter: 303 (DBZ 109), P10.5
Freeza: “I don’t believe stupid legends like the Super Saiyan, the strongest in history, but I don’t feel too good…The squirt and Vegeta really are steadily getting stronger, after all…”

Chapter: 316 (DBZ 122), P3.4
Context: after Gohan and Kuririn blast Freeza, after having given most of their ki to Piccolo
Piccolo: “Darn them…Overdoing it with the little ki they have left…”

Chapter: 317 (DBZ 123), P2.1
Context: after Goku and Piccolo disappear following the Genki-Dama’s explosion
Gohan: “I-I can’t sense their ki…”
Kuririn: “It’s because we don’t have enough power to concentrate…”

7. Son Goku [#FR2#GOK]

---Regular form--- [#FR2#GOK#REG]

Chapter: 303 (DBZ 109), P11.3
Context: after Vegeta asks Kuririn to half-kill him to gain a power-up
Kuririn: “Goku should be revived any time now.”
Vegeta: “Kakarot is a lower-level warrior! He won’t get any stronger than that!”

Chapter: 306 (DBZ 112), P12.2
Context: after he fully heals
Goku: “I’ve gotten strong! My power just keeps gushing forth…! Unbelievable…! And here I thought I was already about at my limits…This is enough to scare even me…”

Chapter: 307 (DBZ 113), P6.1
Kuririn: “A-are you really Goku…? Your ki feels different than it did before…”

Chapter: 307 (DBZ 113), P8.2-3
Vegeta: “He’s not the same Kakarot as before…S-seems he’s finally overcome the wall of his limits…Is he a Super Saiyan…!?”

Chapter: 307 (DBZ 113), P12.2
Context: after Freeza fires finger beams at Goku
Freeza: “It can’t be…He knocked them all back…with one hand…”

Chapter: 309 (DBZ 115), P2.1
Context: after learning that Freeza killed Vegeta and is fighting Goku
Yamcha: “Da…damn it…That bastard’s too much for even Goku…”
Kaio: “They’re having a good match…[ ] The Saiyans are an odd group…No, maybe it’s just Goku…His strength has no limit…He’s like a completely different person than when he trained here…I don’t really understand him…”

Chapter: 309 (DBZ 115), P3.2-3
Freeza: “You seem far stronger than I thought. I’m a little surprised. To think that there was someone in this world above Captain Ginyu…But you’re no match for me.”

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P2.2-3
Freeza: “I didn’t think you’d be this good…You’re the first person besides my parent[s] who’s got dust on me…This might be the first time in my life I’ve been so excited…”
Note: the word used here for parent (oya) could be either singular or plural. This has nothing to do with strength, but I felt like pointing it out.

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P7.3
Context: as Goku’s inside Freeza's entrapment ball
Freeza: “This time you might die.”

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P11.1-3
Piccolo: “Freeza’s playing around…If he felt like it, he has the power to wipe out this whole planet…”
Gohan: “Fa-father…”
Piccolo: “Don’t worry about him…That bastard isn’t serious either…”

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P13.3-4
Context: after Goku escapes from the entrapment ball
Piccolo: “The instant of the explosion, he used super speed to free himself from the paralysis…”
Gohan: “H-he did something that incredible…in that instant?”
Piccolo: “They’re monsters, both of them…Damn it all…”

Chapter: 310 (DBZ 116), P14.1-2
Context: after fighting with Goku for some time
Freeza: “I’m starting to feel like that’s enough warming up…”
Goku: “Me too”.

Chapter: 311 (DBZ 117), P1.4-5
Freeza: “Which is your specialty: an aerial battle or a land one?”
Goku: “A land battle, I suppose…”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P1.1
Freeza: “You’re strong. Astoundingly so, I might say…”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P2.3-6
Freeza: “You’re quite confident. But I’ve noticed that though you told me you’d fight seriously, you still have a considerable amount of power remaining…”
Goku: “So the jig’s up, huh?”
Freeza: “Even taking that into consideration, in my estimation… If I put out about 50%, that is to say, half of my maximum power, I'll be able to turn you into space dust..."

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P4.4
Context: as Goku and Freeza are staring at each other
Piccolo: “They’re both searching out a moment to come at each other…Anyway, it seems like their stupendous ki alone could crush me…”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P4.5-6
Gohan: “F-father can win…”
Piccolo: “We can’t know that…Their power far surpasses our understanding…”

---Kaio-Ken x10--- [#FR2#GOK#KK10]

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P13.2
Context: as Freeza beats up on Goku
Piccolo: “Th-this is bad…There’s too much of a gap between the power they were hiding…”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P13.5
Context: as Freeza beats up on Goku
Yamcha: “Lord Kaio! Goku’s wearing that heavy dougi, right!?”
Kaio: “No…what he’s wearing now is merely durable, and not heavy…”

Chapter: 312 (DBZ 118), P14.2-5
Tenshinhan: "There’s nothing to worry about. Goku will win this match…Aren't you forgetting about the Kaio-Ken? As he is now, Goku is able to endure a maximum of up to about 10 times his power, right?"
Kaio: "Unfortunately... That Ten-Fold Kaio-Ken is what Goku is using now..."

---Kaio-Ken x20--- [#FR2#GOK#KK20]

Chapter: 313 (DBZ 119), P8.1
Goku: "I ain't got no choice but to raise the K... Kaio-Ken up to twenty-fold... Though my bo... body might not be able to take it... B... but if he really is at 50 percent now, like he says he is, then there ain't nothing at all I can do..."

Chapter: 313 (DBZ 119), P14.1
Context: after the Kaio-Ken x20 Kamehameha doesn’t hurt Freeza much
Goku: “…! D-damn it all…!”

Chapter: 314 (DBZ 120), P3.1-2
Context: still following the Kaio-Ken x20 Kamehameha
Kuririn: “Un-unbelievable…Goku’s Kamehameha just now ought to have had outrageous power…So why did Freeza take hardly any damage…!?”
Gohan: “Fa-father’s ki has fallen a lot…”

Chapter: 314 (DBZ 120), P4.4, P6.2-3
Context: still following the Kaio-Ken x20 Kamehameha
Freeza: “Th-that was dangerous…Wh-why did he have such stupendous power?...Damn Saiyan! That hurt just now…IT HURT!”

Chapter: 314 (DBZ 120), P10.1-3
Freeza: “Where’s the vigor you had before? Have you finally used up all your power?”
Goku: “M-my power really is disappearing a whole lot…Like I thought, the 20-fold Kaio-Ken is…no good…”

---Super Saiyan--- [#FR2#GOK#SSJ]

Chapter: 318 (DBZ 124), P5.2
Context: after Goku stops Freeza from shooting Gohan
Freeza: “Wh-why do you have that kind of power?…D-don’t tell me that you’re…”

Chapter: 319 (DBZ 125), P6.1-2
Context: after Goku dodges Freeza’s finger beams
Freeza: “H-he dodged it…! Th-that can’t be!”

Chapter: 319 (DBZ 125), P8.6
Context: after Goku willingly gets hit with Freeza’s finger beam
Goku: “Even though you can destroy a planet…It seems you can’t destroy one mere person…”

Chapter: 319 (DBZ 125), P9.4-5, P10.4-7
Goku: “I’m a Saiyan who came from Earth to defeat you…A legendary warrior whose tranquil heart has been awakened through intense rage…Super Saiyan Son Goku!”
Freeza: “I…I knew it…It seems you really are a Super Saiyan…Fu-fuffuffuh…So your tranquil heart was awakened through intense rage, huh?...I see, so that’s why Vegeta could never become one, no matter how hard he tried…”

Chapter: 320 (DBZ 126), P4.5
Kaio: “Son Goku had done well…With Freeza as his opponent, he was completely winning the fight through overwhelming strength…But the cornered Freeza wiped Planet Namek itself out…”

Chapter: 320 (DBZ 126), P10.1-4
Freeza: “Though we’ve avoided having the planet instantly explode, its core has been destroyed…Do you know what that means? Even if left alone, after 5 minutes this time there will definitely be a huge explosion, and Planet Namek will become space dust…”
Goku: “What!?...5 minutes will be enough for me to defeat you and escape in the spaceship I rode here from Earth.”

Chapter: 325 (DBZ 131), P9.1
Context: Goku continues to explains why he doesn’t feel like fighting Freeza anymore
Goku: “I’m already satisfied. Your pride is in tatters…Someone has appeared who surpasses you, Freeza, who supposedly no one in this world could surpass…And this person was merely a Saiyan…”

Chapter: 328 (DBZ 134), P1.4-5, P2.1
Context: after learning that Goku beat Freeza
Tenshinhan: “B-but, to think that a Super Saiyan would be so incredible…Now Goku’s strength is the best in the universe…It’s like he’s become someone on a distant world…”
Kaio: “He might only be able to be best in the universe for a brief instant…”

8. Vegeta [#FR2#VEG]

---Initially--- [#FR2#VEG#PRE]

Chapter: 294 (DBZ 100), P12.2
Context: about to fight Freeza
Vegeta: “So you’ve shown your true colors…Well, just try it! If you think you can defeat me that easily the way I am now, then you’re greatly mistaken!”

Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P9.1-5
Vegeta: “We can win! If the 3 of us fight together, we’ll be able to win somehow or another! [ ] It seems that even Freeza hasn’t noticed…These two’s battle power is steadily rising…The squirt in particular hides so much inner strength that he doesn’t even know it himself…And I’m in the process of becoming what you’re afraid of: a Super Saiyan…!”

Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P12.5
Context: as his scouter shows Vegeta’s battle power, before it explodes
Freeza: “What!?”

Chapter: 295 (DBZ 101), P13.5-6, P14.1
Context: after Freeza and Vegeta grapple for awhile, after Vegeta said they could win
Freeza: “I see…Seems that wasn’t a complete lie…”
Gohan: “It-it’s true…! If we 3 fight together, we might really be able to manage something…H-he really is absolutely incredible, but we’ve gotten better too…!”
Kuririn: “I-I see…! Since coming here Vegeta’s acquired such strength that he seems to have even further surpassed his limits…B-but…F-Freeza is oddly calm…Why?...”

Chapter: 296 (DBZ 102), P2.2-3, P3.1
Context: still talking about Freeza’s transformations
Vegeta: “Don’t be scared, he’s bluffing…he won’t change that much.”
Freeza: “Oh, is that right? Look vee—eery closely. This isn’t something you get to see very often. Even when I attacked Planet Vegeta, where the Saiyans lived, and fought with the king, I was able to win without any need to transform whatsoever…Vegeta…your father wasn’t anything special.”
Vegeta: “Chih…! Don’t feel too good about yourself over that…I already surpassed the king’s power back when I was a kid…!”

Chapter: 303 (DBZ 109), P10.5
Freeza: “I don’t believe stupid legends like the Super Saiyan, the strongest in history, but I don’t feel too good…The squirt and Vegeta really are steadily getting stronger, after all…”

Chapter: 303 (DBZ 109), P11.1-2
Vegeta: “When we Saiyans revive from the brink of death, our strength increases! So go ahead and half-kill me! There’s no effect if I try to kill myself! You do it! Quickly! Freeza is about to perform his final transformation!”
Kuririn: “I-I couldn't half-kill you with my power…”
Vegeta: “Don’t worry…I’ll lower my battle power to its limit…! It’s fortunate that the Namekian brat who can instantly heal people is here…”

---After power-up--- [#FR2#VEG#POS]

Chapter: 304 (DBZ 110), P10.5-6
Context: after Dende heals him and he realizes Freeza's reached his fourth form
Vegeta: “Well, I don’t care if Freeza or anyone else comes at me…! I’ve just now become a Super Saiyan…!”

Chapter: 305 (DBZ 111), P9.4, P10.1
Context: as fourth form Freeza outclasses Piccolo and co.
Kuririn: “A-again…I couldn’t see his movements or the attack…”
Piccolo: “Ve-Vegeta saw it…! W-why?...Has his ability really gone up that much…!?”

Chapter: 305 (DBZ 111), P13.4
Context: Vegeta can’t follow Freeza’s movement
Freeza: “I get just a little serious and raise my speed, and it seems that you can’t keep up with me…Are you really a Super Saiyan?...”
Vegeta: “Im-impossible…”

Chapter: 306 (DBZ 112), P1.3-4
Freeza: “Quite frankly, with that level of speed you can’t win against me…Please don’t make me laugh. The Super Saiyan was just a stupid legend.”
Vegeta: “Is this my limit…?! Impossible…That can’t be…!”

Chapter: 306 (DBZ 112), P3.1
Context: as Vegeta gets mad and fires at Freeza
Piccolo: “Are you trying to wipe out the planet along with him?!”

Chapter: 306 (DBZ 112), P5.1-2
Context: talking about Vegeta’s planet-destroying attack
Piccolo: “[Freeza] knocked that back with just a kick…”
Kuririn: “That should have been Vegeta’s full power strike…[Freeza]’s too incredible…”

Chapter: 306 (DBZ 112), P10.2
Context: as fourth form Freeza beats up on Vegeta
Goku: “Vegeta’s ki keeps getting smaller…Even though he was supposed to have gotten outrageously stronger…Is Freeza that strong…?!”

XIII: Cell section part 1: Trunks [#CE1#STA]
Chapters 329-336 (DBZ 135-142)

1. Androids [#CE1#AND]
Chapter: 335 (DBZ 141), P2.3
Trunks: “3 years from this current era, on May 12th around 10:00 AM, a terrifying pair will appear on an island 9 kilometers to the southwest of South City…Monsters with tremendous power unlike anything in this world…”

Chapter: 335 (DBZ 141), P3.3-4
Goku: “For you, a Super Saiyan who instantly defeated Freeza and co., to call them monsters is really something…
Trunks “Yes…I’ve stood against them, but unfortunately…In any case, I’m up against two of them…Even fighting one-on-one, I could barely manage to escape…”

2. Cold, King [#CE1#COL]
Chapter: 329 (DBZ 135), P11.5
Kuririn: “Did you feel it, Gohan!? That absolutely incredible ki!”

Chapter: 329 (DBZ 135), P12.3
Tenshinhan: “It…it’s not just one…There’s another absurdly large ki…”

Chapter: 330 (DBZ 136), P2.3-4
Gohan: “Ku-Kuririn-san, did you notice it!? F-Freeza and ano-another large ki that resembles Freeza…!!”
Kuririn: “Y-yeah…There’s no way I couldn’t notice…ki this huge and gaudy…”

Chapter: 330 (DBZ 136), P10.3
Yamcha: “Wh-what are you going to do when you get closer?...!! They’re un-unbelievable monsters, aren’t they? An…and there are two of them!! It…it’s hopeless, isn’t it...?!!”

3. Freeza (mecha) [#CE1#FRE#MEC]
Chapter: 329 (DBZ 135), P11.5
Kuririn: “Did you feel it, Gohan!? That absolutely incredible ki!”

Chapter: 329 (DBZ 135), P14.1
Cold: “A small planet…Wouldn’t it be better if you just wiped it out in one shot?”
Freeza: “That wouldn’t satisfy me…I want to make [Goku] well acquainted with my powered-up self…”

Chapter: 330 (DBZ 136), P9.7
Yamcha: “So this guy called ‘Fr…Freeza’ has such terrible…ab…absurdly large ki…?”
Gohan: “This isn’t it…he gets much, much stronger…!”

Chapter: 330 (DBZ 136), P10.3
Yamcha: “Wh-what are you going to do when you get closer?...!! They’re un-unbelievable monsters, aren’t they? And…and there are two of them!! It…it’s hopeless, isn’t it?...!!”

Chapter: 330 (DBZ 136), P13.3-4
Cold: “The Earthlings don’t matter, but the Super Saiyan alone we absolutely must exterminate, by any means. The one who holds the greatest power in the universe must without a doubt be our clan”
Freeza: “We can definitely defeat him if we go at him together, Papa. And I’ve powered up too, so I think I can probably go alone.”

Chapter: 331 (DBZ 137), P3.5
Freeza: “It’s an honor that my name should be known on this planet so far removed from the rest of the galaxy…However, unfortunately you don’t seem to know that I have the greatest power in the universe…”

4. Piccolo [#CE1#PIC]
Chapter: 333 (DBZ 139), P8.1
Gohan: “So, do you still spend every day in intense training?”
Piccolo: “More or less…”

Chapter: 334 (DBZ 140), P1.4
Goku: “Well at any rate, who was it who defeated Freeza? That was an incredible ki. Was it Piccolo? Or Vegeta?”
Note: obviously it wasn't either, but it might be notable that Goku at least felt it conceivable that Piccolo did it.

Chapter: 336 (DBZ 142), P6.1-2
Context: after Piccolo says that only those with confidence in their abilities should come battle the androids
Vegeta: “Don’t make me laugh. Aren’t you’re the one with the least confidence?"
Piccolo: “What was that? You want to try me?”

5. Son Gohan [#CE1#GOH]
Chapter: 336 (DBZ 142), P12.3
Context: convincing Chi-Chi to let Gohan train
Goku: “I told you, didn’t I? We’ll definitely need Gohan’s power…”

6. Son Goku [#CE1#GOK]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#CE1#GOK#REG]

Chapter: 334 (DBZ 140), P3.4
Trunks: “You were supposed to defeat Freeza and co., but there was a time discrepancy and for some reason it wouldn’t have worked…There was no helping it, so I…[stepped in]”

Chapter: 334 (DBZ 140), P13.3-5
Context: after Trunks and Goku fight
Trunks: “As expected, the rumors were true. No, you’re even greater…This was the sword that cut even Freeza…”
Goku: “You weren’t serious, after all.”

Chapter: 335 (DBZ 141), P9.4
Trunks: “Knowing your strength, Goku, I have a little hope.”

Chapter: 336 (DBZ 142), P13.1
Context: after knocking Chi-Chi out of the house
Goku: “S-sorry Chi-Chi!! I-I’ve gotten too strong. I tried to ho-hold back, but…!!”

---Super Saiyan--- [#CE1#GOK#SSJ]

Chapter: 334 (DBZ 140), P7.3
Context: seeing Super Saiyan Goku
Yamcha: “Wh…what ki…and he’s not even fighting…”

7. Trunks [#CE1#TRU]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#CE1#TRU#REG]

Chapter: 331 (DBZ 137), P4.1
Context: talking about Trunks' repressed power
Freeza goon: “Battle power only 5…miserable trash…”

Chapter: 331 (DBZ 137), P9.1
Context: challenging Freeza and Cold
Trunks: “Come at me at full power right from the start. I’m not soft like Son Goku…”

---Super Saiyan--- [#CE1#TRU#SSJ]

Chapter: 331 (DBZ 137), P13.3
Gohan: “It’s fa-father!!! It’s the same ki as father back then!!”
Note: Gohan says it’s the ‘same ki’ (onaji ki), rather than the ‘same amount of ki’ (onaji gurai no ki).

Chapter: 332 (DBZ 138), P6.1-2
Context: after Trunks kills Freeza
Cold: “My, you are capable, aren’t you? Marvelous, truly more than I imagined…To think that you could wipe my son Freeza out in that instant…How about it? Will you take Freeza’s place and become my child? Certainly you, the strongest in the universe, are qualified to join my clan.”

8. Trunks’ Sword [#CE1#8]
Chapter: 332 (DBZ 138), P6.4
Cold: “By the way, that’s a marvelous sword, for it to so easily cut through Freeza’s highly tempered body.”

9. Vegeta [#CE1#VEG]
Chapter: 333 (DBZ 139), P8.2
Context: after hearing how Piccolo trains
Bulma: “Vegeta’s like that too. He’s never around at noon. He’s definitely off training somewhere.”

Chapter: 334 (DBZ 140), P1.4
Goku: “Well at any rate, who was it who defeated Freeza? That was an incredible ki. Was it Piccolo? Or Vegeta?”
Note: obviously it wasn't either, but it might be notable that Goku at least felt it conceivable that Vegeta did it.

Chapter: 336 (DBZ 142), P11.3-5
Brief: “Huh!? You…you say you want me to make you a 300-times gravity room!?”
Vegeta: “That’s right. It seems that Kakarot trained in 100-times gravity…I’m at least 3 times as much as him…”
Brief: “Th…that’s crazy…Ve…Vegeta, if you weigh 60 kilos…then you’ll become eigh…18 tons….”

[Herms]

XIV: Cell section part 2: Androids 16-20 & Cell [#CE2#STA]
Chapters 337-388 (DBZ 143-194)

1. Androids (in general) [#CE2#AND]
Chapter 337 (DBZ 143), P10.6
Context: noting that they can’t sense the androids
Yamcha: “But we can’t feel any strong ki at all. If these guys were that amazing, we’d be able to know no matter where they were on Earth.”

Chapter 337 (DBZ 143), P12.5-6
Context: after the androids blow up Yajirobe’s car
Goku: “Wh-what’s going on…?! I-I couldn’t sense any ki at all…”
Gohan: “It-it’s because they’re androids…Th-they don’t have any ki…!”

Chapter 339 (DBZ 145), P12.5
Context: speaking to Goku and co.
No.20: “You can’t defeat us.”

Chapter 344 (DBZ 150), P15.5
No.20: “…It looks as if my calculations really were wrong…However, as always, you have absolutely no chance of victory…!”

Chapter: 345 (DBZ 151), P2.6
Context: after Vegeta asks No.20 why he says they have no chance of victory
No.20: “No matter how much you’re stronger than imagined…At that level, you absolutely cannot win against an android…”

Chapter: 347 (DBZ 153), P3.2-3
Piccolo: “It seems that in the original history, we were supposed to be wiped out by you two androids…But it looks like the future has changed somehow…Was it that you weren’t as strong as we thought?...Or have we grown too strong?...

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P8.8
Context: after Vegeta asks why Goku is letting him train in the Room of Spirit and Time
Goku: “We probably won’t be able to beat this enemy on our own. You’ve probably realized that too.”

2. Android No.16 [#CE2#A16]
Chapter: 350 (DBZ 156), P5.2
No.18: “No.16, huh?...This is an infinite type too.”

Chapter: 350 (DBZ 156), P6.4-6
Context: as No.17 and No.18 muck around with No.16
No.20: “Yo-you can’t! Stop! Do you want to destroy the world?! No.16 is an experimental model, a failed creation! Don’t move him, whatever you do! [ ] I had planned on fixing him soon…! Anyway, don’t move him! It might mean the end for you and me!”

Chapter: 350 (DBZ 156), P7.2
No.17: “It might mean the end of us? Fufufu…Even though my power rating is greater than his?”

Chapter: 351 (DBZ 157), P2.1
Kuririn: “S-so he’s No.16…Th-this is bad…He looks really strong…”

Chapter: 371 (DBZ 177), P6.4
Context: before No.16 goes to fight first form Cell
No.16: “According to my calculations, my power is about equal to Cell’s.”

Chapter: 372 (DBZ 178), P6.2
Context: as No.16 performs his Hell’s Flash
Kuririn: “Wh-what an incredible shockwave…! Wh-what’s happening?...”

Chapter: 372 (DBZ 178), P7.5-6
No.17: “S-so No.16 was…this strong all along?...”
No.18: “Amazing…”

Chapter: 384 (DBZ 190), P5.3-5
Context: as No.16 tries to attack perfect Cell
Cell: “Stop this pointless exertion, No.16. You already know what the outcome will be. You’re now nothing more than a useless piece of junk.”

3. Android No.17 and No.18 [#CE2#A17] [#CE2#A18]

---in general---

Chapter: 347 (DBZ 153), P9.7
No.20: “It was true when I said that you guys have no chance of winning! I’m going to send No.17 and No.18 to kill you!”

Chapter: 348 (DBZ 154), P3.3-4
Piccolo: “Do they suck energy with their hands?”
Trunks: “Huh? Energy with their hands…? N-no, they don’t…Their energy is infinite.”
Vegeta: “Infinite…S-so in other words, it never falls?...”

Chapter: 349 (DBZ 155), P13.4
Context: while it looks like No.17 and No.18 are acting obedient
No.20: “Frankly I’d been worried. The majority of your functions were geared towards your infinite energy reactors and gigantic power, so I wasn’t able to properly control you, and you used to ignore my orders.”

Chapter: 351 (DBZ 157), P7.1
Trunks: “We absolutely can’t win unless we have Goku’s help and everyone fights together!”

Chapter: 355 (DBZ 161), P6.5
Piccolo: “They’re stupendously strong…Too strong…I never thought they’d be so great…”

Chapter: 355 (DBZ 161), P8.5
Trunks: “They’re also somewhat different from the androids I know…They weren’t as outrageously strong as this…Even I could fight them fairly well…”

Chapter: 357 (DBZ 163), P1.3-4
Gohan: “S-so they’re that strong?...”
Kuririn: “Yeah…You should consider them stronger than Trunks told us about…”

Chapter: 357 (DBZ 163), P4.3
Trunks: “…But somehow I ended up coming to a past slightly different than the one I know…The timing of Goku’s heart disease was different, there are 3 androids, and their strength is greater too…”

Chapter: 359 (DBZ 165), P2.1, P3.1
Context: talking about the 3 androids being after Goku
Bulma: “Hm~ph, couldn’t you all just gang up on those guys?!”
Trunks: “You’ve got to be kidding. Father, myself, Piccolo, and Tenshinhan all went at them and were helpless.”
Bulma: “Huh, so they’re that incredible…”

Chapter: 365 (DBZ 171), P2.5
Context: after Vegeta says they should just let Cell absorb the androids
Piccolo: “That would mean that Cell will greatly surpass No.17 and co., who you absolutely couldn’t handle.”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P3.5
Context: after Goku recovers from his illness
Goku: “The way I am now, I definitely can’t beat the androids or this ‘Cell’ guy.”

Chapter: 367 (DBZ 173), P14.3-5
Cell: “This fierce ki belongs to Piccolo, now that he’s merged with God...! And the only opponents who he’d fight with this much power are…No.17 and No.18! I’ve found you! What good timing! I’ll be there soon! Just you wait! My power already surpasses yours!”

---Android No.17 specifically-- -[#CE2#A17#SPE]

Chapter: 354 (DBZ 160), P4.1
Context: after No.17 knocks out Trunks
Kuririn: “O-one hit..! And he was a Super Saiyan…!”

Chapter: 367 (DBZ 173), title page
Text box: “Too much emphasis was placed on his power, resulting in him being a failure who doesn't listen to orders.”

Chapter: 368 (DBZ 174), P2.1
Context: after fighting merged Piccolo for a bit
No.17: “Now I’ll get serious.”

Chapter: 368 (DBZ 174), P5.5-7
Piccolo: “Your speed is pretty good...But your punch lacks weight.”
No.17: "What? Say, who do you think you’re talking to? I’m Android No.17, the strongest in history…”

Chapter: 368 (DBZ 174), P14.3
Context: after fighting merged Piccolo for a long time
No.17: “Heh. Even if our power is on par, it looks like a gap is starting to open up between our stamina…My energy is infinite, and never falls…”

---Android No.18 specifically--- [#CE2#A18#SPE]

Chapter: 352 (DBZ 158), P10.2
Context: after Vegeta tries to blast No.18, only managing to destroy a truck
Vegeta: “Seems you’re quicker than I thought…”

Chapter: 352 (DBZ 158), P11.1
Context: after fighting Vegeta for awhile
No.18: “I haven’t been giving it anywhere near my all either. Can you tell?”

Chapter: 352 (DBZ 158), P14.6
Context: after Trunks, Piccolo, Tenshinhan, and Kuririn arrive
Vegeta: “What an absolutely annoying bunch…Do you really think this is an opponent you guys would be any use against?”

Chapter: 353 (DBZ 159), P1.1-3
Context: after Trunks, Piccolo, Tenshinhan, and Kuririn arrive
No.17: “My my, some help has arrived. Even No.18 probably won’t be able to take them all on. No choice, shall I go? Or will you go, No.16?”

Chapter: 353 (DBZ 159), P10.2-4, P11.1
Context: after Vegeta continues to fight No.18
Vegeta: “This is really starting to annoy me. You act as if nothing’s happened…”
No.18: “I’m surprised. To think that a flesh-and-blood human could be so good, even if you are an alien. Is this man called ‘Son Goku’ even stronger?”
Vegeta: “Don’t kid yourself. He may have temporarily slipped by me, but now things have returned to normal and I should be on top again.”
No.18: “What? So you’re nothing special. Either of you.”

Chapter: 353 (DBZ 159), P12.4-6
Context: after Trunks says Vegeta seems to be doing OK fighting No.18
Piccolo: “Vegeta’s going to be killed…[ ] Watch…Bit by bit, the android is starting to push him back. It’s because his enemy’s power never falls at all, while Vegeta’s stamina falls the more he moves.”

Chapter: 367 (DBZ 173), title page
Text box: “Her power is more suppressed than No.17's, but in the end she too is a failure who doesn't listen to orders.”

4. Android No.19 [#CE2#A19]
Chapter 339 (DBZ 145), P14.5
Yamcha: “Th-this is bad! If I don’t tell Goku and the others…! Th-those guys suck out your power…!”

Chapter 340 (DBZ 146), P14.1
Context: after Goku transforms into a Super Saiyan
No.20: “However, this isn’t anything great enough to give us reason to fear. It’s still within a level which even No.19 is more than capable of defeating, and naturally that goes for myself as well…”

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P7.4
Tenshinhan: “There’s no need to worry. Goku is outrageously strong. This ‘Super Saiyan’ thing is incredible…! These guys talk big, but they’re helpless.”

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P11.1
Context: after Goku beats up on No.19
Yamcha: “L-look. Despite being that beat up, he seems fine…”
Tenshinhan: “He’s an android. He probably doesn’t have pain or fatigue…”

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P13.4-6
Context: after No.19 absorbs the Kamehameha
Tenshinhan: “He ab-absorbed it…!”
Yamcha: “So-so I was right! From their hands, they…!”
Piccolo: “Son! Don’t shoot any ki wave type attacks! Seems these guys absorb ki! They do it with their hands! Don’t let them catch you! Alright?!”

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P14.6
Context: after No.19 absorbs Goku’s attack
No.20: “Alright! No.19’s maximum power rating has greatly increased from what it was before! In contrast, Son Goku’s energy has fallen remarkably…!”

Chapter 343 (DBZ 149), P7.1
Context: when No.19 asks to fight Vegeta
No.20: “You’re so greedy…Even though you sucked so much energy out of Son Goku, and have raised your absolute power…”

Chapter 343 (DBZ 149), P7.4
Vegeta: “I’ve realized by watching your faint movements up to now…That you guys don’t seem as terrible as the rumors made out.”

Chapter 343 (DBZ 149), P13.6
Context: after No.19 punches Vegeta, to little effect
Vegeta: “I figured you were at about that level…”

Chapter 344 (DBZ 150), P8.5
Vegeta: “I see, so you really do suck energy out with your hands, huh? And then you add that energy to your own…”

Chapter 344 (DBZ 150), P11.1
Context: after breaking No.19’s hands off
Vegeta: “You sucked out a lot, but now you can’t do that anymore…”

Chapter: 350 (DBZ 156), P4.3
Context: after No.20 mentions Goku’s friends destroyed No.19
No.17: “No.19? So you built such a thing?...I see , so you had him restructure you yourself into an android, doctor? What type was he? Energy-absorption?”
No.20: “Th-that’s right…”
No.18: “Why’d you return to the old energy-absorption model even though he was a new type? Was it because the power of the infinite types is too big and you can’t handle them? That’s why he got done in.”

5. Android No.20 [#CE2#A20]
Chapter 339 (DBZ 145), P14.5
Yamcha: “Th-this is bad! If I don’t tell Goku and the others…! Th-those guys suck out your power…!”

Chapter 340 (DBZ 146), P14.1
Context: after Goku transforms into a Super Saiyan
No.20: “However, this isn’t anything great enough to give us reason to fear. It’s still within a level which even No.19 is more than capable of defeating, and naturally that goes for myself as well…”

Chapter 343 (DBZ 149), P7.4
Vegeta: “I’ve realized by watching your faint movements up to now…That you guys don’t seem as terrible as the rumors made out.”

Chapter: 345 (DBZ 151), P6.6
Context: after Tenshinhan, Gohan, and Kuririn want to chase after No.20
Piccolo: “I understand…But don’t try and fight him. He’s not an opponent you guys could handle…”

Chapter: 345 (DBZ 151), P12.3
Context: after No.20 flees
Vegeta: “Damn it all! He’s quicker than I thought…!”

Chapter: 345 (DBZ 151), P14.7
Context: after seeing that Gohan, Tenshinhan, Piccolo, and Kuririn had followed him
No.20: “If I collect their energy and add it to my own, I’ll be able to win against Vegeta!”

Chapter: 346 (DBZ 152), P8.2
Context: Piccolo wants to fight No.20 without Vegeta's interference
No.20: “Don’t interfere, he says…Kukkukkuh…Alright, if I drain [Piccolo]'s energy again, then [I’ll win] against Vegeta…”

6. Cell [#CE2#CEL]

---First Form--- [#CE2#CEL#1ST]

Chapter: 361 (DBZ 167), P12.4
Context: after Piccolo threatens to kill Cell
Cell: “Hohhohhoh…So Piccolo Daimao intends to kill me?”

Chapter: 362 (DBZ 168), P2.1-2
Trunks: “I feel another stupendous ki…! There’s someone else!! Someone else I don’t know!!”
Kuririn: “It’s Piccolo!!!”
Note: so in other words, Trunks considers both Cell and Piccolo’s ki as ‘stupendous’.

Chapter: 362 (DBZ 168), P7.3-5
Context: as Cell and merged Piccolo fight
No.17: “The atmosphere trembled just now. Could you tell? [ ] Was it a volcano, or a huge explosion?...It was far away, at any rate.”
No.16: “It’s on the outskirts of West City…Two gigantic powers are probably fighting…”

Chapter: 363 (DBZ 169), P9.1-3
Cell: “Son Goku…Piccolo…and Vegeta’s cells were collected during the fight when Vegeta and co. came to Earth…”
Piccolo: “…Goku, from back then huh?...So that’s why your Kamehameha just now wasn’t anything special…”

Chapter: 363 (DBZ 169), P12.1
Cell: “Human life extract alone isn’t enough for me to reach my perfect form. I need to merge with two important, particular life forms...The computer told me of these two particular life forms…….Dr. Gero’s creations—Androids No.17 and No.18!”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P4.1
Context: after Trunks and Kuririn show up
Piccolo: “Under these circumstances, I don’t think you have any chance of winning”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P4.2
Piccolo: “I won’t let you get away…A Kamehameha of the kind of level as before won’t do you any good.”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P4.4
Context: Kuririn is surprised Cell can use the Kamehameha
Cell: “It’s not just the Kamehameha, Kuririn. If I felt like it, I could probably also make a Genki-Dama too…”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P5.1
Cell: “I’ll definitely get hold of No.17 and No.18! Even if you guys try to stop me from reaching my perfect form, it won’t do any good! Not if Piccolo is the only one able to put up a bit of a good fight against No.17 and No.18!”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P8.3
Cell: “I’ll keep absorbing human life energy unnoticed, and steadily increase my power. And once I’ve greatly exceeded the power of No.17 and No.18, I’ll force them to merge with me…!”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P10.1
Vegeta: “One of those guys with mysterious, absurdly large battle powers has vanished…But the other one remains…”
Context: the vanished one is Cell, and the remaining one is Piccolo

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P10.2
Context: after Cell escapes
Piccolo: “Damn it! I got caught off guard…! I should have been able to easily defeat him…!”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P14.2
Piccolo: “…So that’s the situation…In order to stop Cell from reaching his perfect form…We can either search him out and kill him, or search out and kill No.17 and No.18…Personally I think we have no choice but to kill Cell while he still doesn’t have that much power…”

Chapter: 365 (DBZ 171), P2.1
Context: talking about Cell’s menace
Piccolo: “It’s not just the Earth…This could turn out terrible for all the planets in the universe…Don’t forget that he has the blood of Freeza and his father…”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P3.5
Context: after Goku recovers from his illness
Goku: “The way I am now, I definitely can’t beat the androids or this ‘Cell’ guy.”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P4.5-6
Kuririn: “Goku, tell us—This thing’s even more terrible than Freeza. Are you scared by that? Or excited?”
Goku: “…Both…”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P11.3
Context: after several days past, during which Cell absorbs hundreds of thousands of people
Piccolo: “…This is bad…He’s probably already gotten considerably stronger…We don’t know when he’ll merge with No.17 and No.18 and reach his perfect form…”

---First Form, post-power up--- [#CE2#CEL#1ST#POS]

Chapter: 367 (DBZ 173), P14.3-5
Cell: “This fierce ki belongs to Piccolo, now that he’s merged with God...! And the only opponents who he’d fight with this much power are…No.17 and No.18! I’ve found you! What good timing! I’ll be there soon! Just you wait! My power already surpasses yours!”

Chapter: 369 (DBZ 175), P6.5, P7.2-3
Piccolo: “T-to think that you’ve powered up this much...Just how the hell many lives did you sacrifice…! How many victims did you kill?”
Kame-sennin: “Ce-Cell’s ki has gone up unbelievably…”
Tenshinhan: “Quite frankly…It’s all over…There’s nothing we can do…”

Chapter: 369 (DBZ 175), P13.4
No.16: “Run, No.17! This enemy’s battle power is far too large!”

Chapter: 370 (DBZ 176), P5.2
Context: as No.17 and Piccolo fight Cell
No.18: “…Are No.17 and this guy who looks like Piccolo holding back?”
No.16: “No. This ‘Cell’ guy is too powerful.”

Chapter: 370 (DBZ 176), P10.1-2
Context: after Cell is hit by Piccolo’s powerful ki blast
No.18: “He did it!”
No.16: “No, he didn’t. [Cell] has hardly taken any damage.”

Chapter: 370 (DBZ 176), P11.6
Tenshinhan: “Our worlds are too different…Extremely so…There’s nothing I can do…”

Chapter: 370 (DBZ 176), P13.2
Cell: “Heh. Looks like I’ve gotten too strong. It’s because I got carried away and killed more people than I needed to for their energy...”

Chapter: 371 (DBZ 177), P6.4
No.16: “According to my calculations, my power is about equal to Cell’s.”

Chapter: 372 (DBZ 178), P8.3
Context: after Cell is hit with the Hell’s Flash
No.16: “He’s not defeated! He probably took damage, but he’s not the sort of opponent to be killed by that level of attack!”

---Second Form--- [#CE2#CEL#2ND]

Chapter: 372 (DBZ 178), P14.1
Goku: “Cell’s ki just swelled up extraordinarily…Th-this is bad…Looks like he’s absorbed either No.17 or No.18…”

Chapter: 373 (DBZ 179), P4.2
No.16: “Wh-what speed.”

Chapter: 373 (DBZ 179), P5.4, P6.1, P8.3
Cell: “Even I’m surprised at this magnificent speed…Obviously this is thanks to absorbing No.17…I wonder what my power’s like? [he blasts No.16] Hoh…Seems that’s gone up quite a bit too…”

Chapter: 373 (DBZ 179), P11.2
Context: as No.18 threatens to destroy herself
Cell: “It should take you an instant to charge before you fire that energy bullet…So I should be able to stop your suicide if I move faster than that…”

Chapter: 374 (DBZ 180), P6.5, P7.1
Goku: “I can’t beat you the way I am now, no matter how I turn things over…But…Wait 1 day…! Then I’ll definitely beat you black and blue, you’ll see!”

Chapter: 374 (DBZ 180), P14.2
Piccolo: ”Cell’s power is abnormal…Frankly, I don't think anyone can beat him.”

Chapter: 375 (DBZ 181), P2.6
Goku: “I just got a look at Cell after he absorbed No.17 and evolved. He’s a terrible monster.”

Chapter: 375 (DBZ 181), P13.1
Context: threatening to destroy the island No.18 is hiding on
Cell: “I’m not bluffing! You’re probably thinking that there’s no way I’d destroy you and become unable to reach my perfect form! But unfortunately for you, though I really do want to reach my perfect form, there’s already nobody in this world who can oppose me!!”

Chapter: 376 (DBZ 182), P6.3
No.16: “Why is Cell so obsessed with reaching his perfect form…? He’s already obtained unrivaled power...There shouldn’t be anyone in the entire universe who’s a match for him…Is it merely the desire for ultimate power?...”

Chapter: 376 (DBZ 182), P13.6
Context: as Vegeta challenges Cell
No.18: “[Vegeta]’s a damn fool…! Does he think that someone who was helpless against me could do anything against Cell the way he is now…?!”

Chapter: 378 (DBZ 184), P2.4
Context: after Vegeta beats up on Cell
Vegeta: “Fight more seriously, Cell…”
Cell: “Fuffufufu…Seems you’re a little capable…”

Chapter: 378 (DBZ 184), P5.4-5
Kuririn: “I get it!!! Th-this stupendously gigantic ki is Vegeta…!!! It’s even greater than Ce-Cell’s absurdly large ki…!”

Chapter: 378 (DBZ 184), P7.3, P8.1
Context: after Vegeta beats up Cell more
Cell: “Seems you want me to get serious…”
Vegeta: “I thought you already were serious…”

Chapter: 378 (DBZ 184), P11.2, P11.4
Context: After Cell unleashes his full power
Vegeta: “Oh, your battle power really flew up there…But so what?”
Trunks: “…This is father’s victory.”

Chapter: 378 (DBZ 184), P13.6
Context: after Cell punches Vegeta at full power
Vegeta: “So you’re merely at this level after all, huh?...Seems my training opened up too big of a gap between us…”

Chapter: 379 (DBZ 185), P12.6
Vegeta: “Looks like you really did put all your power into that, and it was merely that level…You’ve disappointed me…! This is so anticlimactic…I came to see just how incredible you were…”

---Perfect Form--- [#CE2#CEL#PER]

Chapter: 363 (DBZ 169), P13.3
Cell: “The computer also told me this: if I reach my perfect form, I’ll be able to obtain ferocious power that surpasses the imagination!”

Chapter: 365 (DBZ 171), P2.5
Context: after Vegeta says they should just let Cell absorb the androids
Piccolo: “Don’t underestimate him, Vegeta. That would mean that Cell will greatly surpass No.17 and co., who you absolutely couldn’t handle.”

Chapter: 379 (DBZ 185), P14.1
Context: as Super Vegeta outclasses second-form Cell
Cell: “My…my perfect form…If I could only reach my perfect form…!”

Chapter: 380 (DBZ 186), P2.4
Context: when asked if his perfect form could beat Vegeta
Cell: “Power! Speed! Technique! Brains! Mental Strength! I will be perfect in every way! That’s what the computer told me!!”

Chapter: 380 (DBZ 186), P6.3
Vegeta: “So you’re saying that despite there being this much of an obvious gap between us, if you only reached your perfect form you could win against me?”

Chapter: 382 (DBZ 188), P11.2
Context: after Cell finally reaches his perfect form
Vegeta: “Kukkukkuh…So even his perfect form doesn’t look like anything special. He’s even gotten smaller than he was before.”

Chapter: 382 (DBZ 188), P.12.5
Context: after Kuririn attacks Cell to no effect
Kuririn: “Th-this can’t be…”

Chapter: 383 (DBZ 189), P3.1
Context: after Cell defeats Kuririn
Vegeta: “Are you happy to harass a piece of garbage like that? Just like I thought, even after reaching your perfect form you still don’t seem like anything special.”

Chapter: 383 (DBZ 189), P4.8, P5.1, P6.1
Context: after Kuririn says Vegeta will be killed by Cell
Kuririn: “It-it’s true that I’m absolutely nothing special compared to you Saiyans…B-but I can at least tell how strong my opponent is…S-so I know how fearsome he is…Even though I was just barely tapped by him, I know his fearsomeness…! You can’t go by the ki you can feel now…He’s hiding far, far more terrible power…!”

Chapter: 382 (DBZ 188), P11.1-4
No.16: “Cell really did get considerably stronger…But Vegeta’s still better than him at everything!”
Vegeta: “Damn you. You’re not taking this seriously.”
Cell: “I told you I was warming-up.”

Chapter: 383 (DBZ 189), P12.4, P14.4
Context: after Vegeta tells him to fight seriously
Cell: “Well, just a little bit then…”
*Vegeta kicks him, to no effect*
Cell: “Fuffuffuh…’Super Vegeta’, huh?...”

Chapter: 384 (DBZ 190), P8.1
Context: Vegeta provokes Cell so he could release the full-extent of his Final Flash on him.
Vegeta: “Cell!!! Does your complete self have the courage to take this head-on?!! Haha! I doubt it!! You’re still a coward!!!”

Chapter: 387 (DBZ 193), P1.3, P2.1-3
Context: as Trunks uses his Super Saiyan Grade III power
Trunks: “What you’re about to see now…is my true power!!!”
Cell: “I see…It truly is magnificent power…You easily surpass me…But you can’t win against me like that…Absolutely not…”

388 (DBZ 194), P5.4
Piccolo: “H-he’s incredible…Cell in his perfect form…”

Chapter: 388 (DBZ 194), P6.1-2
Context: Cell is seemingly about to kill Trunks, who has given up after realizing he can’t win.
Cell: “One last question. Though you suffered a perfect defeat at my hands, you and Vegeta rapidly increased your abilities in a short time…Just what the hell did you do?...”

7. Chaozu [#CE2#CHA]
Chapter 337 (DBZ 143), P7.4
Tenshinhan: “I left Chaozu behind. He trained, but frankly he couldn’t keep up with this fight…”
Goku: “That’s for the best.”
Note: Tenshinhan, of course, was totally able to keep up with the fight.

8. Fighting jackets [#CE2#8]
Chapter: 375 (DBZ 181), P5.1
Bulma: “It’s these fighting jackets Vegeta asked me to make. I figured their defensive power is incredibly high, so I brought some for everyone.”

9. Future No.17 and No.18 [#CE2#A17#FUT] [#CE2#A18#FUT]
Chapter: Trunks: the Story, P9.4-5, P10.1
Context: It’s worth noting that Trunks doesn’t hear this conversation and is unconscious, so he doesn’t sense the fight.
No.17: “Anyway, it’s been a long time, Son Gohan…It’s been about 1 year, right? I’m surprised you managed to survive after taking a beating like that…”
Future Gohan: “This time I’ve trained so that I wouldn’t get beaten. It’s your turn to lose now!”
No.17: “Our turn? …Heh heh heh… Sorry to disappoint you…but I didn’t even use half my power when we fought before.”

Chapter: Trunks: the Story, P17.3
Context: Trunks is in hospital after losing to the androids.
Trunks: “You were right… The gap between me and the androids was still huge…I think I’m lucky to have returned alive…”

Chapter: 348 (DBZ 154), P6.1
Context: after Piccolo says Super Saiyan Vegeta might beat No.17 and No.18
Trunks: “I-I was able to become a Super Saiyan too…B-but, I was absolutely no match for them…They’re stupendously strong…”

Chapter: 355 (DBZ 161), P8.5
Context: Trunks compares No.17 and No.18 in his timeline to the ones in the present
Trunks: “They weren’t as outrageously strong as this…Even I could fight them fairly well…”

Chapter: 356 (DBZ 162), P10.3
Context: more comparing the future androids to the present ones
Trunks: “Wh-why has history changed this much?...The an-androids’ power wasn’t on so much of a different level…And there were only 2 of them…”

10. Future Son Gohan [#CE2#GOH#FUT]
Chapter: Trunks: the Story, P2.1
Context: regular Gohan was sparring with Super Saiyan Trunks. With his one arm…
Future Gohan: “You’ve improved a lot, Trunks. You might even leave me in the dust in a few months.”

Chapter: Trunks: the Story, P2.5
Context: Trunks commented on how Gohan’s gi made Bulma think of Goku.
Future Gohan: “I made it hoping it would make me as strong as dad was before he died… But I guess it’s not that easy.”

Chapter: Trunks: the Story, P9.4-5, P10.1
Context: It’s worth noting that Trunks doesn’t hear this conversation and is unconscious, so he doesn’t sense the fight.
No.17: “Anyway, it’s been a long time, Son Gohan…It’s been about 1 year, right? I’m surprised you managed to survive after taking a beating like that…”
Future Gohan: “This time I’ve trained so that I wouldn’t get beaten. It’s your turn to lose now!”
No.17: “Our turn? …Heh heh heh… Sorry to disappoint…but I didn’t even use half my power when we fought before.”

Chapter: Trunks: the Story, P14.4, P15.1-2
Trunks: “…I think I’m strong enough to beat the Androids now. We don’t have to go study them in the past!”
Future Bulma: “You’re too naïve. It’s true that you’ve gotten astoundingly strong, but have you forgotten how Gohan was killed 3 years ago? I don’t think you’re that amazingly different than Gohan back then…”

11. God [#CE2#GOD]
Chapter: 356 (DBZ 162), P2.3-5
Context: talking about fusing with God
Piccolo: “It won’t be fusion. You’ll be nothing more than a trigger for me to achieve a super power up…The only advantage for you existing now is the dragonballs…”
God: “Truly, it’s just as you say…Somewhere along the line, a gap opened up between your power and mine…Before these powerful enemies who appear one after the other, my power has already become next to nothing…”

12. Kuririn [#CE2#KUR]
Chapter: 345 (DBZ 151), P6.6
Context: after Tenshinhan, Gohan, and Kuririn want to chase after No.20
Piccolo: “I understand…But don’t try and fight him. He’s not an opponent you guys could handle…”

Chapter: 349 (DBZ 155), P7.4-5
Context: when Kuririn stumbles upon the laboratory
No.20: “Kuririn, huh? He can’t do anything.”

Chapter: 349 (DBZ 155), P14.2
Context: Tenshinhan and Kuririn failing to knock down the laboratory door
Kuririn: “This door is ex-extremely durable…!”
Piccolo: “Get out of the way. I’ll destroy it.”

Chapter: 355 (DBZ 161), P8.2
Context: after Kuririn apologies for not joining the fight with No.17 and No.18
Piccolo: “Don’t worry about it. Even Trunks as a Super Saiyan was done in with basically one blow. It wouldn’t have made any difference if you had come.”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P14.6
Context: as Piccolo goes to fight the androids
Piccolo: “Don’t come, you guys. You ought to know that it would be pointless.”

Chapter: 369 (DBZ 175), P7.5
Context: talking about getting the android shutdown controller
Kuririn: “I-I’ll go fly and pick it up! If I fly all-out, I’m definitely faster than Bulma’s plane!”

Chapter: 382 (DBZ 188), P.12.5
Context: after attacking Cell to no effect
Kuririn: “Th-this can’t be…”

Chapter: 383 (DBZ 189), P3.1
Context: after Cell defeats Kuririn
Vegeta: “Are you happy to harass a piece of garbage like that?”

Chapter: 383 (DBZ 189), P4.8, P5.1, P6.1
Context: after saying Vegeta will be killed by Cell
Kuririn: “It-it’s true that I’m absolutely nothing special compared to you Saiyans…B-but I can at least tell how strong my opponent is…”

[Herms]

13. Piccolo [#CE2#PIC]

---Initially--- [#CE2#PIC#PRE]

Chapter 337 (DBZ 143), P1.3-4, P2.1
Piccolo: “How about it, Son Goku…Frankly, do you think we can win against this enemy…”
Goku: “There’s no way I could know that without even seeing them. I’ll answer once I give it a try.”
Piccolo: “You’re pretty carefree…It’s not like I lack confidence…However, I can’t clear this uneasy premonition from my mind…”

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P6.2-4
Context: as Goku fights No.19
Tenshinhan: ”In-incredible…What strength…S-so that’s a Super Saiyan…He’s in a completely different dimension than we are…Too different…”
Piccolo: “…I wonder…”

Chapter 343 (DBZ 149), P2.5
Context: getting up after No.20 shot him
Piccolo: “No matter how strong that guy may be, I can’t be defeated with that level of attack.”

Chapter: 346 (DBZ 152), P1.5
No.20: “So then…Who’s energy shall I take?...So Piccolo’s the most powerful after Vegeta, huh?...”

Chapter: 346 (DBZ 152), P3.6
Context: after sucking Piccolo’s energy
No.20: “You hardly have any energy left…You’ll die at this rate…”

Chapter: 346 (DBZ 152), P10.4
Context: after Piccolo beats up on No.20
No.20: “Im-impossible! There’s no way I wouldn’t be able to defeat him! After all, I’ve added his energy to my own…!”

Chapter: 346 (DBZ 152), P12.4
Kuririn: “He’s st-strong…! What kind of training did Piccolo do…And he’s not even a Su-Super Saiyan…”

Chapter: 346 (DBZ 152), P14.3
Piccolo: “Commit this to memory: when we fight, we amplify what you guys call ‘energy’, causing it to explode. That’s why the energy you stole from me earlier doesn’t matter…”

Chapter: 347 (DBZ 153), P3.1
Context: after Piccolo beats him up
No.20: “W-why you…To think that even Piccolo had increased his power this much…”

Chapter: 347 (DBZ 153), P3.5
Tenshinhan: “I don’t like that Piccolo and Vegeta have powered up so extraordinarily, but for now at least it’s a relief…”

Chapter: 349 (DBZ 155), P14.2
Context: Tenshinhan and Kuririn failing to knock down the laboratory door
Kuririn: “This door is ex-extremely durable…!”
Piccolo: “Get out of the way. I’ll destroy it.”

---Post-merge--- [#CE2#PIC#POS]

Chapter: 355 (DBZ 161), P11.5-7
Kuririn: “I heard from the Great Elder on Planet Namek that if only God and Piccolo hadn’t spit in two, he wouldn’t lose to the Saiyans…In other words, I think Piccolo’s gone so that he and God can return to being one person. [ ] God and the Devil will merge and return to being a Namekian warrior. What’s more, Piccolo’s greatly improved, so he’ll become an extraordinary warrior. If Goku and the others are Super Saiyans, then Piccolo will be a Super Namekian.”

Chapter: 356 (DBZ 162), P2.3
Context: talking about fusing with God
Piccolo: “It won’t be fusion. You’ll be nothing more than a trigger for me to achieve a super power up…The only advantage for you existing now is the dragonballs…”

Chapter: 356 (DBZ 162), P3.4
Piccolo: “That’s right. What the world needs now isn’t a god. It’s me! With the super power to defeat them!”

Chapter: 360 (DBZ 166), P6.6
Context: after Piccolo wants to be the base in him and God’s fusion
God: “That’s fine…You’re young, and your power is far greater than mine now…I suppose it’s only natural. I’ll be nothing more than the trigger for this power-up…And I’ll give you my vast knowledge…”

Chapter: 362 (DBZ 168), P2.1-7
Trunks: “I feel another stupendous ki…! There’s someone else!! Someone else I don’t know!!”
Kuririn: “It’s Piccolo!!!”
Trunks: “What?! But this ki...
Kuririn: Amazing…!! They really merged…!”
Trunks: “Merged?! You mean he and God…?! I heard they used to be one, but split up.”
Kuririn: “They were! And Piccolo was already incredibly strong, so simply by doing that…Th-this is a Super Namekian!!”
Trunks: “Magnificent. To think that he’d be capable of this much of a power-up...”

Chapter: 362 (DBZ 168), P7.3-5
Context: as Cell and Piccolo fight
No.17: “The atmosphere trembled just now. Could you tell? [ ] Was it a volcano, or a huge explosion?...It was far away, at any rate.”
No.16: “It’s on the outskirts of West City…Two gigantic powers are probably fighting…”

Chapter: 362 (DBZ 168), P8.4-6
No.17: “So why don’t you tell us who’s fighting who, while you’re at it?”
No.16: “I don’t know. Neither is in my data. But one of the powers is large enough to rival you two.”
No.17: “What?! Looks like Doctor Gero screwed up again. Your radar is broken. There’s no power in the world that rivals mine.”

Chapter: 362 (DBZ 168), P12.3
Context: after fighting with Piccolo for a bit
Cell: “Fufufu…You are good, aren’t you?...Even considering that I’m not yet in my perfect form…”

Chapter: 363 (DBZ 169), P7.2
Context: after Cell absorbs Piccolo's arm
Cell: “You may have managed to escape, but now that you can’t use one arm, it seems the tables have turned…”

Chapter: 363 (DBZ 169), P7.4
Cell: “Cheer up! If I absorb life extract of your magnitude, I'll be able to draw considerably close to my perfect form!"”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P1.1
Context: after regenerating his arm while fighting Cell
Piccolo: “Cell, even if I take into account the energy you sucked from my arm, I’m still more powerful than you. Brace yourself!”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P2.3
Context: after learning Piccolo fused with God
Cell: “So that’s why you’re so strong…Though you still look just like Piccolo Daimao…”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P5.1
Cell: “I’ll definitely get hold of No.17 and No.18! Even if you guys try to stop me from reaching my perfect form, it won’t do any good! Not if Piccolo is the only one able to put up a bit of a good fight against No.17 and No.18!”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P10.1
Vegeta: “One of those guys with mysterious, absurdly large battle powers has vanished…But the other one remains…It’s not No.17 or the other androids. They don’t give off any presence at all…W-who the hell is it…!?”
Context: the vanished one is Cell, and the remaining one is Piccolo

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P10.2
Context: after Cell escapes
Piccolo: “Damn it! I got caught off guard…! I should have been able to easily defeat him…!”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P11.7
Vegeta: “The battle power I sensed then really did surpass mine, as a Super Saiyan…Im-impossible…He’s just a Namekian...”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P12.1
Piccolo: “…What should I do?…With No.17, No.18, and even No.16, no matter how much super power I may have obtained, I really might not be able to handle them…I suppose there’s no choice but to defeat Cell himself…”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P14.4
Vegeta: “They’re all just dicking around with me…! Easily surpassing the Super Saiyan, the greatest in the universe…!”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P15.1
Context: as Piccolo goes to fight the androids
Yamcha: “D-do you think he can win…?”
Tenshinhan: “It’s no use…He’s up against 3 people…”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P15.3
No.17: “If you don’t tell us anything, then we really will kill you this time…You alright with that?”
Piccolo: “Hmph…Things won’t go as easily as they did last time…!”

Chapter: 367 (DBZ 173), P3.4
No.16: “That’s not Piccolo!”
Note: Piccolo’s power seemed to go well beyond No.16’s data, which is why he believed it wasn’t him.

Chapter: 367 (DBZ 173), P8.5
Goku: “Piccolo has now become so much of a master that it’s unbelievable…”

Chapter: 368 (DBZ 174), P1.2
No.17: “You’ve got magnificent power for someone who’s not an android. Seems you really aren’t Piccolo Daimao…”

Chapter: 368 (DBZ 174), P8.3
No.18: “He really is tough. He’s on par with No.17.”

Chapter: 368 (DBZ 174), P14.3
Context: after Piccolo and No.17 fight a long time
No.17: “Heh. Even if our power is on par, it looks like a gap is starting to open up between our stamina…My energy is infinite, and never falls…”

Chapter: 370 (DBZ 176), P6.3
Context: as Piccolo charges a huge ki blast against Cell
No.17: “…Yikes…!”

14. Room of Spirit and Time [#CE2#RST#TPR]
Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P3.5, P4.1
Goku: “I’m going to take Gohan and go train. At a place where I can train for 1 year in just 1 day…”
Piccolo: “So that’s it! You want to go to the Room of ‘Spirit and Time’! I see…But nobody’s ever been able to spend 1 year in there. Even you long ago could barely manage 1 month…”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P9.4
Trunks: “It-it’s hot…The air is thin too…And gravity is many times greater…”

Chapter: 377 (DBZ 183), P7.4
Goku: “It’s pretty tough. The air temperature changes from 50 degrees all the way to minus 40. It’s a completely white world where the atmosphere is only about 1/4th what it is on the Earth’s surface, and gravity is 10 times greater…”
Note: the "degrees" mentioned here are probably Celsius.

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P1.3-4, P2.1
Context: talking about the Room of Spirit and Time
Goku: “It’s quite tough on the body inside there, even when you’re not doing anything. It’s better for me to be able to get plenty of rest.”
Vegeta: “Well, well…So even the great Kakarot admits defeat against the rigors of that room…”
Goku: “Maybe…But pointlessly toughening up my body more than this is just torture, not training. But I won’t object if you guys enter that room again. It looks like you still have room left to toughen up more.”

15. Son Gohan [#CE2#GOH]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#CE2#GOH#PRE]

Chapter: 345 (DBZ 151), P6.6
Context: after Tenshinhan, Gohan, and Kuririn want to chase after No.20
Piccolo: “I understand…But don’t try and fight him. He’s not an opponent you guys could handle…”

Chapter: 367 (DBZ 173), P8.4
Context: as merged Piccolo fights No.17
Goku: “It won’t make any difference if you go, Gohan! The way you are now, they’re on too different a level! Do you want to just be a burden?!”

Chapter: 377 (DBZ 183), P8.3-5
Context: as Goku and Gohan start training in the Room of Spirit and Time
Gohan: “Dad, am I going to get in the way of your training?”
Goku: “At first, yeah. But once you’re able to become a Super Saiyan, you’ll really come in handy as a training partner, Gohan. That’s my ideal, anyway. Obviously I intend to obtain power surpassing Super Saiyan. I want to be stronger than anyone, after all. But Gohan, I intend for you to even further surpass me.”

---Super Saiyan--- [#CE2#GOH#SSJ]

Chapter: 387 (DBZ 193), P5.5
Goku: “Whoa! When did he get so [good]…He might become really incredible!”

16. Son Goku [#CE2#GOK]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#CE2#GOK#REG]

Chapter 337 (DBZ 143), P1.3-4, P2.1
Piccolo: “How about it, Son Goku?…Frankly, do you think we can win against this enemy…”
Goku: “There’s no way I could know that without even seeing them. I’ll answer once I give it a try.”
Piccolo: “You’re pretty carefree…It’s not like I lack confidence…However, I can’t clear this uneasy premonition from my mind…”

Chapter 340 (DBZ 146), P7.5
Context: after Goku and co. fly to an uninhabited location
Tenshinhan: “Wh-what’s going on? Son’s out of breath…He merely flew here, so why…?”

Chapter 340 (DBZ 146), P8.6-7
Goku: “I see…But did you spy on the battle on Planet Namek too?”
No.20: “There was no need. By the battle with Vegeta and co., we had already completely grasped your power and techniques. We calculated that no matter how much you improved afterwards, considering your age, you wouldn’t have any increases as enormous as you had before…”

Chapter: 353 (DBZ 159), P10.2-4, P11.1
Context: after continuing to fight No.18
Vegeta: “This is really starting to annoy me. You act as if nothing’s happened…”
No.18: “I’m surprised. To think that a flesh-and-blood human could be so good, even if you are an alien. Is this man called ‘Son Goku’ even stronger?”
Vegeta: “Don’t kid yourself. He may have temporarily slipped by me, but now things have returned to normal and I should be on top again.”
No.18: “What? So you’re nothing special. Either of you.”

Chapter: 355 (DBZ 161), P3.4
No.17: “Son Goku is the strongest in this world, right? Among humans…”

Chapter: 355 (DBZ 161), P8.3-4
Context: talking about how Trunks and co. lost to the androids
Tenshinhan: “[Trunks] is the man who took down Freeza…And he was helpless before these androids…I’ll be frank…! No matter how strong Goku may be, he shouldn’t be that different from Trunks or Vegeta…He definitely can’t win…! Not even Goku…”

Chapter: 365 (DBZ 171), P14.3
Context: when asked if he’ll fight the androids
Goku: “Don’t worry…I won’t fight them yet…After all, if even Vegeta couldn’t beat them as he is now, then I can’t beat them either…”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P3.5
Goku: “The way I am now, I definitely can’t beat the androids or this ‘Cell’ guy.”

Chapter: 377 (DBZ 183), P8.3-5
Gohan: “Dad, am I going to get in the way of your training?”
Goku: “At first, yeah. But once you’re able to become a Super Saiyan, you’ll really come in handy as a training partner, Gohan. That’s my ideal, anyway. Obviously I intend to obtain power surpassing Super Saiyan. I want to be stronger than anyone, after all. But Gohan, I intend for you to even further surpass me.”

---Super Saiyan (pre-RoSaT)--- [#CE2#GOK#SSJ]

Chapter 340 (DBZ 146), P13.1-2
Tenshinhan: “Wh-what a ki! Amazing…! S-so this is Goku as a Super Saiyan…?!”
Piccolo: “…”

Chapter 340 (DBZ 146), P13.4-5, P14.1
No.20: “I see…You seem to have achieved a truly considerable power-up. It’s a strange technique…This greatly surpasses our calculated figures…”
No.20: “However, this isn’t anything great enough to give us reason to fear. It’s still within a level which even No.19 is more than capable of defeating, and naturally that goes for myself as well…”

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P6.2-4
Context: as Goku fights No.19
Tenshinhan: ”In-incredible…What strength…S-so that’s a Super Saiyan…He’s in a completely different dimension than we are…Too different…”
Piccolo: “…I wonder…”

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P6.6
No.20: “…Kuh…! Th-this power up greatly exceeds my estimated data…Th-this is bad. Like this, No.19 will run out of energy before he steals any power…”

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P7.4
Tenshinhan: “There’s no need to worry. Goku is outrageously strong. This ‘Super Saiyan’ thing is incredible…! [The androids] talk big, but they’re helpless.”

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P8.4-5, P9.
Piccolo: “Have you noticed too, Gohan?...”
Gohan: “Y-yes…”
Piccolo: “Son Goku is rushing the match for some reason…He’s already putting out close to his full power…But even so, what’s with that miserable condition of his?...”
Tenshinhan: “Th-that miserable condition…!? What are you talking about? Goku’s overwhelmingly pushing him back…!”
Piccolo: “It’s not that. As a Super Saiyan, Goku’s power should be more stupendous than this…”
Note: Several people thought this quote was contradictory, due to how Piccolo says Goku is using almost his full power but should have much better power than that. To me though it seems pretty straightforward: Goku is using almost all the power he has in his current sick condition, but Piccolo realizes Goku's full power should be much more than that.

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P14.6
Context: after No.19 absorbs Goku’s attack
No.20: “Alright! No.19’s maximum power rating has greatly increased from what it was before! In contrast, Son Goku’s energy has fallen remarkably…!”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P1.1-2
Kame-sennin: “Aim even higher than Super Saiyan, you say? Is that possible…?!”
Goku: “I dunno…But it looks like I definitely won’t be able to beat these opponents without doing at least that…I’ll train for about 1 year, and if it’s no good, I’ll give up.”

17. Super Saiyan [#CE2#SUP]
Chapter: 378 (DBZ 184), P9.3
Context: as Gohan tries to become a Super Saiyan
Goku: “No, no. That’s just making your ki huge. Anger is the initial trigger for Super Saiyan. Get angry! Really cut loose.”

Chapter: 387 (DBZ 193), P10.3, P13.1-4
Context: Goku just achieved Super Saiyan Grade III for the first time.
Gohan: “Ab-absolutely incredible power! You’ll definitely be able to defeat Cell like this!”
[ ]
Goku: “I can’t win like this…Probably not…[ ] With my muscles swelled up like this, my power greatly increases, but it kills my speed. Huge power doesn’t mean anything if I can’t hit my opponent…And it uses up energy at too intense a rate. Balance-wise, regular Super Saiyan is best. I know that well enough…”

Chapter: 388 (DBZ 194), P1.3
Context: talking to Trunks about Super Saiyan Grade III
Cell: “Nothing can come from this sort of transformation that only powers you up…You’re an idiot…”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P7.2-7
Tenshinhan: “…Hey, Goku and Gohan were Super Saiyans just now, right? But even so, they were very…how do I say this?...Natural-feeling…”
Piccolo: “…I think there’s no doubt that they were Super Saiyans…However, they’ve trained so that they can exist in that state at an ordinary, everyday level…”
Trunks: “S-so then…When they fight, they’ll [perform] an ev-even more tremendous transformation…!”
Vegeta: “Are you an idiot?...You don’t seem to think things over…They’ve judged that state as the best! If they get used to that as a matter of habit, then even if they raise their battle power, the strain on their body is very small! [ ] They’ve thought this through…”

18. Tenshinhan [#CE2#TEN]
Chapter 337 (DBZ 143), P4.2
Kuririn: “I sense two huge ki near that mountain…That’s probably Yamcha and the others.”
Note: it’s Yamcha and Tenshinhan

Chapter 341 (DBZ 147), P6.2-3
Context: as Goku fights No.19
Tenshinhan: ”In-incredible…What strength…S-so that’s a Super Saiyan…He’s in a completely different dimension than we are…Too different…”

Chapter: 345 (DBZ 151), P6.6
Context: after Tenshinhan, Gohan, and Kuririn want to chase after No.20
Piccolo: “I understand…But don’t try and fight him. He’s not an opponent you guys could handle…”

Chapter: 349 (DBZ 155), P14.2
Context: Tenshinhan and Kuririn failing to knock down the laboratory door
Kuririn: “This door is ex-extremely durable…!”
Piccolo: “Get out of the way. I’ll destroy it.”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P14.6
Context: as Piccolo goes to fight the androids
Piccolo: “Don’t come, you guys. You ought to know that it would be pointless.”

Chapter: 370 (DBZ 176), P11.6
Context: as first form Cell beats up on No.17 and Piccolo
Tenshinhan: “Our worlds are too different…Extremely so…There’s nothing I can do…”

Chapter: 373 (DBZ 179), P14.5
Context: as Tenshinhan fires the Shin-Kikoho at Cell
Goku: “St-stop it! Stop it, Tenshinhan! If you use the Kikoho more than this, you’ll die!”

Chapter: 374 (DBZ 180), P5.1-3
Context: after Tenshinhan uses the Shin-Kikoho
Cell: “Why, you…! So piddling little Tenshinhan managed to get in my way…?! Looks like you’ll die even if I leave you alone, but…I’ll wipe you out anyway.”

19. Trunks [#CE2#TRU]

---young Trunks, in his own timeline--- [#CE2#TRU#YOU]

Chapter: Trunks: the Story, P2.1
Context: Regular Gohan was sparring with Super Saiyan Trunks. With his one arm…
Future Gohan: “You’ve improved a lot, Trunks. You might even leave me in the dust in a few months.”

Chapter: Trunks: the Story, P5.2
Context: Gohan told Trunks to stay where he was while he fights the Androids.
Trunks: “No! I’m going if you are, Gohan!!! I’ve gotten a lot stronger too!!!”

Chapter: Trunks: the Story, P5.6
Context: after knocking Trunks out
Gohan: “If you died, then there wouldn’t be any more warriors to save the Earth…You’re the last warrior with the potential to be capable of defeating those androids after a few years…”

---Regular form, and in general--- [#CE2#TRU#REG]

Chapter: 356 (DBZ 162), P3.1
God: “Things turned out this way against the androids…Even for that ‘Trunks’ boy who came from the future and instantly obliterated Freeza and his father…and even for Vegeta, whose abilities are even greater than Trunks…”

Chapter: 365 (DBZ 171), P9.2-4
Trunks: “I’m going to try training with my father. If it’s really possible to surpass Super Saiyan, then I…[want to try it] too!”
Kuririn: “Well, sure. But I doubt Vegeta will let you work with him.”
Trunks: “I don’t want to train with a father like him either. But I imagine that even he knows that it’s far more efficient to train through sparring than alone.”

---Super Saiyan--- [#CE2#TRU#SSJ]

Chapter: 350 (DBZ 156), P14.1
Context: after Trunks blasts the androids and it doesn’t faze them
Vegeta: “Looks like that level [of attack] is just a waste of energy.”

Chapter: 354 (DBZ 160), P4.1
Context: after No.17 knocks out Trunks
Kuririn: “O-one hit..! And he was a Super Saiyan…!”

Chapter: 355 (DBZ 161), P8.2
Context: after Kuririn apologies for not joining the fight with No.17 and No.18
Piccolo: “Don’t worry about it. Even Trunks as a Super Saiyan was done in with basically one blow. It wouldn’t have made any difference if you had come.”

Chapter: 355 (DBZ 161), P8.3-4
Tenshinhan: “Th-this is the man who took down Freeza…And he was helpless before these androids…I’ll be frank…! No matter how strong Goku may be, he shouldn’t be that different from Trunks or Vegeta…”

Chapter: 360 (DBZ 166), P12.5
Context: Trunks goes to check on the situation in Ginger Town
Trunks: Don’t worry, I can become a Super Saiyan. The androids are the truly fearsome ones, after all.“

---Post-RoSaT, in general--- [#CE2#TRU#POS]

Chapter: 379 (DBZ 185), P11.4
Context: Vegeta talks to second form Cell
Vegeta: “Heh. I’ll tell you something that will really shock you! There’s a guy named Trunks over there. He’s not as powerful as me, but we’re pretty close…!”

Chapter: 383 (DBZ 189), P6.2, P7.1-2
Context: after saying perfect Cell is hiding his true power
Kuririn: “Just like you are, Trunks…[ ] I suppose Vegeta hasn’t noticed just due to the way he is, but I can tell somehow…You’re…restraining yourself for Vegeta…You’ve surpassed the wall which Vegeta couldn't overcome…Am I wrong?”

Chapter: 388 (DBZ 194), P6.1-2
Context: Cell is seemingly about to kill Trunks, who has given up after realizing he can’t win.
Cell: “One last question. Though you suffered a perfect defeat at my hands, you and Vegeta rapidly increased your abilities in a short time…Just what the hell did you do?...”

---Super Saiyan Grade III--- [#CE2#TRU#SG3]

Chapter: 382 (DBZ 188), P9.1-2
Trunks: “Father really did surpass the limits of Super Saiyan…He obtained absolutely incredible power, like he has in that form now…But one day, I even further surpassed that realm…! I realized that this was what Son Goku had been talking about…”

Chapter: 385 (DBZ 191), P13.2
Context: after Vegeta is knocked out
Kuririn: “Trunks, it’s now or never! Now’s the time for you to become that outrageous Super Saiyan!”

Chapter: 386 (DBZ 192), P3.5
Context: after Trunks transforms into Grade III
Kuririn: “He hasn’t even braced himself yet, but this is a fearsome ki… I’ll never get used to Saiyans…”

Chapter: 386 (DBZ 192), P4.4-5
Context: Trunks tells Kuririn he won't need a senzu for his fight with Cell
Trunks: “Because I will definitely win.”
Kuririn: “He’s incredibly confident.”

Chapter: 386 (DBZ 192), P5.3
Perfect Cell (to self): “He’s strong…! …So he was hiding this sort of reserve strength…?!”

Chapter: 386 (DBZ 192), P13.4-6, P14.1-2
Context: after Trunks lead Cell away from Vegeta so Kuririn could move him.
Cell: “Can you finally fight freely? Now that Vegeta’s safe?”
Trunks: “! I didn’t expect you to knowingly let him go.”
Cell: “Naturally. I'm no longer interested in him. [My interest] is in your true power. This will be fun. The time has come for me to know the strength of my perfect form.”

Chapter: 387 (DBZ 193), P1.3, P2.1-3
Trunks: “What you’re about to see now…is my true power!!!”
Cell: “I see…It truly is magnificent power…You easily surpass me…But you can’t win against me like that…Absolutely not…”

Chapter: 387 (DBZ 193), P3.5.
Piccolo: “Absolutely incredible power! It’s even greater than Cell’s…! Un-unbelievable…!“

387 (DBZ 193), P14.1-4
Context: Trunks can't hit Cell in his Grade III form
Trunks: “Im-impossible…! This is impossible…! Why can’t I hit him…?!”
Cell: “You’re such a greenhorn…So you didn’t even realize this would happen?...You said you’d show me your true power, but to think that you’d just use a transformation that relies even more on power…This sort of transformation is simple enough…”

Chapter: 388 (DBZ 194), P1.3
Cell: “Nothing can come from this sort of transformation that only powers you up…You’re an idiot…”

20. Vegeta [#CE2#VEG]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#CE2#VEG#REG]

Chapter 337 (DBZ 143), P7.2
Context: talking about whether Vegeta will come to fight the androids
Bulma: “There’s no way I’d know that. It’s not like we’re living together now. But I think he’ll come soon. It seems like he’s been doing incredible training in preparation for today…”

Chapter 343 (DBZ 149), P8.2-4
No.19: “Seems you’ve been watching things all along, but you missed hearing the most important thing. Vegeta, we already know all about your battle techniques.”
Vegeta: “Even so, you looked pretty surprised when Kakarot became a Super Saiyan…In other words, your data from the battle with Freeza up to the present is estimated…We Saiyans can’t be understood just by calculations…”

Chapter: 345 (DBZ 151), P6.1-2
Context: after Vegeta scares No.20 away with a bluff
Piccolo: “He really had lost a lot of stamina…when he confirmed that the androids sucked out energy with the palms of their hands…He ought to have lost if he had fought that No.20 guy…But he talked as if he still had something up his sleeve…Vegeta really is a fighting genius…He might have sur-surpassed…Goku…”

Chapter: 347 (DBZ 153), P3.5
Tenshinhan: “I don’t like that Piccolo and Vegeta have powered up so extraordinarily, but for now at least it’s a relief…”

Chapter: 356 (DBZ 162), P3.1
God: “Things turned out this way against the androids…Even for that ‘Trunks’ boy who came from the future and instantly obliterated Freeza and his father…and even for Vegeta, whose abilities are even greater than Trunks…”

Chapter: 357 (DBZ 163), P8.3
Context: considering his defeat by the androids
Vegeta: “I-I’m the prince ,the most elite of the Saiyans…Now that I’ve become a Super Saiyan, I should be #1 in the entire universe…Is it because my opponents are androids…Is this my limit?...”

Chapter: 364 (DBZ 170), P9.4
Cell: “Vegeta?! So he hasn’t been killed by No.17 and No.18 yet…And even he’s got far more power than I predicted…”

Chapter: 365 (DBZ 171), P9.2-4
Trunks: “I’m going to try training with my father. If it’s really possible to surpass Super Saiyan, then I…[want to try it] too!”
Kuririn: “Well, sure. But I doubt Vegeta will let you work with him.”
Trunks: “I don’t want to train with a father like him either. But I imagine that even he knows that it’s far more efficient to train through sparring than alone.”

Chapter: 368 (DBZ 174), P12.7
Goku: “Vegeta is a genius…He ought to be able to surpass the Super Saiyan wall, but…”

---Super Saiyan (pre-RoSaT)--- [#CE2#VEG#SSJ]

Chapter 343 (DBZ 149), P11.1-5
Kuririn: “Th-that’s impossible…! Wh-why can he become a Super Saiyan…?! Don’t you have to have a tranquil heart to become one…!?”
Vegeta: “I was tranquil…Tranquil and pure…Pure evil, that is…I wished to get strong just by training earnestly…And so I went through stupendous training over and over again…Eventually, I realized my limits…Through my anger towards myself, I suddenly awakened…into a Super Saiyan!”

Chapter 343 (DBZ 149), P12,1
Context: after Vegeta goes on and on about his Super Saiyan form
No.20: “Let’s stop the nonsense at that. Just changing like that naturally won’t make you a match for us androids. Just like Son Goku earlier…”

Chapter: 348 (DBZ 154), P5.1
Context: after Trunks says they have to wait for Goku to get better before taking the androids on
Vegeta: “There’s no need for us to wait for Kakarot! Maybe you can’t tell, but I’ve become a Super Saiyan. As long as we’re both Super Saiyans, I the prince will definitely be several levels stronger than a guy like him…!”

Chapter: 348 (DBZ 154), P5.5
Context: after Vegeta leaves to fight No.17 and No.18
Piccolo: “…But…It seems that Vegeta really has obtained power surpassing Goku now that he’s become a Super Saiyan…He just might be able to take care of them like he says…”

Chapter: 352 (DBZ 158), P6.3-4
Context: after Vegeta fights No.18 for awhile
No.17: “I’m surprised…His strength greatly differs from what Doctor Gero’s data said, doesn’t it? Vegeta, huh?...He’s an incredible guy.”

Chapter: 352 (DBZ 158), P10.3-4
Context: after Vegeta tries to blast No.18, only managing to destroy a truck
No.18: “That blast just now wasn’t anywhere near your all.”
Vegeta: “Of course not…If I gave it my all, the entire Earth would be wiped out…”

Chapter: 353 (DBZ 159), P10.2-4, P11.1
Context: after continuing to fight No.18
Vegeta: “This is really starting to annoy me. You act as if nothing’s happened…”
No.18: “I’m surprised. To think that a flesh-and-blood human could be so good, even if you are an alien. Is this man called ‘Son Goku’ even stronger?”
Vegeta: “Don’t kid yourself. He may have temporarily slipped by me, but now things have returned to normal and I should be on top again.”
No.18: “What? So you’re nothing special. Either of you.”

Chapter: 353 (DBZ 159), P12.3-6
Trunks: “Am-amazing! I hadn’t realized that father was this strong…! To think that he’s able to fight on par with that outrageous android…!”
Piccolo: “Vegeta’s going to be killed…[ ] Watch…Bit by bit, the android is starting to push him back. It’s because his enemy’s power never falls at all, while Vegeta’s stamina falls the more he moves.”

---Post-RoSaT (regular form, Super Saiyan, and in general)--- [#CE2#VEG#POS]

Chapter: 375 (DBZ 181), P1.3
Trunks: “Dad seemed to have surpassed the limits of Super Saiyan about 2 months after entering…Even so, he still didn’t seem satisfied, and so we ended up taking all this time.”

Chapter: 376 (DBZ 182), P13.6
Context: as Vegeta challenges Cell
No.18: “He’s a damn fool…! Does he think that someone who was helpless against me could do anything against Cell the way he is now…?!”

Chapter: 377 (DBZ 183), P2.3-4
No.16: “Wait…We’ll move once they’ve started fighting. It’s odd, though…Vegeta’s fighting power has gone up quite a lot since before…”
No.18: “No way. It couldn’t have changed in such a short time. And he didn’t look like he was holding back when he fought me…”

Chapter: 377 (DBZ 183), P3.1-2
Context: as Vegeta is about to fight second form Cell
Trunks: “Father intends to ‘become’ that right off the bat…! [Become] that…!”
Note: Trunks’ surprise at Vegeta becoming Super Saiyan Grade II so soon may imply that Vegeta would be capable of fighting second form Cell even as a regular Super Saiyan.

Chapter: 388 (DBZ 194), P2.3-4
Context: Trunks was shown the downside of Super Saiyan Grade III: its lack of speed.
Trunks: “I-I see, so that’s why father never performed this transformation…He knew this would happen…It’s just like Cell said…I-I’ve been such a fool…”

Chapter: 388 (DBZ 194), P6.1-2
Context: Cell is seemingly about to kill Trunks, who has given up after realizing he can’t win.
Cell: “One last question. Though you suffered a perfect defeat at my hands, you and Vegeta rapidly increased your abilities in a short time…Just what the hell did you do?...”

---Super Saiyan Grade II--- [#CE2#VEG#SG2]

Chapter: 377 (DBZ 183), P5.3-4
Piccolo: “It’s started. His ki is increasing and increasing!!!”
Tenshinhan: “It-it’s a stupendous ki…!”

Chapter: 377 (DBZ 183), P10.2
Context: as Vegeta continues to turn into a Super Saiyan Grade II
Piccolo: “…It-it’s still increasing…!”

Chapter: 378 (DBZ 184), P2.4
Context: after Vegeta beats up on Cell
Vegeta: “Fight more seriously, Cell…”
Cell: “Fuffufufu…Seems you’re a little capable…”

Chapter: 378 (DBZ 184), P5.4-5
Kuririn: “I get it!!! Th-this stupendously gigantic ki is Vegeta…!!! It’s even greater than Ce-Cell’s absurdly large ki…!”

Chapter: 378 (DBZ 184), P6.5
Context: as Super Vegeta pummels Cell
No.18: “…Un…unbelievable…”
No.16: “How mysterious…”

Chapter: 379 (DBZ 185), P7.3
Kuririn: “He’s become ridiculously strong...And his body’s gotten huge, too…Is this the new Vegeta?”

Chapter: 380 (DBZ 186), P4.1-2
No.18: “Amazing…! Do you think he only pretended to be weak when he fought me?”
No.16: “No. He’d have no reason to do that. Something's happened in these last few days.”

Chapter: 382 (DBZ 188), P9.1-2
Trunks: “Father really did surpass the limits of Super Saiyan…He obtained absolutely incredible power, like he has in that form now…But one day, I even further surpassed that realm…! I realized that this was what Son Goku had been talking about…”

Chapter: 382 (DBZ 188), P11.1-4
No.16: “Cell really did get considerably stronger…But Vegeta’s still better than him at everything!”
Vegeta: “Damn you. You’re not taking this seriously.”
Cell: “I told you I was warming-up.”

Chapter: 383 (DBZ 189), P12.4, P14.4
Context: after Vegeta tells perfect Cell to fight seriously
Cell: “Well, just a little bit then…”
*Vegeta kicks him, to no effect*
Cell: “Fuffuffuh…’Super Vegeta’, huh?...”

Chapter: 384 (DBZ 190), P4.1
Context: after outclassing Vegeta
Cell: “I suppose I have to return your remark about a fight being boring when there’s too big a gap.”

Chapter: 384 (DBZ 190), P8.4, P9.4
Context: as Vegeta prepares to fire his Final Flash
Kuririn: “Yo-you’ve got to be kidding…! Does he really intend to use that technique on the Earth…?!”
Trunks: “Pl-please stop…The Earth, the Earth itself will…”

Chapter: 384 (DBZ 190), P13.1
Context: after Vegeta fires the Final Flash
Kuririn: “W-we’re saved…!”
Trunks: “Father calculated it just right so that its range would be small…!”

21. Yajirobe [#CE2#YAJ]
Chapter 340 (DBZ 146), P4.4-7
Context: Bulma notices Yajirobe has stayed behind while everyone else headed off to confront the androids
Bulma: “You’re not going?…I’ve heard you’re pretty strong yourself. At a time like this, we need all the help we can get...With your friends and the Earth in a huge pinch…!”
[ ]
Yajirobe: “I can’t fly…”

22. Yamcha [#CE2#YAM]
Chapter 337 (DBZ 143), P4.2
Kuririn: “I sense two huge ki near that mountain…That’s probably Yamcha and the others.”
Note: it’s Yamcha and Tenshinhan

Chapter 338 (DBZ 144), P9.6-7, P10.1
Context: the androids mistake Yamcha for Goku
No.20: “A human with an unusually high energy rating is heading this way…Is the search system malfunctioning?”
No.19: “It’s not a malfunction, No.20. I’m noting the same energy.”
No.20: “It greatly surpasses human data…”
No.19: “We’ve found him already…Son Goku.”

Chapter 338 (DBZ 144), P11.4
No.19: “No, it is not Son Goku…He doesn’t match the data. There’s a 96% chance this is the human known as Yamcha…”
No.20: “At any rate, we’ll be able to obtain a large amount of energy.”

Chapter 339 (DBZ 145), P2.2
Context: as Yamcha gets stabbed by No.20
Tenshinhan: “A large ki went wild and is now falling…! Wh-who is it!?”

Chapter 340 (DBZ 146), P3.2
Yamcha: “Fra-frankly I don’t want to go…Sorry…Those guys…nearly killed me and I was helpless to resist…”

Chapter 343 (DBZ 149), P4.3
Context: offering to take Goku back home
Yamcha: “Pitiful as it may be, it looks like I’m the least useful one here…”

Chapter: 366 (DBZ 172), P14.6
Context: as Piccolo goes to fight the androids
Piccolo: “Don’t come, you guys. You ought to know that it would be pointless.”

[Herms]

XV: Cell section part 3: the Cell Games [#CE3#STA]
Chapters 389-420 (DBZ 195-226)

1. Android No.16 [#CE3#A16]
Chapter: 406 (DBZ 212), P6.4-5, P7.3
Context: after No.16 grabs hold of Cell
Kuririn “No.16 intends to kill Cell!”
Trunks: “But there’s nothing he can do against Cell!”
No.16: “Please forgive me for sacrificing you all along with me. I’m going to self-destruct with Cell! [ ] This is my final power hidden inside my body, which I was to never use! Even you people will be blown to pieces just by being close by!”

Chapter: 406 (DBZ 212), P9.2
Context: after it turns out No.16's bomb has been removed
Cell: “Too bad, No.16…Though I don’t think I would have died from a mere bomb anyway.”

2. Cell [#CE3#CEL]

---Perfect Form--- [#CE3#CEL#PER]

Chapter: 390 (DBZ 196), P13.5-6, P14.1-3
Context: After Goku checks out perfect Cell's power
Goku: “…Frankly, I didn’t think he would get so incredible…I don’t have any idea just how strong he could get if he felt like it…I won’t know unless I try, but I think I probably can’t win the way I am now.”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P5.6
Goku: “Cell’s incredible. Now that he’s reached his perfect form, he’s become even more flawless.”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P11.1-7
Goku: “But how am I compared to Cell?!”
Karin: “Hmm… You always ask the most difficult questions… As I said, this is only speculation…but honestly…I’m afraid Cell is still a bit stronger.”
Yajirobe: “This Cell guy must be a terrible bastard!...”
Goku: “I thought so. I guessed right! Thanks, Master Karin!”

Chapter: 392 (DBZ 198), P9.5
Context: after the military attacks Cell
Radio announcer: “This is unbelievable! He’s alive! Cell looks as if nothing has happened…”

Chapter: 393 (DBZ 199), P14.1-2
Reporter: “Will you be alright, Mister Satan? Your opponent Cell is even capable of wiping out armies.”
Mister Satan: “That was just a trick: he planted bombs beforehand. I could tell right away. As far as grappling goes, he looks like a complete amateur.”

Chapter: 394 (DBZ 200), P5.2-3
Trunks: “Gohan…do you know what [Goku]’s thinking? Goku’s already said Cell is stronger than he is, and he doesn’t know of any weaknesses [in Cell]…"

Chapter: 397 (DBZ 203), P14.4
Context: after fighting with Goku for awhile
Cell: “That should be enough warm-up exercise…”

Chapter: 398 (DBZ 204), P2.7
Context: after fighting Cell awhile
Goku: “Seems he’s stronger than I imagined…If I let my guard down just a little bit, I’ll be done in instantly...”

Chapter: 399 (DBZ 205), P1.3
Context: as Goku and Cell fight
Announcer: “Hey…did you catch that on film?”
Camera man: “You’ve got to be kidding…I can’t film something so fast.”

Chapter: 399 (DBZ 205), P10.7, P11.3
Context: after Goku teleports out of the way of Cell's Kamehameha
Goku: “I want to ask something too…If I hadn’t jumped up into the sky, would you have fired your Kamehameha like that and destroyed the Earth…?”
[ ]
Cell: “But I’ll tell you this…I’d think nothing of destroying the Earth. It would just shorten my fun…”

Chapter: 399 (DBZ 205), P14.4
Context: after circling behind Goku
Cell: “I’m confident in my speed too. Even if I can’t Teleport.”

Chapter: 400 (DBZ 206), P4.2-3
Context: Kuririn watches Goku and Cell's fight
Kuririn: “They’re both so fast…”

Chapter: 401 (DBZ 207), P9.2
Context: after blowing the top of Cell’s body off
Goku: “What is this?...Despite being in that condition, he still has a lot of ki left…”

Chapter: 401 (DBZ 207), P12.1
Context: after Cell regenerates
Goku: “…But even your ki fell quite a bit from that.”

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P10.5
Context: when Goku refuses to eat a senzu
Cell: “What’s the matter? Is your pride preventing you from eating a senzu? I’ve lost quite a lot of stamina now. If you regain your full power, the chance of you being able to win will increase just a little bit. I want to have even more fun…!”

Chapter: 403 (DBZ 209), P1.1-3
Context: Goku talking to Cell about Cell's next opponent (ie Gohan)
Goku: “The Cell Games will probably end with this next match. Since if he loses, there won’t be anyone else who could win against you…[ ] But from fighting you just now, I think this guy really can beat you after all."

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P11.7
Context: after giving Cell a senzu before Cell fights Gohan
Goku: “He’s used up a lot of stamina. That kind of fight wouldn’t be fair.”

Chapter: 404 (DBZ 210), P6.4
Context: after fighting Gohan a little
Cell: “You’re a quick little brat…! How about I go all-out, in speed at least?”

Chapter: 405 (DBZ 211), P3.3
Context: after Gohan kicks Cell
Kuririn: “He knocked Cell down…!”

Chapter: 406 (DBZ 212), P2.5
Context: before creating the Cell Juniors
Cell: “But there’s no need for me to personally take on the likes of these guys…”
Note: "these guys" being essentially everyone but Gohan

Chapter: 406 (DBZ 212), P9.2
Context: after No.16's failed attempt to self-destruct
Cell: “Too bad, No.16…Though I don’t think I would have died from a mere bomb anyway.”

Chapter: 409 (DBZ 215), P3.5
Context: after Gohan says he can beat Cell
Cell: “Well then, I’ll show you…! My fearsome true power…!”

Chapter: 409 (DBZ 215), P8.2-4
Context: after Cell powers up
Goku: “S-so we finally get to see Cell fight at full power”
Kuririn: “This ki is so astounding, it’s like the entire Earth is shaking.”
Gohan: “What’s the big deal?”

Chapter: 409 (DBZ 215), P14.5
Context: after Gohan attacks full power Cell
Cell: “Impossible…Why did I take so much damage from just 2 punches…?”

Chapter: 410 (DBZ 216), P8.4
Cell: “Take this! It's a full-force Kamehameha! If you dodge, the Earth will be blown away…! You have to take it head-on…!”

Chapter: 411 (DBZ 217), P8.1
Context: after Cell bulks up
Trunks: “He’s using a transformation that’s too concerned with power, so his speed can’t keep up…Cell himself is making the same mistake he pointed out to me…! He’s really lost it…”

---Second Form (self-destruction form)--- [#CE3#CEL#2ND]

Chapter: 412 (DBZ 218), P3.1, P4.2-3
Cell: “I’ll self-destruct in 1 minute…I’ll die, but so will all of you…! And the entire Earth…! [ ] Better not attack. I’ll explode the instant I receive any shock. You’ll just die a little bit sooner.”

---Post-self destruction--- [#CE3#CEL#POS]

Chapter: 413 (DBZ 219), P10.1, P11.3-4, P12.1
Context: after regenerating from his self-destruction
Cell: “There’s a small clump inside my head…This makes up my nucleus…As long as that clump isn’t destroyed, my body can continue regenerating…When I self-destructed, my nucleus fortunately remained uninjured…Quite frankly, I hadn’t calculated on being able to regenerate…I was lucky…And even more happily, my body regenerated as my perfect form, even without No.18…And it wasn’t merely my perfect form: I had vastly powered up like Son Gohan…This was probably done by the Saiyan cells, which greatly increase in power when they are saved from the brink of death…And I even managed to learn Son Goku’s Teleportation…So in short, I was able to return here, having become even more perfect. It seems that rather than defeat me, Son Goku has given me several presents.”

Chapter: 414 (DBZ 220), P14.2
Context: after getting hit by Cell’s attack while saving Vegeta
Gohan: “Cell’s power has gone up more than I thought…”

Chapter: 415 (DBZ 221), P3.2, P4.2
Context: while charging the Kamehameha
Cell: “I’ve already gathered enough ki power to blow away not only the Earth, but the solar system as well!”
Random people far away: “Wh-what’s happening!?” “It’s an earthquake…!”

3. Cell (Trunks’ timeline) [#CE3#CEL#FUT]
Chapter: 420 (DBZ 226), P1.3
Trunks: “…Cell…In your perfect form, you really were stupendously strong…But the way you are now, even I should be more than enough to defeat you…”

Chapter: 420 (DBZ 226), P2.3
Context: after Trunks tells Cell he’ll defeat him
Cell: “Trunks…All of your data has been scanned by the spy robot…With your power, you couldn’t possibly defeat No.17 or No.18, let alone me…”

4. Cell Juniors [#CE3#CJR]
Chapter: 406 (DBZ 212), P14.2-5
Goku: “Watch out! These guys are ferociously strong!”
Cell: “It’s no use, you absolutely cannot win. They may be small, but they’re my children.”

Chapter: 407 (DBZ 213), P6.5
Vegeta: “Wh-what strength…! A bunch of little squirts like this [are doing this] to me…”

Chapter: 407 (DBZ 213), P7.5
Context: as the Cell Juniors beat up Goku and co.
Gohan: “Everyone’s going to be killed..!”

5. Mister Satan [#CE3#SAT]
Chapter: 393 (DBZ 199), P13.3
Reporter: “That super genius of grappling, our very own Mister Satan, has just decided to enter the Cell Games!”

Chapter: 393 (DBZ 199), P13.6
Kame-sennin: “Who’s that?”
Yamcha: “He’s the world grappling champion...”

Chapter: 393 (DBZ 199), P14.1-2
Reporter: “Will you be alright, Mister Satan? Your opponent Cell is even capable of wiping out armies.”
Mister Satan: “That was just a trick: he planted bombs beforehand. I could tell right away. As far as grappling goes, he looks like a complete amateur.”

Chapter: 394 (DBZ 200), P14.4
Perfect Cell: “… …What is that piece of trash…?”

Chapter: 396 (DBZ 202), P8.1
Context: after Mister Satan breaks some tiles
Announcer: “Ah! There’s 1 tile left! But this is incredible! What stupendous destructive power! 14 tiles! He smashed 14 tiles to pieces!”

Chapter: 396 (DBZ 202), P13.5
Context: after Cell defeats Mister Satan
Piccolo: “Chih…So he’s still alive, huh?...It seems that even Cell doesn’t want to bother killing him…”

Chapter: 396 (DBZ 202), P14.7
Context: after Cell defeats Mister Satan
Vegeta: “H-he still hasn’t realized the difference in their levels?...H-he’s the idiot world champion…!”

Chapter: 407 (DBZ 213), P8.7
Context: after No.16 asks for Mister Satan's help
Announcer: “Mi-Mister Satan is the human champion. He won’t be associated with this fight between you monsters!”

6. Piccolo [#CE3#PIC]
Chapter: 390 (DBZ 196), P2.4
Context: after Piccolo talks about using the Room of Spirit and Time again
Vegeta: “…That’d just be a waste of time. Only Saiyans can step into the region ahead…”

Chapter: 392 (DBZ 198), P13.1-5
Goku: “Hey… Piccolo! Did you go into the Room of Spirit and Time?”
Piccolo: “Indeed.”
Goku: “I can tell! You’ve risen to an entirely different level.”
Piccolo: “…Why don’t you just be frank with me? I’ve grown stronger, but even so, it won’t do any good against Cell…”
Goku: “…Yeah, it won’t do any good.”

Chapter: 405 (DBZ 211), P10.2
Context: as Piccolo wants to go rescue Gohan from Cell
Goku: “Wait, Piccolo! Frankly you’re absolutely no match for him!”

7. Son Gohan [#CE3#GOH]

---Super Saiyan Full Power, and in general--- [#CE3#GOH#SSJ]

Chapter: 390 (DBZ 196), P6.1-2
Context: Goku and Gohan emerge from the Room of Spirit and Time
Vegeta (to self): “…What’s with them?!...Is that Super Saiyan…!? No…It has a slightly different atmosphere…They’re being so natural in that state…”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P7.2-7
Context: talking about Goku and Gohan's "natural-feeling" Super Saiyan state
Piccolo: “…I think there’s no doubt that they were Super Saiyans…However, they’ve trained so that they can exist in that state at an ordinary, everyday level…”
[ ]
Vegeta: “They’ve judged that state as the best! If they get used to that as a matter of habit, then even if they raise their battle power, the strain on their body is very small! [ ] They’ve thought this through…”

Chapter: 403 (DBZ 209), P1.1-3
Context: Goku talking to Cell about Cell's next opponent (ie Gohan)
Goku: “The Cell Games will probably end with this next match. Since if he loses, there won’t be anyone else who could win against you…[ ] But from fighting you just now, I think this guy really can beat you after all."

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P6.5, P7.1-6
Context: after Goku asks Gohan to be the next one to fight Cell
Piccolo: “Don’t talk crazy, Goku! There’s no way he’d be able to fight! It’s true that he’s raised his abilities so much that he’s unrecognizable, but his opponent is Cell, who even you were no match for!”
Goku: “Piccolo, Gohan has more unbelievable power than we think. Think about it. He’s fought the same as everyone since he was a little squirt…When I was about his age, I wasn’t anything special.”
Kuririn: “B-but even if he’s become a Super Saiyan…Th-this is so quick…”
Goku: “In the Room of Spirit and Time, the dormant power sealed away deep, deep inside him began to be released. Why don’t we try asking him? How about it, Gohan? Did you think that dad and Cell’s fight just now was too incredible and you couldn’t keep up?”
Gohan: “N-no, I didn’t think so…But neither of you were fighting all-out, right…!?”
Goku: “I don’t know about Cell, but I was going all-out. So in other words, to you it felt like I was holding back?”

Chapter: 404 (DBZ 210), P2.3-4
Context: after Gohan powers up
Vegeta: “That brat…How did he get such a gigantic battle power?…This is impossible…!”
Cell: “Looks like what Son Goku said wasn’t a complete bluff…But it seems he overstated things a little when he said you could defeat me…”

Chapter: 404 (DBZ 210), P6.4
Context: after fighting Gohan a little
Cell: “You’re a quick little brat…! How about I go all-out, in speed at least?”

Chapter: 404 (DBZ 210), P12.6-7
Context: after Cell beats up on Gohan
Goku: “Don’t panic, Piccolo. Gohan’s ki hasn’t fallen one bit, has it?”
Kuririn: “Ah…It-it’s true…!”

Chapter: 404 (DBZ 210), P14.2
Context: after Gohan isn’t fazed much by Cell’s attack
Cell: “..Well, this is a surprise…You’re exceptionally tough, aren’t you?…”

Chapter: 404 (DBZ 210), P15.4, P16.1
Cell: “I understand perfectly well that you don’t like fighting …But I don’t really know what you mean when you say that you don’t want to kill me. You couldn’t kill me in a hundred years. Well, am I wrong?”

Chapter: 404 (DBZ 210), P16.2-3
Gohan: “I-I’m gradually starting to understand…What father means when he says I’m the only one who can defeat Cell…It seems that since long ago, whenever my anger flares up, I subconsciously begin fighting madly with outrageous power…So…father must be calculating on that…”

Chapter: 405 (DBZ 211), P5.2
Goku: “That’s it…That’s fine, Cell! Get Gohan angry…! If you do, you’ll experience true fear for the first time…”

Chapter: 405 (DBZ 211), P9.1-2
Context: as Cell has Gohan in a bear hug
Cell: “Well, how's this? It hurts, right? Get angry! You don’t want to die like this, do you? Well, what’s the matter? What are you hesitating for!? Your bones will break. There’s no way you could hate fighting this much.”

Chapter: 405 (DBZ 211), P10.4, P10.6
Goku: “…Wait for Gohan to get angry…! He’ll…probably…unleash his true power through anger, and suddenly display ferocious strength [ ] …To defeat Cell…The only thing we can do is place our hopes in this power of Gohan’s…”

Chapter: 405 (DBZ 211), P12.1
Piccolo: “Don’t forget…! Even if his power is #1, he’s still a kid…!”

---Super Saiyan 2--- [#CE3#GOH#SS2]

Chapter: 408 (DBZ 214), P1.6
Context: after Gohan transforms into a Super Saiyan 2
Cell: “He cha-changed…”

Chapter: 407 (DBZ 213), P7.6, P13.3, P14.7
Context: as Gohan kills the Cell Juniors
Goku: “Hehhehehe…I kne-knew it…”
[ ]
Piccolo: “Is that Gohan?...”
[ ]
Vegeta: “This is unbelievable…”

Chapter: 409 (DBZ 215), P14.5
Context: after Gohan attacks full power Cell
Cell: “Impossible…Why did I take so much damage from just 2 punches…?”

Chapter: 410 (DBZ 216), P6.3
Context: after Gohan beats Cell up
Cell: “Unbelievable..! To think that someone like this could exist in this world…I’m completely losing in terms of power…But a battle’s outcome is a different matter…”

Chapter: 411 (DBZ 217), P1.2-3
Context: after Cell has half his body blown away by Gohan’s Kamehameha
Cell: “Why…Why does he have so much power?...”
Vegeta: “That squirt [knocked back] Cell’s absurdly large Kamehameha with an even more absurdly large Kamehameha…”

Chapter: 415 (DBZ 221), P6.2-5
Context: after Gohan's injured saving Vegeta, and Cell charges up his final Kamehameha
Goku: “Go strike with an all-out Kamehameha, like Cell! If you do that, you’ll definitely win! Absolutely!”
Gohan: “B-but, the way I am now…I can only use one arm, and even my ki is already less than half…”
[ ]
Goku: “That’s alright, you can win! Believe in your own power! Show me one last time…The power we created together!”

Chapter: 415 (DBZ 221), P10.2
Context: after Gohan fires his Kamehameha
Piccolo: “It no use…! Gohan’s ki is weaker after all…”

Chapter: 416 (DBZ 222), P7.2, P8.1-2
Context: as Gohan and Cell’s Kamehamehas clash
Goku: “Hang on! Hang on, Gohan! You ain’t putting out all your power yet! Make your power explode!”
Gohan: “I’m doing it at full force…! Any more than this is…”
Goku: “Somewhere in your mind you’re thinking of the damage to the Earth! Don’t worry about it! We’ll undo the damage with the dragonballs!”

8. Son Goku [#CE3#GOK]
Chapter: 390 (DBZ 196), P6.1-2
Context: Goku and Gohan emerged from the Room of Spirit and Time
Vegeta (to self): “…What’s with them?!...Is that Super Saiyan…!? No…It has a slightly different atmosphere…They’re being so natural in that state…”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P1.3-4, P2.1-4
Context: talking about the Room of Spirit and Time
Vegeta: “Well, well…So even the great Kakarot admits defeat against the rigors of that room…”
Goku: “Maybe…But pointlessly toughening up my body more than this is just torture, not training. But I won’t object if you guys enter that room again. It looks like you still have room left to toughen up more.”
Vegeta: “What was that…? I don’t like that…The way you said that made it sound like you’re saying that your true ability is greater than mine…”
Goku: “Yeah, a whole lot greater, I think.”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P7.2-7
Context: talking about Goku and Gohan's "natural-feeling" Super Saiyan state
Piccolo: “…I think there’s no doubt that they were Super Saiyans…However, they’ve trained so that they can exist in that state at an ordinary, everyday level…”
[ ]
Vegeta: “They’ve judged that state as the best! If they get used to that as a matter of habit, then even if they raise their battle power, the strain on their body is very small! [ ] They’ve thought this through…”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P10.4-5
Context: After powering up and almost destroying Karin’s tower…
Goku: “That just now was about half power. What do you think?”
Karin: “Half power…?! What a fearsome guy you are…How strong will you become before you’re satisfied…?!”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P10.7
Context: after Goku displays his power to Karin
Gohan: “…I wonder…Has father really become so incredible?...”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P12.6
Karin: “No matter how I think it over, Goku doesn’t seem to have any chance of winning, but what’s with that composure of his?...Is he just in denial?...”

Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P13.1-2
Context: After sensing half of Full Power Super Saiyan Goku’s max power from a distance.
Vegeta (to self): “Damn you, Kakarot… It’s always like this… He’s always a step ahead of me…! It drives me crazy…Just when I think I’ve caught up, he widens the lead again…”

Chapter: 397 (DBZ 203), P5.3-4
Context: Mister Satan comments on how long he'll have to wait until Goku gets beat and he'll have to fight Cell again
Mister Satan: “Fuffuffuh…I can tell just by looking at his hopeless build and stance that he’s an amateur. If I fought a man like that, I’d probably be able to defeat him in 2 seconds. He really must be crazy. Against Cell, I probably won’t even have to wait 5 seconds. Geez, I won’t get much rest like this.”

Chapter: 398 (DBZ 204), P2.6
Cell: “Son Goku…You’re as accustomed to battle as I’d expect…You’re quite different from the others…”

Chapter: 398 (DBZ 204), P3.3
Cell: “He’s coming at full power”

Chapter: 398 (DBZ 204), P6.3-4
Context: after Goku unveils his full power
Vegeta: “So this is his true power?...”
Trunks: “Amazing…Goku really is absolutely amazing…”

Chapter: 398 (DBZ 204), P7.1-3
Context: everyone gawking at Goku’s full power
Kuririn: “This really is an incredible ki…! It figures he’d outstrip everyone.”
Gohan: “…Why is everyone so surprised…I think he really is incredible, but…”

Chapter: 398 (DBZ 204), P14.4-5
Context: after Goku fights Cell at full power for a bit
Cell: “Excellent, Son Goku! This is it! Battles aren’t interesting unless [the fighters’] true power is close to a certain extent like this.”
Goku: “Yeah…I think so too.”

Chapter: 399 (DBZ 205), P1.3
Context: as Goku and Cell fight
Announcer: “H-hey…did you catch that on film?”
Camera man: “You’ve got to be kidding…I can’t film something so fast.”

Chapter: 399 (DBZ 205), P10.3
Context: after Goku teleports away from Cell’s Kamehameha, and Cell wonders why it didn't hit him
Cell: “Why is it?…That Kamehameha hit, no doubt about it…You were suddenly appearing and disappearing before too…”
Goku: “It’s Teleportation. I can do that.”
Cell: “Teleportation…!? I see…That’s a troublesome technique…”

Chapter: 400 (DBZ 206), P4.2-3
Context: Goku and Cell continue to fight
Kuririn: “Th-they’re both so fast…”
Cell: “You really are good, aren’t you?...Frankly I didn’t think I’d be able to have so much fun.”

Chapter: 400 (DBZ 206), P14.3
Context: as Goku charges his Kamehameha
Cell: “Fuhahahaha! You won’t fire a Kamehameha from that position! If you fired, the Earth itself would be endangered!”

Chapter: 401 (DBZ 207), P2.3, P3.1
Piccolo: “It’s a Kamehameha…! Does Goku intend to fire a Kamehameha at full power!?”
Kuririn: “H-he won’t fire…! If he fired from that relative position, th-the Earth would be smashed…!”

Chapter: 401 (DBZ 207), P12.1
Context: Cell regenerates after getting hit with Goku's Kamehameha
Goku: “…But even your ki fell quite a bit from that.”
Cell: “Hmph, that goes for you too. Your heart's beating fast.”

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P6.4
Context: after Cell blocks Goku’s attacks with a barrier
Cell: “That attack of yours was quite impressive. It even forced me to put up a barrier. The damage was surprisingly large…”

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P7.3-5
Context: after Cell blocks Goku’s attacks with a barrier
Bulma: “Wha—aat, that was so close! He was just a step away!”
Kame-sennin: “…No he wasn’t…It’s true that it looks like they’re having a good match, but…unlike Goku, Cell still has room for composure left…[ ] ...Goku can’t win…What’s more, to me it looks as if he knows that but is still fighting…I don’t know what he’s thinking…”

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P8.3
Cell: “Looks like you’ve lost quite a lot of stamina…It’s alright if you eat one of those ‘senzu’ things, Son Goku…This should be able to become an even more magnificent match.”

9. Tenshinhan [#CE3#TEN]
Chapter: 390 (DBZ 196), P14.4
Piccolo (to Goku): “Then use the Room of Spirit and Time again. We’ve got the time. We just decided on the order: I’ll go first, then Vegeta will enter alone…And then Trunks…You two can enter again after that.”
Tenshinhan: “Sorry...But I pass…He’s absolutely not an opponent I could fight…”

10. Trunks [#CE3#TRU]
Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P13.5
Context: after Goku says there’s other people to fight besides him
Cell: “It’s the same thing. Vegeta and Trunks may have raised their power, but they should still be inferior to you…”

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P14.8
Context: after Goku wants to pick the person to fight Cell next
Vegeta: “Wh-what’s he planning…?! Th-there’s nobody who can win…!”

Chapter: 407 (DBZ 213), P5.3
Context: as the Cell Juniors beat everyone up
Cell (to Gohan): “If you don’t show your true worth soon, things will go past the point of no return. Look closely. Vegeta or Trunks are barely fighting evenly…Even Son Goku is in trouble, having lost his stamina…”
Note: Cell says that “Vegeta ya Trunks” are fighting evenly; ya is a non-exhaustive word for ‘and’, meaning the things listed aren’t necessarily the only things there are to list. In other words, Cell’s line doesn’t necessarily mean that nobody but Trunks or Vegeta are fighting evenly, just that they’re the first examples to come to mind.

Chapter: 418 (DBZ 224), P9.3
Tenshinhan: “Trunks, the way you are now, you should be able to easily defeat the androids in the future. Do your best.”

Chapter: 419 (DBZ 225), P11.3
Context: after Trunks kills No.18 in his timeline
No.17: “Impossible…! What did you do…?! Ho-how could No.18 be [killed] by the likes of you?…”

Chapter: 420 (DBZ 226), P1.3
Context: Trunks meets his timelines' (first form) Cell
Trunks: “…Cell…In your perfect form, you really were stupendously strong…But the way you are now, even I should be more than enough to defeat you…”

Chapter: 420 (DBZ 226), P6.2
Context: after Trunks blows Cell out of the city
Cell: “…Looks like you really have improved…”

11. Vegeta [#CE3#VEG]
Chapter: 391 (DBZ 197), P1.3-4, P2.1-4
Context: Goku says he won't return to the Room of Spirit and Time
Goku: “But I won’t object if you guys enter that room again. It looks like you still have room left to toughen up more.”
Vegeta: “What was that…? I don’t like that…The way you said that made it sound like you’re saying that your true ability is greater than mine…”
Goku: “Yeah, a whole lot greater, I think.”

Chapter: 394 (DBZ 200), P10.2-4
Context: on the day of the Cell Games.
Goku: “It’s finally time. Huh? Where’s Vegeta?”
Piccolo: “He went on ahead…”
Goku: “Oh-ho. Rarin’ to go, huh? He must’ve gotten a lot better.”

Chapter: 395 (DBZ 201), P13.5
Context: after Goku says he’ll fight first Cell first
Vegeta: “Do what you want. Either way, I’ll be the one to finish this…”

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P10.1
Vegeta: “It drives me crazy, but I’ll admit it…Despite doing all that special training, I didn’t surpass Kakarot…Th-that bastard’s a genius…But Cell is 1 or 2 steps above even him…”

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P13.5
Context: after Goku says there’s other people to fight Cell besides him
Cell: “It’s the same thing. Vegeta and Trunks may have raised their power, but they should still be inferior to you…”

Chapter: 402 (DBZ 208), P14.8
Context: after Goku wants to pick the person to fight Cell next
Vegeta: “Wh-what’s he planning…?! Th-there’s nobody who can win…!”

Chapter: 407 (DBZ 213), P5.3
Context: as the Cell Juniors beat everyone up
Cell (to Gohan): “If you don’t show your true worth soon, things will go past the point of no return. Look closely. Vegeta or Trunks are barely fighting evenly…Even Son Goku is in trouble, having lost his stamina…”
Note: Cell says that “Vegeta ya Trunks” are fighting evenly; ya is a non-exhaustive word for ‘and’, meaning the things listed aren’t necessarily the only things there are to list. In other words, Cell’s line doesn’t necessarily mean that nobody but Trunks or Vegeta are fighting evenly, just that they’re the first examples to come to mind

Chapter: 407 (DBZ 213), P6.5
Vegeta: “Wh-what strength…! A bunch of little squirts like this [are doing this] to me…”

XVI: Boo section part 1: High School and 25th Tenkaichi Budoukai [#BO1#STA]
Chapters 421-444 (DBZ 227-250)

1. Android No.18 [#BO1#A18]
Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P13.5-7, P14.2-6
Context: taking the punch machine preliminaries test
Kuririn: “Hey, don’t put too much power into it! You’ll break the machine.”
No.18: “I know.” *she hits it*
Referee guy: “Se-se-se-774!? I-I’m sorry, it seems to be malfunctioning! Wait a minute.”
Kuririn: “That’s why I told you not to overdo it!”
No.18: “Be quiet! It’s hard to hold back!”
Referee guy: “It-it seems to be fixed. Try again. *she hits again* …203 points…!?”

2. Bukujutsu [#BO1#TPR]
Chapter: 428 (DBZ 234), P1.1
Gohan (to Videl and Goten): “Well then, I’ll be teaching you two Bukujutsu, or in other words how to fly. This is just a matter of ki control, so it’s not very difficult. Well, if you’re thinking of flying at fast speeds, then that can be pretty tough.”

Chapter: 428 (DBZ 234), P4.8, P5.1-2
Context: as Videl learns to control ki
Gohan: “That’s it, that’s it! That’s what ki is. I figured you’d catch on pretty fast Videl, since you practice martial arts.”
Videl: “Hah! Hey, can I fly yet?!”
Gohan: “Eh? That’s still no use. You’ve got to become able to freely control your ki.”

3. Dende [#BO1#DEN]
Chapter: 426 (DBZ 232), P10.6
Context: Gohan’s going around telling people about the Tenkaichi Budoukai
Gohan: “How about you, Dende?”
Dende: “No, I can’t enter. I’m not a fighting-type Namekian, after all.”

4. Kaioshin [#BO1#KAI]
Chapter: 437 (DBZ 243), P11.2-3
Context: talking to Goku
Kaioshin: “I’ve managed to pass the preliminaries too. It’d be nice if the match-ups allow me to have a match against you. Of course, I don’t have confidence that I could win, but I want to know just how strong you are.”

Chapter: 437 (DBZ 243), P12.7-9
Context: after Goku and co. meet Kaioshin and Kibito
Piccolo: “…Wh-who are they?...”
Goku: “…I dunno…But there’s no doubt that it’s no longer just us who are gonna have easy wins…”
Kuririn: “Eh? I wonder…He didn’t seem that great…He just looked like a weird guy to me.”
Note: In Japanese it’s not actually clear here whether Goku and Piccolo are referring to both Kaioshin and Kibito or just Kaioshin. Kuririn though says yatsu (‘guy’) rather than yatsu-ra (‘guys’) so he’s almost certainly talking about just Kaioshin. As the conversation continues at the start of the next chapter though, Goku and Piccolo are clearly wondering who both of them are.

Chapter: 438 (DBZ 244), P3.4
Context: Goku looks at Kaioshin and Kibito
Goku: “Doesn’t look like there’s anyone significant besides those two…”

Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P10.2
Context: as Piccolo and Kaioshin's match begins
Vegeta: “We’ll finally know: just how much is his battle power, which we haven’t even been able to estimate?...”

Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P10.3
Piccolo: “Wh-why…is it so hard for me to fight him?...Ev-Even though I've only just met him…”

Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P12.3-4
Context: after Piccolo resigns from his and Kaioshin's match
Goku: “That much, Piccolo?...”
Piccolo: “Yeah…Our dimensions…are too different…”
Kuririn: “Yo-you’re kidding, right? Stop joking around! I-I’ve got to fight him next.”
Note: Piccolo’s line is a pretty standard way of saying that someone is stronger than you. You can find a lot of instances of people being described as in “a different dimension” throughout these quotes, like Tenshinhan talking about Super Saiyan Goku, or the narrator describing final form Freeza. In Viz the line is made vaguer (“He is a different order of being”), which makes it sound like Piccolo could just be talking about how Kaioshin is a super-god, rather than about his strength per-say. Anyway, though Piccolo is pretty much flat-out saying Kaioshin is way stronger than him here, you could still argue that he's either mistaken or lying...I guess.

5. Kibito [#BO1#KIB]
Chapter: 437 (DBZ 243), P12.7-9
Context: after Goku and co. meet Kaioshin and Kibito
Piccolo: “…Wh-who are they?...”
Goku: “…I dunno…But there’s no doubt that it’s no longer just us who are gonna have easy wins…”
Kuririn: “Eh? I wonder…He didn’t seem that great…He just looked like a weird guy to me.”
Note: In Japanese it’s not actually clear here whether Goku and Piccolo are referring to both Kaioshin and Kibito or just Kaioshin. Kuririn though says yatsu (‘guy’) rather than yatsu-ra (‘guys’) so he’s almost certainly talking about just Kaioshin. As the conversation continues at the start of the next chapter though, Goku and Piccolo are clearly wondering who both of them are.

Chapter: 438 (DBZ 244), P3.4
Context: Goku looks at Kaioshin and Kibito
Goku: “Doesn’t look like there’s anyone significant besides those two…”

Chapter: 438 (DBZ 244), P5.5
Context: after Gohan gets matched with Kibito in round 1
Goku: “You’d better not let your guard down. I don’t think he’s just some regular joe.”
Gohan: “Y-yeah…I get that feeling too.”

Chapter: 443 (DBZ 249), P9.1-3
Context: as Gohan prepares to fight Kibito
Gohan: “Man, this is a predicament. Bulma told me that if people found out my true power, there'd be a big commotion and it'd become hard for me to go to school anywhere. That's why I disguised myself, but...He doesn’t seem like an opponent that I can beat while suitably covering up [my true power].”
Note: That last sentence is one of those that’s kinda hard to translate literally. “Covering up” (gomakasu) is in the sense of faking it or deceiving someone, not simply in the sense of wearing a disguise, and in context he's almost certainly talking about covering up his true power (since that's what he mentions disguising himself in order to prevent people from finding out about). So essentially, Gohan doesn’t think he can win while still covering up his actual power. Hence Viz’s ‘by accident’ being in quotation marks: they mean the sort of thing Shen did, hiding his power by making it look like he won by pure accident. So I can see what Viz was going for with their translation, but I think it is kinda confusing.

Chapter: 443 (DBZ 249), P11.1-2
Context: while Gohan’s still in his regular form during his match with Kibito
Yamu: “How are they?...”
Spopovitch (checking his energy meter): “No, it’s not them. Their energy is low…”

6. Kinto’un [#BO1#KIN]
Chapter: 423 (DBZ 229), P7.1, P8.2, P9.1
Context: after Bulma gives him the Great Saiyaman suit
Gohan: “Oh, I know! If I fly to school in my transformed appearance, nobody will recognize me and I’ll be able to get there faster! Sorry Kinto’un, but it’s faster if I fly on my own.”
*he gets off and outpaces Kinto’un*
Gohan: “Hey, look Kinto’un! I’m gonna raise my speed a whole lot more! Heheh! I’ve already reached Satan City in the blink of an eye!”

7. Kuririn [#BO1#KUR]
Chapter: 426 (DBZ 232), P8.3
Gohan: “This is Kuririn. He no longer fights, so he stopped shaving his head.”

Chapter: 430 (DBZ 236), P14.1-3
Context: after Trunks is told of the youth division
Trunks: “That’s alright! Let me fight with the adults”
Tournament guy: “Eh!? No, no. Those are the rules.”
Trunks: “Cheh!”
Kuririn: “Phew!”

Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P14.8
Context: Kuririn’s punch machine score
Referee guy: “…Number 85, 192 points…!?”

Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P3.2-3
Context: as Kuririn goes up against Punter
Marron: “That person dad’s fighting is big and looks strong…I wonder if he’ll be alright?...”
Yamcha: “It’s fine, fine! Someone like that doesn’t matter at all! Your father is the strongest in the world! Among Earthlings…”

8. Mister Satan [#BO1#SAT]
Chapter: 421 (DBZ 227), P13.2-3
Context: the Orange High School students discuss Great Saiyaman
Erasa: “Hey, Videl, I wonder if he’s stronger than your papa…”
Student: “Don’t be silly. Videl’s papa is the world champion Mister Satan, the man who saved the Earth! There’s no one in the world stronger than him!”

Chapter: 424 (DBZ 230), P14.2
Context: as Videl easily beats up the big robber
Gohan: “Heh~~This is surprising! She really is pretty strong…She might just be stronger than Mister Satan.”

Chapter: 430 (DBZ 236), P3.3
Context: in the days leading up to the Tenkaichi Budoukai
Videl: “Is it alright that you’re not training, papa?...”
Mister Satan: “There’s no need. There’s no doubt that I’ll be the champion. It probably won’t even be close.”

Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P11.2
Satan’s punch machine score: 137

Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P12.2
Context: following Satan's punch machine performance
Random guy: “Geez, looks like Satan will be champion this time too…”

Chapter: 432 (DBZ 238), P2.1
Context: talking about Goku and co.’s punch machine scores
Videl: “…They all got numbers around 200…Even though the high score since way back has been my father’s record of 139…”
Note: as noted above, Satan's punch machine score this time around is 137. Perhaps he's gotten slightly weaker since the last tournament?

Chapter: 436 (DBZ 242), P2.3
Context: Mister Satan faces the prospect of fighting Trunks
Satan: “Wha-what do I do…? I-I’m gonna die…!”

Chapter: 436 (DBZ 242), P4.2
Trunks: “So this old guy’s the world champion?...I wonder if he’s stronger than dad? I don’t think he looks like it at all though…”

Chapter: 436 (DBZ 242), P8.1
Context: after Mister Satan’s display of strength
Trunks: “Wh-what was that just now?...That wasn’t incredible at all…He must be trying to look pathetic on purpose…I see…That’s gotta be it. He’s the world champion, after all.”

Chapter: 436 (DBZ 242), P15.8
Context: after being lightly tapped by Trunks
Mister Satan: “Hiiih! Hiiih! It hurts, I’m gonna die! Th-that damn brat…I told him to do it lightly…that moron!”

9. Piccolo [#BO1#PIC]
Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P14.10
Context: Piccolo’s punch machine score
Referee guy: “Number 87, 210 points…”

Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P12.1
Context: after Piccolo and Kaioshin's match
Kaioshin: “…I see. He used to be this planet’s god…Perhaps he’s somehow started to realize who I am…”

Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P12.3-4
Context: after Piccolo and Kaioshin's match
Goku: “That much, Piccolo?...”
Piccolo: “Yeah…Our dimensions…are too different…”
Kuririn: “Yo-you’re kidding, right? Stop joking around! I-I’ve got to fight him next”
Note: Piccolo’s line is a pretty standard way of saying that someone is stronger than you. You can find a lot of instances of people being described as in “a different dimension” throughout these quotes, like Tenshinhan talking about Super Saiyan Goku, or the narrator describing final form Freeza. In Viz the line is made vaguer (“He is a different order of being”), which makes it sound like Piccolo could just be talking about how Kaioshin is a super-god, rather than about his strength per-say. Anyway, though Piccolo's pretty much flat-out saying Kaioshin's way stronger than him, you could still argue that he's mistaken or lying...I guess.

10. Punter [#BO1#PUN]
Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P3.1
Announcer: “[Kuririn’s] opponent, contestant Punter, is known for his savagery, and lost by ring-out in the semi-finals of the previous tournament, but of course he’s aiming to win the championship this time!”

Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P4.3
Context: as Punter and Kuririn are about to fight
Killer: “I feel bad for that man…With Punter as his opponent, he won’t be coming back with his body intact.”

Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P5.4
Context: after Punter jumps around a lot
Punter: “Haah, haah. See, despite being big, I’m quick and agile!”

11. Son Gohan [#BO1#GOH]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#BO1#GOH#REG]

Chapter: 422 (DBZ 228), P3.4-5
Context: talking about Gohan’s commute from home to school
Erasa: “Eh! Did you say East 439?! You’ve got to be kidding. Isn’t that 1,000 kilometers from here!? [ ] How the heck do you get here? Even a jet flyer would take 5 hours to cover that distance!”
Note: Gohan later says he can fly this distance in about 20 minutes

Chapter: 422 (DBZ 228), P8.4
Context: after Gohan catches Sharpner’s baseball
Coach: “Yo-you’re amazing…You ju-jumped up about 8 meters just now, didn’t you?...”

Chapter: 423 (DBZ 229), P4.1
Vegeta: “Your body’s gotten rusty. No matter how peaceful it may be, you should still train just in case.”

Chapter: 423 (DBZ 229), P7.1, P8.2, P9.1
Context: after Bulma gives him the Great Saiyaman suit
Gohan: “Oh, I know! If I fly to school in my transformed appearance, nobody will recognize me and I’ll be able to get there faster! Sorry Kinto’un, but it’s faster if I fly on my own.”
*he gets off and outpaces Kinto’un*
Gohan: “Hey, look Kinto’un! I’m gonna raise my speed a whole lot more! Heheh! I’ve already reached Satan City in the blink of an eye!”

Chapter: 424 (DBZ 230), P3.2
Context: flying to Satan City again
Gohan: “This is great! Looks like I’ll be able to get there in about 20 minutes like this!”

Chapter: 426 (DBZ 232), P4.2-3
Vegeta: “At that time there was a large gap between our powers…But what about now? While you’ve been enjoying peace, I’ve continued to train.”

Chapter: 427 (DBZ 233), P12.2-6
Context: after Gohan and Goten spar a little bit
Goten: “But you really are amazing, big brother! I couldn’t even hit you once.”
Gohan: “You’re very gifted at grappling too, Goten! You really surprised me! I hadn’t known you were that good! If you train well, maybe you’ll be able to enter the Tenkaichi Budoukai too!”
Goten: “Really!? But Trunks is even stronger than me. We play-fight together!”
Gohan: “Really!? That’s how you guys have been playing?...*thinking* If I’m not careful, I’ll be outstripped…by these little squirts…”

Chapter: 429 (DBZ 235), P11.3-4
Context: Videl talks about her father
Videl: “He says I can’t date any boy unless they’re stronger than he is! Even though he knows there couldn’t be any boy like that. He’s the world champion…Well, you’re on the right track Gohan, but you’re still not quite a match for papa.”

Chapter: 443 (DBZ 249), P9.1-3
Context: as Gohan prepares to fight Kibito
Gohan: “Man, this is a predicament. Bulma told me that if people found out my true power, there'd be a big commotion and it'd become hard for me to go to school anywhere. That's why I disguised myself, but...He doesn’t seem like an opponent that I can beat while suitably covering up [my true power].”
Note: That last sentence is one of those that’s kinda hard to translate literally. “Covering up” (gomakasu) is in the sense of faking it or deceiving someone, not simply in the sense of wearing a disguise, and in context he's almost certainly talking about covering up his true power (since that's what he mentions disguising himself in order to prevent people from finding out about). So essentially, Gohan doesn’t think he can win while still covering up his actual power. Hence Viz’s ‘by accident’ being in quotation marks: they mean the sort of thing Shen did, hiding his power by making it look like he won by pure accident. So I can see what Viz was going for with their translation, but I think it is kinda confusing.

Chapter: 443 (DBZ 249), P11.1-2
Context: while Gohan’s still in his regular form during his match with Kibito
Yamu: “How are they?...”
Spopovitch (checking energy meter): “No, it’s not them. Their energy is low…”

---Super Saiyan--- [#BO1#GOH#SSJ]

Chapter: 421 (DBZ 227), P12.3
Context: talking about the ‘golden warrior’
Random guy: “He had absolutely incredible speed and power…! He knocked over the fleeing robbers’ car from a distance with a…what would you call it?...It looked like a kiai…”

Chapter: 443 (DBZ 249), P9.4
Kibito: “Become that ‘Super Saiyan’ thing! I want to test you to see if you really will be able to help us.”

---Super Saiyan 2--- [#BO1#GOH#SS2]

Chapter: 444 (DBZ 250), P3.2
Context: before Gohan becomes a Super Saiyan 2
Gohan: “Well then, I’ll become one, just like you want, though I don’t know why…To top it off, should I go so far as to become a Super Saiyan that has surpassed the Super Saiyan wall?”

Chapter: 444 (DBZ 250), P6.3-5
Context: after Gohan becomes a Super Saiyan 2
Spopovitch: “He-hey, look at this…”
*the energy meter spins around*
Yamu: “Stupendous energy…! It’s him!”

Chapter: 444 (DBZ 250), P7.1-4
Gohan: “Well, I’ve become a Super Saiyan. Now what? Is it alright if I fight like this?”
Kibito: “…Wh-what tremendous power…I can’t believe he’s a being of the lower world!”
Vegeta: “…Hmph…That bastard, he was far, far better when he killed Cell. It’s because he slacked off in his training during peacetime…”
Kaioshin: “…No, even so this is magnificent energy, more so than I imagined…I wonder if I’ll be able to stop this power…”
Goku: “…Stop it?”

12. Son Goku [#BO1#GOK]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#BO1#GOK#REG]

Chapter: 426 (DBZ 232), P7.2-3
Context: after Goku says he’ll enter the tournament
Vegeta: “I’m looking forward to this. You’d better brace yourself. I’ve improved quite a lot.”
Goku: “Me too, Vegeta.”

Chapter: 428 (DBZ 234), P7.1-3
Context: South Kaio watches Goku train with some weights
South Kaio: “So he’s Son Goku, huh? The one said to have the #1 or #2 power in the North Area…Fufufufun…How much are those weights he’s wearing?”
North Kaio: “Oh, they’re not much. Each one is just 2 tons.”
South Kaio: “Tw-2 tons…?!”

Chapter: 428 (DBZ 234), P7.5
South Kaio: “In my South Area, there’s an amazingly strong guy called Papoi! Compared to him, a guy like [Goku] is noo—oothing special!”
Note: South Kaio seems to change his mind after seeing Goku as a Super Saiyan, of course.

Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P2.2
Trunks: “Wasn’t he supposed to be incredible? He doesn’t look it though…My dad seems stronger.”
Goten: “…But my big brother said our father was the best in the universe.”

Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P14.9
Context: Goku’s punch machine score
Referee guy: “…Number 86, one hun…186 points.”

---Super Saiyan--- [#BO1#GOK#SSJ]

Chapter: 428 (DBZ 234), P8.5-7, P9.1, P10.1-2
Context: after Kaio asks to change Goku’s weights to 10 tons
Goku: “10 tons!? I dunno, that might be a little too much even for me…I wouldn’t be able to move.”
[ ]
North Kaio: “You can become a Super Saiyan”
Goku: “Ah, well then it’s perfectly alright!”
[ ]
South Kaio: “Te-10 tons! That comes to 40 tons of weights in total! Is this really OK?”
[ ]
*Goku becomes a Super Saiyan*
Goku: “It’s easy, easy!”
South Kaio: “…”

13. Son Goten [#BO1#GOT]
Chapter: 427 (DBZ 233), P7.2-3
Context: after Goten becomes a Super Saiyan
Gohan: “Go-Goten…Since when have you…?”
Goten: “Mmmm…I forgot.”
Gohan: “Un-unbelievable…Even your dead father and I suffered a lot to become Super Saiyans…”

Chapter: 427 (DBZ 233), P7.5
Gohan: “Well then, how about trying some kumite with me? Do you know what kumite is?”
Goten: “Yeah! While you’ve been studying, mom taught me a lot.”

Chapter: 427 (DBZ 233), P10.4-5
Gohan: “Wh-what, you…Don’t tell me you can’t fly? Even though you can become a Super Saiyan…”
Goten: “I can’t fly…”

Chapter: 427 (DBZ 233), P12.3-6
Context: after Gohan and Goten spar a little bit
Gohan: “You’re very gifted at grappling too, Goten! You really surprised me! I hadn’t known you were that good! If you train well, maybe you’ll be able to enter the Tenkaichi Budoukai too!”
Goten: “Really!? But Trunks is even stronger than me. We play-fight together!”
Gohan: “Really!? That’s how you guys have been playing?...*thinking* If I’m not careful, I’ll be outstripped…by these little squirts…”

Chapter: 429 (DBZ 235), P8.7
Context: after Vegeta asks Trunks if he’s stronger than Goten
Trunks: “I’m just a little bit stronger. Goten’s 1 year younger, and he still can’t fly.”

Chapter: 433 (DBZ 239), P4.1
Context: after Goten easily outclasses him
Ikose: “Fu…fufun…Looks like you’re a li-little bit capable…”

Chapter: 433 (DBZ 239), P6.1
Context: as Goten and Trunks are about to fight in the youth division
Announcer: “Both have won through overwhelming strength so far!”

Chapter: 433 (DBZ 239), P8.3-4
Trunks: “I’ll tell you upfront that I won’t hold back Goten…”
Goten: "Yeah…me neither.“

Chapter: 433 (DBZ 239), P15.4
Context: after Goten and Trunks fight for awhile
Goku: “Little-bitty Trunks and Goten are both pretty good, ain’t they?”

Chapter: 434 (DBZ 240), P2.2-3
Trunks: "You’re pretty good. I’m impressed that you managed to improve this much in such a short time.
Goten: "Hehehe…My big brother taught me a lot!"

Chapter: 434 (DBZ 240), P5.6
Context: before firing the “Kamekameha”, after Trunks fires his ki blast
Goten: “I can do that too! Though I just learned it.”

Chapter: 434 (DBZ 240), P7.3
Context: after Goten’s Kamekameha grazes the tournament building
Goku: “That was close. He still can’t control it…!”

14. Spopovitch [#BO1#SPO]
Chapter: 439 (DBZ 245), P13.3
Announcer: “[Videl’s] opponent, Contestant Spopovitch, lost in the first round of the last tournament, but has undergone an image change and is challenging once again!”

Chapter: 440 (DBZ 246), P2.4
Sharpener: “Ha, Videl will beat that guy easily.”

Chapter: 441 (DBZ 247), P4.4
Context: as Videl fights Spopovitch
Goku: “Like I thought, that Spopovitch guy is weird…He seems too fine, despite the fact that he should have taken so much damage, and I can’t sense any life from him…”
Note: ‘life’, in this case is seiki, written with the kanji for ‘life’ and ‘ki’.

Chapter: 441 (DBZ 247), P12.2-5
Kuririn: “Th-that bastard, he [fired] a ki wave…though it didn’t have that much ki power…!”
Vegeta: “No…He’d lose if he killed her. He purposefully fired a weak one…”
Goku: “…It seems like he has power far surpassing his own abilities…I don’t get it…What’s going on?...”

15. Tenkaichi Budoukai participants, in general [#BO1#15]
Chapter: 425 (DBZ 231), P12.4
Context: talking about the Tenkaichi Budoukai, and having Gohan enter
Videl: “Well then, that settles it! Everyone looks weak, so I was wanting a worthy opponent!”

Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P6.6
Announcer: “Frankly, the Tenkaichi Budoukai which you guys didn’t attend [the 24th] was really boring. It was at such a low level…”
Note: most of the finalists in the 25th TB (besides Goku and co., plus Kaioshin and Kibito) were also finalists at the 24th

Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P12.6, P13.1-3
Context: random contestants' punch machine scores
Referee guy: “Number 6, 97 points!” “Number 75, 61 points!” “Oh, this is an amazing score! Number 76 got 112 points! Number 77, 92 points! That’s good too!”
Note: Satan’s record score was 139 (he only scores 137 this time around).

Chapter: 432 (DBZ 238), P1.5
Context: after Vegeta breaks the punch machine
Random contestant: “I-If a guy like that is going to participate, then I’m going home…”

Chapter: 432 (DBZ 238), P2.1
Context: talking about Goku and co.’s punch machine scores
Videl: “…They all got numbers around 200…Even though the high score since way back has been my father’s record of 139…”

Chapter: 432 (DBZ 238), P14.6
Context: after Trunks beats Idasa in the tournament youth division
Kuririn: “Man…looks like this is going to be pretty boring until Trunks and Goten fight…”

Chapter: 438 (DBZ 244), P3.4
Context: Goku looks at Kaioshin and Kibito
Goku: “Doesn’t look like there’s anyone significant besides those two…”

16. Trunks [#BO1#TRU]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#BO1#TRU#REG]

Chapter: 423 (DBZ 229), P2.4
Context: Bulma talks to Gohan about Trunks
Bulma: “[Vegeta] says he’s reached a good age to begin basic training, so he’s teaching him grappling. Apparently he wants to make Trunks even stronger than you.”

Chapter: 427 (DBZ 233), P12.4-6
Context: after Gohan and Goten spar a little bit
Goten: “But Trunks is even stronger than me. We play-fight together!”
Gohan: “Really!? That’s how you guys have been playing?...*thinking* If I’m not careful, I’ll be outstripped…by these little squirts…”

Chapter: 429 (DBZ 235), P8.7
Context: after Vegeta asks Trunks if he’s stronger than Goten
Trunks: “I’m just a little bit stronger. Goten’s 1 year young, and he still can’t fly.”

Chapter: 430 (DBZ 236), P6.5-6
Context: after Gohan asks that nobody becomes a Super Saiyan in the tournament
Vegeta: “…Well, I guess that’s fine. If nobody becomes a Super Saiyan, then the conditions are the same. My superior position doesn’t change…”
Trunks (with Goten): “We’re fine too!”

Chapter: 430 (DBZ 236), P14.1-3
Context: after Trunks is told of the youth division
Trunks: “That’s alright! Let me fight with the adults”
Tournament guy: “Eh!? No, no. Those are the rules.”
Trunks: “Cheh!”
Kuririn: “Phew!”

Chapter: 433 (DBZ 239), P6.1
Context: as Goten and Trunks prepare to fight in the youth division finals
Announcer: “Both have won through overwhelming strength so far!”

Chapter: 433 (DBZ 239), P8.3-4
Trunks: “I’ll tell you upfront that I won’t hold back Goten…”
Goten: Yeah…me neither.“

Chapter: 433 (DBZ 239), P15.4
Context: after Goten and Trunks fight for awhile
Goku: “Little-bitty Trunks and Goten are both pretty good, ain’t they?”

Chapter: 435 (DBZ 241), P12.3
Context: after Trunks beats Goten, having promised to win without using his left hand
Goten: “Hey Trunks, that was sneaky, wasn’t it?! You became a Super Saiyan, and even used your left hand! Cheater! Cheater!”
Trunks: “Sorry, my bad…But you became a Super Saiyan earlier too, so that makes us even. And it’s not like I directly hit you with my left hand…You’re a man, you shouldn’t complain so much.”

---Super Saiyan--- [#BO1#TRU#SSJ]

Chapter: 429 (DBZ 235), P2.2, P2.5, P4.1
Context: as Vegeta and (regular) Trunks train in the gravity room
Vegeta: “Don’t overdo it, Trunks. You’d better leave the room. This 150-fold gravity is too much for you.”
[ ]
Trunks: “Y-yeah, its too tough like this…How ‘bout I become a Super Saiyan…”
*he becomes one and runs around*
Trunks: “This is a walk in the park!”

17. Vegeta [#BO1#VEG]

---regular form, and in general--- [#BO1#VEG#REG]

Chapter: 426 (DBZ 232), P4.2-3
Context: Vegeta talks to Gohan
Vegeta: “At that time there was a large gap between our powers…But what about now? While you’ve been enjoying peace, I’ve continued to train.”
Bulma: “That’s right! He doesn’t work one bit! Just like your father! I guess Saiyans just don’t work.”
Note: "that time" was the Cell Games, presumably.

Chapter: 426 (DBZ 232), P7.2-3
Context: after Goku says he’ll enter the tournament
Vegeta: “I’m looking forward to this. You’d better brace yourself. I’ve improved quite a lot.”
Goku: “Me too, Vegeta.”

Chapter: 430 (DBZ 236), P6.5-6
Context: after Gohan asks that nobody becomes a Super Saiyan in the tournament
Vegeta: “…Well, I guess that’s fine. If nobody becomes a Super Saiyan, then the conditions are the same. My superior position doesn’t change…”

Chapter: 431 (DBZ 237), P2.2
Context: talking about Goku
Trunks: “Wasn’t he supposed to be incredible? He doesn’t look it though…My dad seems stronger.”
Goten: “…But my big brother said our father was the best in the universe.”

Chapter: 432 (DBZ 238), P1.5
Context: after Vegeta breaks the punch machine
Random contestant: “I-If a guy like that is going to participate, then I’m going home…”

Chapter: 438 (DBZ 244), P10.3
Context: after Goku and Vegeta are scheduled to fight in the tournament's first round
Vegeta: “I’ve done it! I’m going up against Kakarot…! I’ve waited…How I’ve been waiting for this time! For the day I am victorious over Kakarot…!”

---Super Saiyan--- [#BO1#VEG#SSJ]

Chapter: 429 (DBZ 235), P5.4-5
Context: after Vegeta tells Trunks to spar with him
Trunks: “There wouldn’t be any point, no matter how I tried. You’re too strong, father.”
Vegeta: “Just come at me. How about this? If you can land just one blow on my face, I’ll take you to the amusement park.”

18. Videl [#BO1#VID]
Chapter: 424 (DBZ 230), P6.3-4
Context: after Videl goes off to fight robbers and Gohan is worried
Sharpener: “Don’t you underestimate Videl. She’s a whole lot stronger than I am. Her true strength rivals Mister Satan…”
Gohan: “Her strength rivals Mi-Mister Satan...Sh-she’s in danger, isn’t she…!?”

Chapter: 424 (DBZ 230), P11.2-3
Context: as big robber guy goes to fight Videl
Little robber: “Don’t let your guard down! She’s supposed to be quite strong.”
Big robber: “You idiot! Nobody’s stronger than me. I could even beat Mister Satan.”
Note: Videl beats this guy up, of course

Chapter: 424 (DBZ 230), P14.2
Context: as Videl easily beats up the big robber
Gohan: “Heh~~This is surprising! She really is pretty strong…She might just be stronger than Mister Satan.”

Chapter: 425 (DBZ 231), P12.4
Context: talking about the Tenkaichi Budoukai, and having Gohan enter
Videl: “Well then, that settles it! Everyone looks weak, so I was wanting a worthy opponent!”

Chapter: 428 (DBZ 234), P4.8, P5.1-2
Context: as Videl learns to control ki
Gohan: “That’s it, that’s it! That’s what ki is. I figured you’d catch on pretty fast Videl, since you practice martial arts.”
Videl: “Hah! Hey, can I fly yet?!”
Gohan: “Eh? That’s still no use. You’ve got to become able to freely control your ki.”

Chapter: 429 (DBZ 235), P11.6-8
Gohan: “Hey…do you have matches with your father a lot?”
Videl: “Matches? There’s no way I could, he’s the world champion! Lately he won’t even give me lessons. I teach myself.”
Gohan: “I knew it…Videl hasn’t realized that she’s already gotten stronger than Mister Satan…”

Chapter: 429 (DBZ 235), P13.6-7
Gohan narrating: “As expected, Videl was no ordinary person, and in about 10 days had become able to fly quite freely. This allowed me and Goten to finally start basic training on our own…”

Chapter: 440 (DBZ 246), P2.4
Context: : as Videl is about to fight Spopovitch
Sharpener: “Ha, Videl will beat that guy easily.”

Chapter: 440 (DBZ 246), P9.2
Context: as Videl fights Spopovitch
Goku: “How is she?”
Kuririn: “She’s good!”
Gohan: “Yeah, her abilities are completely above him. Her techniques keep connecting.”

Chapter: 442 (DBZ 248), 11.8
Context: after Satan learns Videl lost
Mister Satan: “Th-that’s impossible…! Videl should be the next strongest in the world, after me…!”

[Herms]

XVII: Boo section part 2: Babidi and Boo [#BO2#STA]
Chapters 445-484 (DBZ 251-290)

1. Android No.18 [#BO2#A18]
Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P12.3
Trunks: “Don’t let your guard down, Goten…I heard that Kuririn’s wife was stronger than our papas a long time ago…”
Goten: “Ye-yeah, I know…!”

Chapter: 453 (DBZ 259), P9.2-7
Context: as Trunks and Goten fight No.18 in their Mighty Mask costume
No.18: “…He really is a weird bastard…His arms and legs are extremely small for his body…And he’s so unusually strong…”
*they become Super Saiyans*
No.18: “!!”
Trunks: “Either way, we’re at a disadvantage in this getup, so we’ve got no choice but to settle this with a kiai cannon!”
Goten: “Eh! But will she be alright?...”
Trunks: “Don’t worry, she won’t die if we do it appropriately. She’s No.18…”

Chapter: 453 (DBZ 259), P10.1-2
Context: as Trunks turns Super Saiyan and prepares to fire a ki blast at No.18
No.18: “…I see…Super Saiyan, huh?...I finally know your identity, boys…”
Goten: “Don’t do it at full force!”
Trunks: “I know, I know!”

2. Babidi [#BO2#BBD]
Chapter: 446 (DBZ 252), P1.5
Goku: “Is he strong?...”
Kaioshin: “He uses troublesome magic, but his power itself shouldn’t be anything special. His father Bibidi was like that…”

Chapter: 447 (DBZ 253), P4.3
Kaioshin: “…He really is completely powerless, but he uses fearsome magic, so you absolutely must not make light of him…He’s good enough to make even Dabra into his underling”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P3.3
Context: after Dabra says he can defeat Gohan
Babidi: “That’s how it is, Kaioshin…I won’t be done in like my papa was. My magic power is definitely greater than his, and I’ve got Dabra with me too…”

3. Boo, Majin (innocent) [#BO2#BOO]
Chapter: 445 (DBZ 251), P13.3-5
Kaioshin: “Long ago, about when humanity on Earth had just begun to walk on 2 legs…In the depths of space, there was an extremely evil wizard called “Bibidi”…One day, by chance Bibidi happened to create a terrible monster…An extraordinarily terrifying majin called “Boo”…Majin Boo had neither reason nor emotions, and devoted himself to nothing but destruction and slaughter…A monster born only to inspire fear in living things…In just a few years, hundreds of planets were transformed into dead worlds…”

Chapter: 445 (DBZ 251), P15.2-3
Kibito: “After sealing up Majin Boo, Bibidi sent him to Earth here, to make it his next target…Lord Kaioshin had been waiting for this chance, and he managed to kill Bibidi before he could remove the seal…The ball in which Majin Boo was sealed was left as it was, and not destroyed…This was because we thought it best not to give it any unnecessary stimuli. What’s more, only the wizard Bibibi was capable of removing the seal. ”

Chapter: 448 (DBZ 254), P11.4
Context: explaining that Majin Boo will wake up if they damage Babidi's ship
Kaioshin: “…Even if his energy still isn’t complete…Regardless, he should still have enough destructive power to kill us and destroy the Earth in a short time…”

Chapter: 460 (DBZ 266), P3.4
Kaioshin (talking to Gohan): “We definitely can’t win against Majin Boo…! Not even you guys can…! It doesn’t matter who; there doesn’t exist anyone capable of defeating him! If we stay here, there’s no doubt that we’ll be killed!”

Chapter: 460 (DBZ 266), P10.6
Context: before the smoke forms into Boo
Gohan: “…N-no…A stupendous ki…A stupendous ki has swelled up…Th-this…”

Chapter: 461 (DBZ 267), P3.5-7
Context: after Kaioshin says they must run from Boo
Gohan: “…Is that so?...He really does have tremendous ki, but…It doesn’t seem like so much so that there’s nothing I can do…[ ] …If I can only put out all of my true power…”

Chapter: 461 (DBZ 267), P4.6, P5.4-6
Goku: “It’s a ki…! A huge ki has appeared…! Majin Boo has finally come out…”
Vegeta: “Fuffuffuh…Majin Boo, huh?...Here I was wondering what kind of amazing guy he would be, and he’s got this kind of battle power number?...I thought so…Kakarot, you and I have now become too strong…By a wide margin! By his nature, Kaioshin is supposed to be someone tremendous, but have you ever once thought that he was incredible? Quite the opposite, it's Kaioshin who’s been bewildered…Majin Boo is fearsome from Kaioshin’s perspective, but from ours he’s not so much…”
Goku: “N-no…That’s not it…There’s something abnormal about this ki...”

Chapter: 461 (DBZ 267), P7.6
Dabra: “I don’t know why, but it seems we failed…I thought [Boo] had finally appeared, but it’s just some stupid-looking raw garbage, without brains or power…”

Chapter: 461 (DBZ 267), P9.1-2
Gohan: “Looks like Majin Boo’s a failure, Kaioshin!”
Kaioshin: “A failure? …That is Majin Boo…”

Chapter: 462 (DBZ 268), P1.2-4, P2.5
Context: after Boo beats Dabra
Gohan: “It-it rose…Majin Boo’s ki rose explosively…He’s str-strong…Too strong…This is unbelievable…”
Trunks: “…What the…!? This time I feel an incredible ki over there too…What’s going on?...”
[ ]
Goku (talking to Vegeta): “…It changed into an outrageous ki…So Majin Boo really isn’t anyone ordinary after all…This ain’t no time to be doing this kinda thing…! We’re the ones who let this monster out…”

Chapter: 462 (DBZ 268), P4.3
Context: Vegeta says he'll help Goku fight Boo
Goku: “We’ll definitely be able to defeat Majin Boo if we all do it together.”

Chapter: 462 (DBZ 268), P9.2, P11.3
Context: as Gohan and Kaioshin flee from Boo
Gohan: “It’s alright! I’m confident in my speed!”
*Boo quickly catches up to them*
Gohan: “…! Th-that can’t be…!”

Chapter: 463 (DBZ 269), P5.7
Context: after Gohan kicks Boo
Gohan: “Wh-what a guy…That didn’t affect him at all…”

Chapter: 464 (DBZ 270), P7.1-2
Context: Piccolo wants to go rescue Kaioshin from Boo
Kuririn: “…Control yourself…I know how you feel, but you’ve got to control yourself…! Frankly, even you aren’t any match for him…absolutely not…”
Goten: “He got pierced by a spear but was completely fine. And he turns his opponents into candy and eats them.”

Chapter: 464 (DBZ 270), P11.6
Context: after Vegeta insults Boo and he lets steam out of his head
Kuririn: “Hey…That monstrous bastard’s ki got even huger.”

Chapter: 465 (DBZ 271), P2.3-4
Context: as Vegeta fights Boo
Piccolo: “[Vegeta]’s already surpassed Super Saiyan as well…This is tremendous power…Perhaps even greater than Gohan’s when he fought Cell…But then…Even Gohan has been killed by Majin Boo…Why is Majin Boo as [strong?] as this?…”

Chapter: 465 (DBZ 271), P7.1-2
Context: after Vegeta blasts a hole through Boo’s chest
Boo: “That hurt…a little bit…hehehe…”
Vegeta: “…Are you immortal?...”

Chapter: 466 (DBZ 272), P1.3
Context: after Boo’s big attack makes a crater
Vegeta: “…Wh-what the?...Ridiculous; he’s st-strong, and to top it off immortal too…Damn it all…”

Chapter: 466 (DBZ 272), P2.3
Piccolo: “Even Ve-Vegeta absolutely can’t scratch that thing…”

Chapter: 467 (DBZ 273), P1.2-3
Trunks: “N-no! We’ll fight too! You’ll be killed on your own, papa! We’ll definitely be able to defeat him if we 3 do it together!”
Vegeta: “It’s no use…No matter how many of us go at him…Not if we fight in the ordinary way…”

Chapter: 469 (DBZ 275), P5.1
Piccolo: “Just as Kaioshin feared, Majin Boo’s strength surpasses our imagination…If we leave him alone like this, then without a doubt all life on not merely the Earth, but throughout the entire universe will be wiped out…”

Chapter: 469 (DBZ 275), P5.6-7
Goku: “Damn it! If either Vegeta or Gohan were alive, maybe we could have managed something…”
Piccolo: “…No, it probably wouldn’t matter how many people went at him…He wasn’t at that level…”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P10.7
Context: after Goten and Trunks question Goku’s power and Piccolo gets mad
Goku: “It’s alright, Piccolo…I really am weak. It don’t look like I can beat Majin Boo, not even a little bit.”

Chapter: 473 (DBZ 279), P8.3
Context: Goku confronts Babidi
Goku: “…Me and Vegeta both underestimated you too much…We never thought that Majin Boo would be so incredible.”

Chapter: 474 (DBZ 280), P13.3
Context: after Boo and Goku fight for awhile
Goku: “So he hardly took any damage?…And that just now was Vegeta’s technique…That bastard…Seems he can absorb his opponent’s techniques just by fighting them a little bit…”

Chapter: 475 (DBZ 281), P8.3
Context: after Goku deflects Boo’s Kamehameha and it hits the Earth
Babidi: “That just now destroyed a tenth of the Earth, didn’t it!? You’re a terrible champion of justice!”

Chapter: 475 (DBZ 281), P8.4
Context: after Boo fires a Kamehameha
Goku: “It figures. I’m surprised. You always have a dumb look on your face, but you’re a genius. To think that you can instantly see through your opponents’ techniques and make them your own.”

Chapter: 476 (DBZ 282), P9.3
Piccolo: “If that bastard felt like it, he could wipe out the entire Earth, up here included, in the blink of an eye…!”
Goku: “It’s alright, I don’t think he’ll take out the Earth. After all, I told him that in 2 days, someone stronger than me would fight him, and he seemed happy…”

Chapter: 476 (DBZ 282), P10.5-8
Piccolo: “Goku…There’s something I want to ask you while I’ve got the chance…[ ] …That Super Saiyan 3 thing earlier…if you had gone all-out, wouldn’t you have been able to defeat Majin Boo?...How about it, am I wrong?”
Goku: “Nah, I don’t know…When it comes to Majin Boo’s strength, it’s like a lie…I think that I probably couldn’t have won…”

4. Dabra [#BO2#DAB]
Chapter: 447 (DBZ 253), P3.2-4
Goku: “Is he amazing?...”
Kaioshin: “Of course…He’s the king of the Dark Demon Realm, after all…One of you people is probably the #1 in this world, but in the other world, the world of demons, Dabra is absolutely on top…”
Kuririn: “Th-the king of the Demon Realm, you say?...There’s a world like that?...S-so he’s probably an incredibly dangerous opponent, right…!?”

Chapter: 447 (DBZ 253), P5.1-3
Kaioshin: “At any rate, it was a big miscalculation that Dabra is here. A combo of Babidi and Dabra…”
Vegeta: “Are you trying to say that our chances of victory have fallen considerably?”
Kaioshin: “…”

Chapter: 448 (DBZ 254), P6.1-4
Context: after Kuririn and Piccolo are turned to stone
Goku: “Well then, is there any way to return them to normal?!”
Kaioshin: “Th…that’s [impossible]…As long as Dabra doesn’t die…”
Goku: “Well then, there is a way, ain’t there? A simple way like that…!”
Kaioshin: “Huh!?”

Chapter: 450 (DBZ 256), P2.5, P3.1-4
Context: after Kaioshin again warns against unleashing Boo
Vegeta: “Hmph…The way things are going, this ‘Majin Boo’ guy isn’t going to be anything special, is he? Just like that ‘Dabra’ jerk…[ ] I’m saying that this ‘Dabra’ guy doesn’t seem as bad as you two feared. Looking at his attacks and movement outside earlier, it seems that if we just watch out for his spit, then we should manage something. I can’t call Kibito anything but a bumbler for getting done-in like that…”
Kaioshin: “…Is-is that true, Son Goku?...”
Goku: “Yeah…Well, even if that wasn’t him at full force…I think that before he would have been a frightening opponent, but…7 years ago there was a guy called ‘Cell’…[Dabra]’s probably about as strong as him…”

Chapter: 451 (DBZ 257), P12.1-2
Context: Babidi is concerned now that Goku and co. have defeated even Yakon.
Dabra: “…Alright then, I know what to do…I shall take away your anxiety, Lord Babidi…I shall personally go to Stage 3. Then in the blink of an eye I shall fill Majin Boo’s ball with their energy, you’ll see.”

Chapter: 451 (DBZ 257), P12.3-4
Context: after Dabra says he’ll fight on Stage 3
Babidi: “Da-Dabra…if yo-you get done in, I’ll be finished…Do you have a chance of winning?...”
Dabra: “A chance of winning?...Fuffuffuh…I’m Dabra, king of the Demon Realm…There doesn’t exist anyone in the entire world who exceeds my power…”

Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P2.4
Context: as he confronts Goku and co.
Dabra: “...It’s quite impressive that you humans managed to defeat Yakon and come as far as Stage 3. I could even call it miraculous…However, this will be as far as you go. You’ve got me as an opponent now…”

Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P3.1-2
Vegeta: “Hmph…Seems Babidi is really panicking, if you, his #1 man are already making your appearance…”
Dabra: “Hmph…Let’s end the pointless blather there and have all of you come at me, at once.”

Chapter: 455 (DBZ 261), P6.1-2
Context: as Dabra fights Gohan
Goku: “Magic, huh? He’s way stronger than I thought, ain’t he?”
Vegeta: “Hmph…Even so, he’s not an opponent [he? we?] can’t win against. [Gohan]’s so pathetic…So much so that he was stronger as a brat…”
Goku: “He really did slack off!”

Chapter: 455 (DBZ 261), P10.5-6
Context: as Gohan fights Dabra
Vegeta: “Damn it…this is pissing me off! Alright, I’ll finish this!”
Goku: “Don’t, Vegeta! Let [Gohan] do it. It ain’t like he’s completely losing.”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P3.1
Dabra: “Even if Kaioshin comes, he can’t do anything as long as I’m here…”

Chapter: 459 (DBZ 265), P2.2-3
Badidi: “How about it, Dabra? Just to be sure, do you have confidence that you can defeat that Earthling [Gohan]?”
Dabra: “Naturally. I fought him a little bit before, after all. There’s no doubt that I can take care of trash like that.”

5. Elder Kaioshin and his power-up [#BO2#EKS]
Chapter: 479 (DBZ 285), P6.5, P7.2, P8.2-3
Elder Kaioshin: “That’s ri~~~ight. Lo~~~ong, lo~~~ong ago, there was this ridiculously strong and ba~~~ad dude. Well, not as much as this Majin Boo guy now, but still~~~. He did it, he se~~~ealed me away inside that sword. Me here. He was freaked out by how fearsome I am. Yep, sure wa~~~as.”
Goku: “…He don’t look like that amazin’ an old-timer…I’ll test him out a bit.”
*Goku blasts Elder Kaioshin, who gets really hurt*
Goku: “…Like I thought, he’s just an old blowhard…”
Elder Kaioshin: “It-it wasn’t my power that my enemy was freaked out by…! It was my ferocious ‘ability’!”

Chapter: 479 (DBZ 285), P10.1-5
Context: Elder Kaioshin explains his ‘ability’
Elder Kaioshin: “With my psychic powers, I can take the hidden power which anyone has, no matter how amazing a master they may be, and draw it wa~~ay, wa~~ay out above their limits. Ehehehehe…Have you ever heard of an ability like that?”
Kaioshin and Kibito: “Oooh!”
Goku: “Wh-what?...Ain’t that the kind of ability you hear about fairly often?”
Elder Kaioshin: “Wh-what are you talking about…?! Above their limits! Above! There de~~efinitely isn’t anyone else that incredible! [ ] Hey, you over there, you were the one who pulled the sword out, right? Come over here a little. If someone could pull that sword out and swing it around, then once I get through with them they’ll de~~efinitely be able to become the best in the universe.”

6. Fusion [#BO2#FUS]
Chapter: 469 (DBZ 275), P6.1-7
Context: after Goku laments that Gohan and Vegeta are dead
Goku: “I coulda used Fusion…”
Dende: “Fusion…! Merging together, right? That’s the specialty art of the people of Planet Metamor!”
Goku: “So you know about it, Dende…! That’s right, some people from Metamor who I met in the afterlife taught me that art…It’s a merging technique which can only be performed if two people are fairly close in both power and body size…In other words, by having two people merge into one, they’re able to become a single, new human with amazing power which either of them on their own absolutely wouldn’t be capable of. It really is incredible! Those two from Metamor were completely weak and gentle on their own, but by using Fusion they transformed into a substantial warrior! [ ] …I was just taught the art, but I ain’t never tested it out…There wasn’t anybody on par with me in the afterlife…”

Chapter: 469 (DBZ 275), P7.1
Goku: “To top it off, it took me about 1 week to learn the art…”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P9.4
Context: after explaining that Fusion lasts 30 minutes
Goku: “With these two [Goten and Trunks], if they just manage to perform Fusion successfully, I think they’ll definitely be able to defeat [Boo] within 30 minutes. Fusion is just that extreme.”

Chapter: 477 (DBZ 283), P11.8
Context: Chi-Chi thinks Goten will get killed by Boo
Goku: “Don’t worry. If he perfects the technique he’s trying now, he definitely ain’t gonna lose.”

7. Gotenks [#BO2#GTK]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#BO2#GTK#REG]

Chapter: 480 (DBZ 286), P11.1
Context: after Gotenks is formed successfully for the first time
Kame-sennin: “Wh-what a storm of ki…! They did it! It’s a success!”

Chapter: 480 (DBZ 286), P11.4-5
Context: after Piccolo says to try Fusion again, as Super Saiyans
Gotenks: “Hehhehheh…Aren’t you underestimating me? Like this, I’m more than enough to defeat Majin Boo.”
Piccolo: “Yo-you idiot! What are you saying?! You don’t know anything about Majin Boo’s fearsomeness! No matter how incredible you may be, at that level there’s still absolutely no way you’d be able to win!”

Chapter: 480 (DBZ 286), P12.5
Context: After Gotenks takes off, saying he'll beat Boo
Kuririn: “He-he’s pretty haughty, but just maybe he re-really will be able to take care of [Boo]…”
Yamcha: “Ye-yeah…He sure seemed pretty confident…”

Chapter: 480 (DBZ 286), P13.2-3
Context: after Gotenks returns from fighting Boo
Gotenks: “I got the tar beaten out of me…”
Piccolo: “Alright, your fight with Majin Boo is 1 day from now! Until then, train as much as you can! If you get even a little bit stronger, it will be more effective when you perform Fusion. Got that, you miserable little punks?!”

---Super Saiyan--- [#BO2#GTK#SSJ]

Chapter: 482 (DBZ 288), P7.2-3
Context: after Super Saiyan Gotenks forms for the first time
Piccolo: “…Yeah…Your ki really is absolutely incredible, but how about your movement?...Show me a little.”
Gotenks: “Is that alright? If I show you here, the house might break. I’ll do it on the ground.”

Chapter: 482 (DBZ 288), P9.3-8
Context: Piccolo finally catches up to Gotenks
Gotenks: “You’re slow. So you finally got here? Besides circling around the Earth several times, I even took a little afternoon nap. [ ] Fuffuffuh…So you can’t tell just from my speed just now? My super-duper incredible power…! …Which is to say that the test is over, and I’m going to go take care of that annoying Majin Boo right away…”
*Gotenks takes off*
Piccolo: “H-hey, you idiot! Kuh…! Wh-what a shithead…H-he already has only 1 minute left that he can stay merged. That dimwhit…!”

8. Jewel [#BO2#JEW]
Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P8.4
Announcer: “Finally, and quite popular with the ladies, there’s Contestant Jewel, who lost to Mister Satan after a close match in the finals of the last tournament!”

9. Kaioshin (East Kaioshin) [#BO2#KAI]
Chapter: 445 (DBZ 251), P12.3-5, P13.1
Context: after Goku and co. join up with Kaioshin
Kaioshin: “So you did come. This will be a great help. I might not have been able to win without your power.”
Goku: “…You couldn’t win…against those two [Spopovitch and Yamu]?”
Kaioshin: “No…Those two are just being used…by a sly wizard…”

Chapter: 445 (DBZ 251), P14.1-5
Context: after hearing that Boo destroyed hundreds of planets
Vegeta (thinking to himself): “Hmph…Even we Saiyans could do a thing like that…”
Kaioshin: “No, Vegeta. At the time, there were 5 Kaioshins. Any one of them was good enough to defeat someone of Freeza’s level in a single blow…Out of those Kaioshins, 4 were killed by Majin Boo.”
Goku: “Hieeh! A-amazin’…”
Vegeta: “Th-that bastard…So he can even read minds, huh?”

Chapter: 450 (DBZ 256), P2.5, P3.5
Context: after Vegeta and Goku talk about Dabra not being that great
Kaioshin: “Un-unbelievable. Is this ‘Super Saiyan’ thing really this great?...Come to think of it, it was quite hard to stop Son Gohan from moving after he became a Super Saiyan…And even that might not have been his full power…”

Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P1.4-5
Context: after Goku kills Yakon
Kaioshin: “S-so that’s why these 3 have such composure...In a pinch, they can put forth tremendous power, like Son Goku displayed momentarily…Wh…what a completely unbelievable fact…that I, Kaioshin, should be thrown into a panic by humans of the lower world…”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P3.1
Dabra: “Even if Kaioshin comes, he can’t do anything as long as I’m here…”

Chapter: 460 (DBZ 266), P10.2-3
Context: after Boo seems to be dead on arrival
Kaioshin (to Gohan): “I’ll pin Babidi down. After that, if you can manage to defeat Dabra, then Babidi’s scheme will be completely wiped out!”

Chapter: 461 (DBZ 267), P4.6, P5.5
Vegeta: “By his nature, Kaioshin is supposed to be someone tremendous, but have you ever once thought that he was incredible? Quite the opposite, it's Kaioshin who’s been bewildered…Majin Boo is fearsome from Kaioshin’s perspective, but from ours he’s not so much…”

Chapter: 479 (DBZ 285), P10.6
Context: after Gohan pulls out the Z Sword, breaks it, and Elder Kaioshin pops out
Elder Kaioshin: “Still…I thought the person who’d pull that sword out and release me would be some Kaioshin…To think that it would be an Earthling…It’s the end of the world!”
Kaioshin: “My…my sincerest apologies…”

10. Katchin Steel [#BO2#10]
Chapter: 479 (DBZ 285), P2.4
Kaioshin: “That’s Katchin Steel, said to be the hardest metal in the universe. Test it out with that.”

11. Kibito [#BO2#KIB]
Chapter: 450 (DBZ 256), P2.5, P3.3
Context: after Kaioshin again warns against unleashing Boo
Vegeta: ”I’m saying that this ‘Dabra’ guy doesn’t seem as bad as you two feared. Looking at his attacks and movement outside earlier, it seems that if we just watch out for his spit, then we should manage something. I can’t call Kibito anything but a bumbler for getting done-in like that…”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P8.4
Kibito: “A..agigigigigugugigi…!”
Note: that’s the sound of Kibito trying to pick up the Z Sword

12. Killer [#BO2#KLR]
Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P8.4
Announcer: “Then there’s Contestant Killer, who lost in the 2nd round of the last tournament!”

13. Kuririn [#BO2#KUR]
Chapter: 447 (DBZ 253), P5.5-6
Context: after seeing Babidi and Dabra
Goku: “Kuririn, you’d better go back. Things seem a lot more dangerous than we thought”
Kuririn: “Wo-would you let me do that?...haha…It-it doesn’t look like things are at a level where I’d be very useful…”

14. Mighty Mask (the real one) [#BO2#MMK]
Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P8.4
Announcer: “And Contestant Mighty Mask, who was defeated in the 1st round of the last tournament!”

15. Mister Satan [#BO2#SAT]
Announcer: “Finally, and quite popular with the ladies, there’s Contestant Jewel, who lost to Mister Satan after a close match in the finals of the last tournament!”

16. Piccolo [#BO2#PIC]
Chapter: 447 (DBZ 253), P11.4
Context: talking about how Yamu and Spopovitch were followed by Goku and co.
Babidi: “Get rid of the trash besides those 3 [Goku, Gohan, Vegeta], then return to the spaceship right away. That way, I think those 3 will fly into a rage and follow you inside for sure.”

Chapter: 464 (DBZ 270), P5.6
Piccolo: “…I’m capable of regenerating as long as my head isn’t injured…”

Chapter: 464 (DBZ 270), P7.1
Context: Piccolo wants to go rescue Kaioshin from Boo
Kuririn: “…Control yourself…I know how you feel, but you’ve got to control yourself…! Frankly, even you aren’t any match for him…absolutely not…”

17. Pui-Pui [#BO2#PUI]
Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P3.1
Context: talking about taking energy from Goku and co.
Babidi: “Hehhehheh…That’s why I summoned them here. I wonder if Pui-Pui’s finished all 3 off by now? ”

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P4.6
Context: talking about facing Vegeta alone.
Pui-Pui: “Fuhihihihi…Lord Babidi told me to be careful since these guys have strong energy, but it looks like they’re just a bunch of morons…”
Note: Pui-Pui was told to be careful about the Saiyans, implying, that what Dabra and Babidi felt from them would be enough to make it a difficult fight for Pui-Pui, if he wasn't careful.

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P5.2
Kaioshin: “You mustn’t underestimate your opponent! Babidi gathers only strong warriors from everywhere and makes them his allies!”

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P9.5
Context: Being surprised at Pui-Pui getting beat up by Vegeta so easily.
Babidi: “Hey, where’s a place that Pui-Pui would be at his best in?”
Dabra: “The high-gravity Planet Zun!”
Note: in Viz this line is changed so that Babidi says Pui-Pui was the champion of Planet Zun.

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P11.2-3
Context: after he and Vegeta are teleported to Planet Zun
Pui-Pui: “Haah, haah, this is it for you! Th-the gravity here is 10 times that of Earth…! I was raised here!”

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P13.1
Context: after killing Pui-Pui
Vegeta: “That creep Babidi sent me a worthless opponent…”

18. Son Gohan [#BO2#GOH]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#BO2#GOH#REG]

Chapter: 445 (DBZ 251), P8.1
Context: as Kibito revives Gohan
Kibito: “Um…! He still hasn’t reached full power…This is bottomless power…At any rate, to think that there would be a human who moved with such gigantic, pure energy…This is why they wanted it…”

Chapter: 447 (DBZ 253), P11.1-3
Context: talking about how Yamu and Spopovitch were followed by Goku and co.
Dabra: “Seems they’re trying to hide from us…In total…there are 7. We can’t use Kaioshin and Kibito’s energy…But 3 of them seem to have marvelous energy…”
Babidi: “Looks like it. It seems that we’ll get more than enough energy from just those 3…Kuhihihi…To think that we’d be able to revive Majin Boo so quickly…”

Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P1.1-4
Goku: “Gohan, it’s your turn next, but have you trained properly?”
Vegeta: “Unfortunately, it seems he got carried away in peace and didn’t do any significant training. Our powers are higher than his now…Though I suppose there’s no telling what would happen if he snapped and went into a frenzy… ”
Kaioshin: “S-so that’s why these 3 have such composure...In a pinch, they can put forth tremendous power, like Son Goku displayed momentarily…”

Chapter: 455 (DBZ 261), P6.1-2
Context: as Dabra fights Gohan
Goku: “Magic, huh? [Dabra]’s way stronger than I thought, ain’t he?”
Vegeta: “Hmph…Even so, he’s not an opponent [he? we?] can’t win against. [Gohan]’s so pathetic…So much so that he was stronger as a brat…”
Goku: “He really did slack off!”

Chapter: 455 (DBZ 261), P10.5-6
Context: as Gohan fights Dabra
Vegeta: “Damn it…this is pissing me off! Alright, I’ll finish this!”
Goku: “Don’t, Vegeta! Let [Gohan] do it. It ain’t like he’s completely losing.”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P4.4-6
Goku: “Ah! Wait, Gohan. I have 2 more senzu; you should eat 1. You used up a lot of stamina earlier. [ ] Get angry, Gohan…Remember how you got angry and fought Cell, and draw out all of the power you have. If you do that, you won’t lose to anyone in the entire world! Not to anyone…

Chapter: 459 (DBZ 265), P2.2-3
Badidi: “How about it, Dabra? Just to be sure, do you have confidence that you can defeat that Earthling [Gohan]?”
Dabra: “Naturally. I fought him a little bit before, after all. There’s no doubt that I can take care of trash like that.”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P3.1-2
Context: as Gohan remembers Goku’s advice to get angry
Gohan: “I-I am angry…! I’m angry, but…[it’s not] like it was ba-back then…”

Chapter: 460 (DBZ 266), P10.2-3
Context: after Boo seems to be dead on arrival
Kaioshin: “Goku and Vegeta are probably having a roughly even fight…I’ll pin Babidi down. After that, if you can manage to defeat Dabra, then Babidi’s scheme will be completely wiped out! So then! Now’s the time to get angry, like Goku said! Get angry and show me your true power! Gohan, peace is almost at hand!”

Chapter: 461 (DBZ 267), P3.5-7
Context: after Kaioshin says they must run from Boo
Gohan: “…Is that so?...He really does have tremendous ki, but…It doesn’t seem like so much so that there’s nothing I can do…[ ] …If I can only put out all of my true power…”

Chapter: 462 (DBZ 268), P7.5
Kaioshin: “…In-in this case…If I had known that there were people like you guys, who though human greatly surpassed my power…Th-there would have been that other method too…”

Chapter: 470 (DBZ 276), P5.2-4
Context: Kaioshin says the situation isn’t completely hopeless
Kibito: “Huh…!? You can’t mean…Does this have anything to do with Son Gohan…?”
Kaioshin: “That’s right…His power is far beyond our imagination. If we took it and changed it into something even more unreal, he might be able to surpass Majin Boo…”
Kibito: “Wh-what!? That can’t be…”
Kaioshin: “You didn’t see how amazing those 3 Saiyans were, so you probably couldn’t imagine…”

Chapter: 471 (DBZ 277), P10.2-4
Kaioshin: “I want Gohan to use the Z Sword to defeat Majin Boo. Knowing him, he should definitely be able to use it.”
Kibito: “A-are you serious, Lord Kaioshin…?!! There’s no way that some human would be able to use the Z Sword!! That legendary sword which not merely myself, but numerous Kaioshins were utterly unable to handle…”
Kaioshin: “You were dead, Kibito, so you didn’t get to see Gohan here’s unbelievably tremendous power.”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P7.6
Context: after pulling out the Z Sword, Gohan doubts its power
Kibito: “What are you talking about?! That’s the strongest sword that’s been handed down in this sacred region. It definitely should be able to defeat Majin Boo…I think, though, that it’s no use if its wielder staggers around so much. You probably shouldn’t go into battle until you’ve become able to manipulate it freely…”

Chapter: 476 (DBZ 282), P12.3-5
Context: as Gohan trains with the Z Sword
Kaioshin: “…This is absolutely unbelievable…To think that he’d become able to swing the Z Sword around so much in such a short period of time.”
Gohan: “…Father gave it his all and continued training even after going to the afterlife…I’ve got to draw closer to him, even just a li-little bit…Because Ma-Majin Boo is still alive…!”

Chapter: 478 (DBZ 284), P12.5
Context: after Gohan practices with the Z Sword more
Goku: “That’s great! Amazin’, amazin’! I’m impressed that you seem to have mastered it so much in just 1 day!”
Kaioshin: “Magnificent!”

Chapter: 479 (DBZ 285), P5.2-4
Context: when the Z Sword breaks, after Gohan trained with it for a day
Gohan: “But…thanks to that, my arm strength has increased a lot. That Z Sword was incredibly heavy, after all…Perhaps this was what they meant by me obtaining the greatest power in the world.”
Kaioshin: “I-I get it…If he’s acquired that much power in his regular state, then if he becomes a Super Saiyan it will become an even more substantial power-up…! Ye-yeah! That’s it! That’s definitely the greatest power in the world…!”
Goku: “…But…Is he greater than Majin Boo?...I wonder…”

Chapter: 479 (DBZ 285), P10.4-6
Context: Elder Kaioshin explains his ‘ability’
Elder Kaioshin: “Hey, you over there, you were the one who pulled the sword out, right? Come over here a little. If someone could pull that sword out and swing it around, then once I get through with them they’ll de~~efinitely be able to become the best in the universe.”
Elder Kaioshin: “Still…I thought the person who’d pull that sword out and release me would be some Kaioshin…To think that it would be an Earthling…It’s the end of the world!”
Kaioshin: “My…my sincerest apologies…”

---Super Saiyan--- [#BO2#GOH#SSJ]

Chapter: 460 (DBZ 266), P4.1-5
Context: before Gohan fires the Kamehameha at Boo’s ball
Gohan: “An-anyhow, he's reached full power, so…at the very least…Uaaaah! I’ll offer this much resistance!”

Chapter: 462 (DBZ 268), P9.2, P11.3
Context: as Gohan and Kaioshin flee from Boo
Gohan: “It’s alright! I’m confident in my speed!”
*Boo quickly catches up to them*
Gohan: “…! Th-that can’t be…!”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P3.1
Context: after Gohan tries pulling the Z Sword out in his regular form
Gohan: “Buah…! Owowowowow…! It won’t even budge…!”
*he then becomes a Super Saiyan and pulls it out after much struggling*

---Super Saiyan 2--- [#BO2#GOH#SS2]

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P2.1-4
Context: after Babidi fills Boo’s ball with Gohan’s energy
Babidi: “Wh-what!? There’s this much energy after just 1 time…! We’ve already gathered close to half in one go…! [ ] How many hundreds of people did Yamu and Spopovitch gather this from!?
[ ]
Dabra: “If we gather energy from the 3 on Stage 1 now, I think we’ll become close to full. If things go well, Majin Boo may be revived within the day.”

Chapter: 450 (DBZ 256), P2.5, P3.5
Context: Vegeta and Goku talk about Dabra not being so tough
Kaioshin: “Un-unbelievable. Is this ‘Super Saiyan’ thing really this great?...Come to think of it, it was quite hard to stop Son Gohan from moving after he became a Super Saiyan…And even that might not have been his full power…”

19. Son Goku [#BO2#GOK]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#BO2#GOK#REG]

Chapter: 447 (DBZ 253), P11.1-3
Context: talking about how Yamu and Spopovitch were followed by Goku and co.
Dabra: “Seems they’re trying to hide from us…In total…there are 7. We can’t use Kaioshin and Kibito’s energy…But 3 of them seem to have marvelous energy…”
Babidi: “Looks like it. It seems that we’ll get more than enough energy from just those 3…Kuhihihi…To think that we’d be able to revive Majin Boo so quickly…”

Chapter: 448 (DBZ 254), P6.1-4
Context: after Kuririn and Piccolo are turned to stone
Goku: “Well then, is there any way to return them to normal?!”
Kaioshin: “Th…that’s [impossible]…As long as Dabra doesn’t die…”
Goku: “Well then, there is a way, ain’t there? A simple way like that…!”
Kaioshin: “Huh!?”

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P2.5
Context: after Babidi fills Boo’s ball with Gohan’s energy, and the meter becomes almost half full
Dabra: “If we gather energy from the 3 on Stage 1 now, I think we’ll become close to full. If things go well, Majin Boo may be revived within the day.”

Chapter: 450 (DBZ 256), P11.1
Context: after Goku manages to kick Yakon in the dark
Goku: “You’ve underestimated us too much. Even in pitch darkness, I can easily tell your movements. Through things like the subtle flow of the air…”

Chapter: 451 (DBZ 257), P10.5
Context: after Goku makes Yakon explode with his Super Saiyan aura
Vegeta: “So that bastard Kakarot has also surpassed that wall…The Super Saiyan wall…”

Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P1.1-4
Goku: “Gohan, it’s your turn next, but have you trained properly?”
Vegeta: “Unfortunately, it seems he got carried away in peace and didn’t do any significant training. Our powers are higher than his now…Though I suppose there’s no telling what would happen if he snapped and went into a frenzy… ”
Kaioshin: “S-so that’s why these 3 have such composure...In a pinch, they can put forth tremendous power, like Son Goku displayed momentarily.”

Chapter: 461 (DBZ 267), P5.4-5
Vegeta: “Kakarot, you and I have now become too strong…By a wide margin! By his nature, Kaioshin is supposed to be someone tremendous, but have you ever once thought that he was incredible? Quite the opposite, it's Kaioshin who’s been bewildered…Majin Boo is fearsome from Kaioshin’s perspective, but from ours he’s not so much…”

Chapter: 462 (DBZ 268), P7.5
Kaioshin: “…In-in this case…If I had known that there were people like you guys, who though human greatly surpassed my power…Th-there would have been that other method too…”

Chapter: 469 (DBZ 275), P5.3-4
Goku: “…I’ll be frank. It’s no use. I can’t defeat [Majin Boo]. [ ] …There was practically no gap between Vegeta’s true strength and mine…And Majin Boo is still fine despite Vegeta sacrificing himself, right? Sorry, but I couldn’t win, no matter what.”

Chapter: 469 (DBZ 275), P6.7
Context: talking about Fusion
Goku: “…I was just taught the art, but I ain’t never tested it out…There wasn’t anybody on par with me in the afterlife…”

Chapter: 470 (DBZ 276), P5.4
Context: Kaioshin tells Kibito the situation isn’t completely hopeless
Kaioshin: “You didn’t see how amazing those 3 Saiyans were, so you probably couldn’t imagine…”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P10.7
Context: after Goten and Trunks question Goku’s power and Piccolo gets mad
Goku: “It’s alright, Piccolo…I really am weak. It don’t look like I can beat Majin Boo, not even a little bit.”

Chapter: 476 (DBZ 282), P9.3
Piccolo: “If that bastard felt like it, he could wipe out the entire Earth, up here included, in the blink of an eye…!”
Goku: “It’s alright, I don’t think he’ll take out the Earth. After all, I told him that in 2 days, someone stronger than me would fight him, and he seemed happy…”
Note: Goku actually never told Boo this (apparently he's gone senile in the afterlife).

Chapter: 478 (DBZ 284), P5.3-4
Context: Goku tries out the Z Sword
Goku: “Hieeh! It’s true! This is incredibly heavy! *he swings it around* So this sword gives you outrageous power, huh? Wow, that’s amazin’!”

---Super Saiyan--- [#BO2#GOK#SSJ]

Chapter: 451 (DBZ 257), P2.5-6
Babidi: "Thr... 3,000 kiri...!! H-how does an Earthling have 3,000 kiri of energy...?!!
Dabra: “3,000 kiri…That’s strange…There shouldn’t be any human race like that.”

---Super Saiyan 2--- [#BO2#GOK#SS2]

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P8.1-4
Context: as Goku and Vegeta are about to fight
Goku: “I don’t wanna take any damage from you and have it become Majin Boo’s energy…So I’m gonna end this quickly, at maximum power.”
Vegeta: “I’m looking forward to this…Show me the fruits of your training in the afterlife. *Goku transforms into Super Saiyan 2* Just as I’d expect. Your power is greater than Gohan’s was back then!”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P6.1-2
Context: after Majin Boo quickly reaches full power
Kaioshin: “Th-that’s impossible…Wh-why has Goku’s damage energy [filled it up] already…!?”
Gohan: “…I-I know…! Father is fighting at a level that has further surpassed Super Saiyan…Vegeta probably is too…If two incredible powers like that clash, th-the damage is astounding too…!”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P9.1
Context: as Vegeta and Goku fight as Super Saiyan 2s
Trunks: “He-hey, what is this? It’s a super-duper astounding ki…Who is it?...Is it papa and the others?”
Goten: “I-I can’t tell…”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P10.3-4, P11.2-3
Context: after Goku and Vegeta fight for a while
Goku: “Un-unbelievable…I thought I trained considerably in the afterlife…But we’re completely even…You trained more than me…”
Vegeta: “…No, that’s not it…I think I did perform more special training than you, but you’re a greater genius than I am…No matter how much time passed, this gap wouldn’t change…I realized this, when you fought with that monster Babidi sent…It was a shock…That’s why I secretly resolved myself…[ ] At the tournament, the people who knew that pair who Babidi made into his underlings said that they had become far stronger than before…I remembered that, and I thought…That if I were taken over by him too, then the gap between you and me would vanish…And I was right…”

Chapter: 460 (DBZ 266), P10.2-3
Context: after Boo seems to be dead on arrival
Kaioshin: “Goku and Vegeta are probably having a roughly even fight…”

Chapter: 473 (DBZ 279), P13.4
Context: after Goku becomes a Super Saiyan 2
Trunks: “Th-that old guy…He has about as much power as papa…”

---Super Saiyan 3--- [#BO2#GOK#SS3]

Chapter: 474 (DBZ 280), P3.3-8, P4.1, P7.5
Goku: “First, this is my regular state. This is Super Saiyan. Then this is what I showed your before, a Super Saiyan that has surpassed Super Saiyan…’Super Saiyan 2’, you could call it. [ ] And so…[ ] This…Ev-even further surpasses that…[ ] …This is Super Saiyan 3. Sorry that took so long. I’m still not used to this transformation.”

Chapter: 474 (DBZ 280), P5.4-6
Context: as Goku transforms into a Super Saiyan 3
Piccolo: “In-incredible…His ki is swelling up more and more…”
Tenshinhan: “Th-the entire Earth is shaking…Wh-what is Son doing?...”

Chapter: 474 (DBZ 280), P7.8, P8.1-2
Context: after Goku transforms into a Super Saiyan 3
Gohan: “”Th-this ki…Don’t tell me…it’s father?...No…It’s not…”
Kaioshin: “Th-that’s right…It’s Son Goku…! Th-this truly is absolutely incredible energy…”
Kibito: “Ab-absolutely unbelievable…To think that his power would reach as far as this sacred region.”

Chapter: 475 (DBZ 281), P9.5-6
Context: after Goku returns to his normal form after fighting Boo as a Super Saiyan 3
Boo: “Hey! Why’d you change back? It’s fun fighting you. Let’s do some more!”
Goku: “That’s an honor. However, I ain’t got no time. I can’t just play around with you forever.”

Chapter: 476 (DBZ 282), P10.5-8, P11.1-3
Piccolo: “Goku…There’s something I want to ask you while I’ve got the chance…[ ] …That Super Saiyan 3 thing earlier…if you had gone all-out, wouldn’t you have been able to defeat Majin Boo?...How about it, am I wrong?”
Goku: “Nah, I don’t know…When it comes to Majin Boo’s strength, it’s like a lie…I think that I probably couldn’t have won…”
Piccolo: “…Probably? Knowing you, why didn’t you try until the very end?...Does it have to do with that energy…?”
Goku: “No…I’m no longer a human who’s particularly even supposed to be here…I shouldn’t be the one to do it. It’d be better for these young guys to solve things somehow or another…After all, some other outrageous guy might show up eventually, right? …It's a nasty gamble, but…Seeing those two super-gifted squirts, it made me want to take this gamble…”

20. Son Goten and Trunks [#BO2#GOT] [#BO2#TRU]

---as a pair---

Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P12.2
Context: talking about the two disguised as Mighty Mask
No.18: “…That weird long-torso freak isn’t anyone ordinary…His small arms had surprisingly powerful punches.”

Chapter: 453 (DBZ 259), P8.4, P9.1-7
Context: as Trunks and Goten fight No.18 in their Mighty Mask costume
Trunks: “Da-dammit! We can’t win like this!”
Goten: “Let’s turn into Super Saiyans, Trunks!”
Trunks: “That's it! We’ve got this thing on, so she won’t be able to tell who we are…Alright! Shall we turn into [Super Saiyans]?”
Goten: “Yeah!”
No.18: “…He really is a weird bastard…His arms and legs are extremely small for his body…And he’s so unusually strong…”
*they become Super Saiyans*
No.18: “!!”
Trunks: “Either way, we’re at a disadvantage in this getup, so we’ve got no choice but to settle this with a kiai cannon!”
Goten: “Eh! But will she be alright?...”
Trunks: “Don’t worry, she won’t die if we do it appropriately. She’s No.18…”

Chapter: 453 (DBZ 259), P10.1-2
Context: as Trunks prepares to fire a ki blast at No.18
No.18: “…I see…Super Saiyan, huh?...I finally know your identity, boys…”
Goten: “Don’t do it at full force!”
Trunks: “I know, I know!”

Chapter: 453 (DBZ 259), P12.4, P13.1
Context: after Trunks’ ki blast explodes
No.18: “Yo-you’ve got to be kidding…That energy bullet had absolutely incredible speed and destructive power…Co-could it be that those squirts have outrageous power?…This is dangerous! I’ve got to settle this fight soon!”

Chapter: 468 (DBZ 274), P12.7
Piccolo: “These two are our only hope…! Th-though it’s a faint hope…”
Note: this is before Fusion is mentioned

Chapter: 469 (DBZ 275), P7.5
Context: after Goku mentions Fusion
Popo: “Those two sleeping inside…Goten and Trunks, they’re almost identical in power and size. Wouldn’t they be able to do it? Fusion.”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P9.4
Context: after explaining that Fusion lasts 30 minutes
Goku: “With these two, if they just manage to perform Fusion successfully, I think they’ll definitely be able to defeat [Boo] within 30 minutes. Fusion is just that extreme.”

Chapter: 473 (DBZ 279), P2.1-6
Context: after Goten and Trunks turn into Super Saiyans
Goku: “Alright! Now then, gather your ki up to your utmost limits. All the way full!”
Trunks: “Hehe…Alrii—iight. Let’s freak ‘em out, Goten.”
Goten: “Yeah…hihihi…”
*they power up*
Piccolo: “Gu…!”
Goku: “Alright, so that’s full?”
Goten: “Huh!?”
Trunks: “Ye-yeah…”

Chapter: 476 (DBZ 282), P11.1-3
Context: Goku tells Piccolo that he ‘probably’ couldn’t have defeated Boo with Super Saiyan 3
Piccolo: “…Probably? Knowing you, why didn’t you try until the very end?...Does it have to do with that energy…?”
Goku: “No… I’m no longer a human who’s particularly even supposed to be here…I shouldn’t be the one to do it. It’d be better for these young guys to solve things somehow or another…After all, some other outrageous guy might show up eventually, right? …It's a nasty gamble, but…Seeing those two super-gifted squirts, it made me want to take this gamble…”

---Goten specifically--- [#BO2#GOT#SPE]

Chapter: 477 (DBZ 283), P11.8
Context: Chi-Chi thinks Goten will get killed by Boo
Goku: “Don’t worry. If he perfects the technique he’s trying now, he definitely ain’t gonna lose.”

---Trunks specifically--- [#BO2#TRU#SPE]

Chapter: 473 (DBZ 279), P3.1
Goku: “Trunks’ ki is just a little bit bigger…Your ki both have to be exactly the same to perform Fusion. Trunks, suppress your ki a little bit and make yourself even with Goten.”

21. Super Saiyan [#BO2#SUP]

Chapter: 451 (DBZ 257), P5.3-5
Kaioshin: “The demon beast Yakon eats light energy…! Goku’s energy after he becomes a Super Saiyan is probably the best food for him…!”
Yakon: “That was tasty…! I’ve never eaten such tasty and voluminous light before!”

Chapter: 473 (DBZ 279), P13.6
Context: Goku decides to use Super Saiyan 3 against Boo
Goku: “Alright then. How about I show you a Super Saiyan that has even further surpassed a Super Saiyan who has surpassed a Super Saiyan…”
Note: try saying that 5 times fast

Chapter: 474 (DBZ 280), P3.3-8, P4.1, P7.5
Context: Goku demonstrates the different forms of Super Saiyan to Boo
Goku: “First, this is my regular state. This is Super Saiyan. Then this is what I showed your before, a Super Saiyan that has surpassed Super Saiyan…’Super Saiyan 2’, you could call it. [ ] And so…[ ] This…Ev-even further surpasses that…[ ] …This is Super Saiyan 3. Sorry that took so long. I’m still not used to this transformation.”

Chapter: 476 (DBZ 282), P9.7
Context: Goku says he’s almost out of time for staying on Earth, and Piccolo says he should have more
Goku: “It’s that ‘Super Saiyan 3’ thing from before…It’s a technique you should only use in the afterlife…In this world, where time exists, it uses too much energy, and you get completely exhausted all at once…”

Chapter: 477 (DBZ 283), P1.4
Context: Goku looks really tired
Piccolo: “So becoming this ‘Super Saiyan 3’ thing in the lower world uses up that much ki power?...”

22. Vegeta [#BO2#VEG]

---Regular form, and in general--- [#BO2#VEG#REG]

Chapter: 447 (DBZ 253), P11.1-3
Context: talking about how Yamu and Spopovitch were followed by Goku and co.
Dabra: “Seems they’re trying to hide from us…In total…there are 7. We can’t use Kaioshin and Kibito’s energy…But 3 of them seem to have marvelous energy…”
Babidi: “Looks like it. It seems that we’ll get more than enough energy from just those 3…Kuhihihi…To think that we’d be able to revive Majin Boo so quickly…”

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P2.5
Context: after Babidi fills Boo’s ball with Gohan’s energy, and the meter becomes almost half full
Dabra: “If we gather energy from the 3 on Stage 1 now, I think we’ll become close to full. If things go well, Majin Boo may be revived within the day.”

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P11.2-3
Context: after Vegeta and Pui-Pui are teleported to Planet Zun
Pui-Pui: “Haah, haah, this is it for you! Th-the gravity here is 10 times that of Earth…! I was raised here!”
Vegeta: “So what?...I can’t even feel a mere x10 gravity…”

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P13.3
Context: after Vegeta kills Pui-Pui
Kaioshin: “Th-that can’t be…Th-they’re this [strong]…”

Chapter: 449 (DBZ 255), P14.3
Context: after Vegeta kills Pui-Pui
Bobiddi: “Wh-Why are there people with that kind of power on Earth…?!!”
Dabra: "When I had [the Earth] investigated about 300 years ago there wasn’t anyone like this…”

Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P1.1-4
Goku: “Gohan, it’s your turn next, but have you trained properly?”
Vegeta: “Unfortunately, it seems he got carried away in peace and didn’t do any significant training. Our powers are higher than his now…Though I suppose there’s no telling what would happen if he snapped and went into a frenzy… ”
Kaioshin: “S-so that’s why these 3 have such composure...In a pinch, they can put forth tremendous power, like Son Goku displayed momentarily…”

Chapter: 455 (DBZ 261), P10.5-6
Context: as Gohan fights Dabra
Vegeta: “Damn it…this is pissing me off! Alright, I’ll finish this!”
Goku: “Don’t, Vegeta! Let [Gohan] do it. It ain’t like he’s completely losing.”

Chapter: 461 (DBZ 267), P5.4-5
Vegeta: “Kakarot, you and I have now become too strong…By a wide margin! By his nature, Kaioshin is supposed to be someone tremendous, but have you ever once thought that he was incredible? Quite the opposite, it's Kaioshin who’s been bewildered…Majin Boo is fearsome from Kaioshin’s perspective, but from ours he’s not so much…”

Chapter: 462 (DBZ 268), P7.5
Kaioshin: “…In-in this case…If I had known that there were people like you guys, who though human greatly surpassed my power…Th-there would have been that other method too…”

Chapter: 470 (DBZ 276), P5.2-4
Context: Kaioshin says the situation isn’t completely hopeless
Kaioshin: “You didn’t see how amazing those 3 Saiyans were, so you probably couldn’t imagine…”

---post Babidi’s power-up--- [#BO2#VEG#POS]

Chapter: 456 (DBZ 262), P4.3
Context: as Babidi takes control of Vegeta
Babidi: “While I’m at it, I’ll draw out his hidden power to beyond [his? its?] limits!”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P8.1-4, P9.4
Context: as Goku and Vegeta are about to fight
Goku: “I don’t wanna take any damage from you and have it become Majin Boo’s energy…So I’m gona end this quickly, at maximum power.”
Vegeta: “I’m looking forward to this…Show me the fruits of your training in the afterlife. *Goku transforms into Super Saiyan 2* Just as I’d expect. Your power is greater than Gohan’s was back then!”
*Vegeta transforms into a Super Saiyan 2 as well*
Goku: “This don’t look like it’s gonna end quickly…”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P6.1-2
Context: after Majin Boo quickly reaches full power
Kaioshin: “Th-that’s impossible…Wh-why has Goku’s damage energy [filled it up] already…!?”
Gohan: “…I-I know…! Father is fighting at a level that has further surpassed Super Saiyan…Vegeta probably is too…If-if two incredible powers like that clash, th-the damage is astounding too…!”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P9.1
Context: as Vegeta and Goku fight as Super Saiyan 2s
Trunks: “He-hey, what is this? It’s a super-duper astounding ki…Who is it?...Is it papa and the others?”
Goten: “I-I can’t tell…”

Chapter: 458 (DBZ 264), P10.3-4, P11.2-3
Context: after Goku and Vegeta fight a bit
Goku: “Un-unbelievable…I thought I trained considerably in the afterlife…But we’re completely even…You trained more than me…”
Vegeta: “…No, that’s not it…I think I did perform more special training than you, but you’re a greater genius than I am…No matter how much time passed, this gap wouldn’t change…I realized this, when you fought with that monster Babidi sent…It was a shock…That’s why I secretly resolved myself…[ ] At the tournament, the people who knew that pair who Babidi made into his underlings said that they had become far stronger than before…I remembered that, and I thought…That if I were taken over by him too, then the gap between you and me would vanish…And I was right…”

Chapter: 460 (DBZ 266), P10.2-3
Context: after Boo seems to be dead on arrival
Kaioshin: “Goku and Vegeta are probably having a roughly even fight…”

Chapter: 464 (DBZ 270), P12.2
Context: as Vegeta starts to fight Boo
Kaioshin: “…! Ve-Vegeta intends to die…!”

Chapter: 465 (DBZ 271), P2.3
Context: as Vegeta fights Boo
Piccolo: “He’s already surpassed Super Saiyan as well…This is tremendous power…Perhaps even greater than Gohan’s when he fought Cell…”

Chapter: 465 (DBZ 271), P7.1-2
Context: after Vegeta blasts a hole through Boo’s chest
Boo: “That hurt…a little bit…hehehe…”
Vegeta: “…Are you immortal?...”

Chapter: 466 (DBZ 272), P2.3
Piccolo: “Even Ve-Vegeta absolutely can’t scratch that thing…”

Chapter: 467 (DBZ 273), P7.1
Boo: “…You’re bad-mouthing me again…Despite being such a weakling…!”

23. Videl [#BO2#VID]
Chapter: 446 (DBZ 252), P3.4-5, P6.2
Context: as Kibito and Gohan are flying to catch up to Goku and co.
Kibito: “We won’t catch up to them at this speed. Raise your speed a little bit more.”
Videl: “I can’t go any faster than this…! It’s too fast and I can’t keep my eyes open…”
*Kibito and Gohan take off*
Videl: “…Wh-what speed…!”

24. Yakon [#BO2#YAK]
Chapter: 450 (DBZ 256), P1.4-6
Context: after Babidi says to send Yakon to Stage 2
Dabra: “Yakon!? You’re already going to use Yakon on Stage 2!?”
Babidi: “…We probably shouldn’t underestimate those Earthlings…They did Pui-Pui in before he could inflict any damage at all…”
Dabra: “…I see. But with Yakon as their opponent, they’ll all be defeated instantly. I won’t get to have any fun.”

Chapter: 450 (DBZ 256), P7.2-5
Context: after Yakon slashes Goku
Gohan: “Oh! He’s huge, but quick!”
Kaioshin: “Let’s fight together!”
Gohan: “Nah, I think father will be perfectly fine on his own.”
Kaioshin: “…”

Chapter: 450 (DBZ 256), P8.5
Dabra: “Hahhahha. Even without moving them to the Dark Planet, Yakon will be more than enough to defeat them…”

Chapter: 451 (DBZ 257), P3.1
Context: after Babidi measures Super Saiyan Goku's energy as 3,000 kiri
Babidi: "...Is this measuring device malfunctioning...? But if he really is 3,000 kiri... Then Yakon can't win against him... Yakon's energy is 800 kiri..."

Chapter: 451 (DBZ 257), P5.3-4
Kaioshin: “Th-that’s right! The demon beast Yakon eats light energy…! Goku’s energy after he becomes a Super Saiyan is probably the best food for him…!”

Chapter: 451 (DBZ 257), P6.5
Context: after Yakon eats Goku’s Super Saiyan light
Gohan: “Father, I’ll fight too! If there’s two of us, then we’ll be able to win without becoming Super Saiyans!”

Chapter: 452 (DBZ 258), P2.4
Dabra: “...It’s quite impressive that you humans managed to defeat Yakon and come as far as Stage 3. I could even call it miraculous…”

25. Z Sword [#BO2#ZSW]
Chapter: 471 (DBZ 277), P10.2-4
Kaioshin: “I want Gohan to use the Z Sword to defeat Majin Boo. Knowing him, he should definitely be able to use it.”
Kibito“A-are you serious, Lord Kaioshin…?!! There’s no way that a human or the like would be able to use the Z Sword!! That legendary sword which not merely myself, but numerous Kaioshins were utterly unable to handle…”

Chapter: 471 (DBZ 277), P12.5
Context: after Kaioshin brings Gohan to the Z Sword
Kaioshin: “Please pull it out. As far as I know, nobody has ever managed to pull this sword out.”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P1.1
Gohan: “So if I manage to pull this…eh…’Z Sword’ out, what will happen?”
Kibito: “It is said that you will gain stupendous power…Probably enough to surpass even Majin Boo…”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P4.3
Kibito: “It’s no use…There’s no way that a human would be able to pull out something which many Kaioshins challenged but were unable to pull out…”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P7.3
Context: after Gohan pulls out the Z Sword
Gohan: “Ye-yeah, it’s ex-extremely heavy…But I don’t think I have that sort of amazing power right now…”

Chapter: 472 (DBZ 278), P7.6
Context: after Gohan pulls out the Z Sword but starts to doubt its strength
Kibito: “What are you talking about?! That’s the strongest sword that’s been handed down in this sacred region. It definitely should be able to defeat Majin Boo…I think, though, that it’s no use if its wielder staggers around so much. You probably shouldn’t go into battle until you’ve become able to manipulate it freely…”

Chapter: 478 (DBZ 284), P5.3-4
Context: Goku tries out the Z Sword
Goku: “Hieeh! It’s true! This is incredibly heavy! *he swings it around* So this sword gives you outrageous power, huh? Wow, that’s amazin’!”

Chapter: 479 (DBZ 285), P4.6-7, P7.1
Context: after the Z Sword breaks on the Katchin Steel
Kaioshin: “Th-th-this can’t be…Th-the Z Sword…”
Kibito: “The str-strongest of swords…”
Goku: “Hey, this is ‘cause you told us to test it out on something so hard…”
Kaioshin: “B-but it’s said that whoever holds it has the greatest power in the world…”
Kibito: “Th-the legendary sword of this sacred region…”
Gohan: “Looks like the legend was a little exaggerated…”

[Herms]

XVIII: Boo section part 3: the final battle [#BO3#STA]
Chapters 485-517 (DBZ 291-323)

1. Boo, Majin [#BO3#BOO]

---Pure Good (‘Mister Boo’)--- [#BO3#BOO#GOO]

Chapter: 485 (DBZ 291), P7.4
Context: as the two Boos fight
Narrator: “The original Majin Boo had no chance of winning...This was because during the split, the majority of the power went to the evil one…"

Chapter: 512 (DBZ 318), P12.4
Context: after good Boo fights pure Boo a little
Good Boo: “…Uh oh…I kinda can’t win…”

Chapter: 513 (DBZ 319), P6.1
Context: as pure Boo beats up on good Boo
Goku: “Th-this is bad…At this rate it’s only a matter of time before he’s done in…”

Chapter: 514 (DBZ 320), P5.3
Context: as pure Boo beats up on good Boo some more
Vegeta: “…This is bad…Have you noticed, Kakarot?...The fatso’s power is falling…If it’s Boo against Boo, then he can take damage…”

Chapter: 515 (DBZ 321), P3.1
Context: as pure Boo continues to beat up on good Boo
Vegeta: “Shit…! Th-this is bad! The fat one is on the brink of death…”

Chapter: 517 (DBZ 323), P5.4
Context: after Goku tells Dende to heal good Boo
Goku: “Well, it’s alright, ain’t it Vegeta? This Boo and Mister Satan both did well. If these two hadn’t been here, then we and everyone else would have been done in. Right?”

---Pure Evil--- [#BO3#BOO#PEV]

Chapter: 485 (DBZ 291), P2.3
Narrator: “Due to his strong anger, the evil portion that Majin Boo had kept inside himself greatly swelled up and became another Majin Boo, who came flying out…In other words, he was divided into a pure evil Majin Boo and an innocent Majin Boo…”

Chapter: 485 (DBZ 291), P7.4
Context: as the two Boos fight
Narrator: “The original Majin Boo had no chance of winning...This was because during the split, the majority of the power went to the evil one…"

---Evil--- [#BO3#BOO#EVI]

Chapter: 486 (DBZ 292), P2.2-6
Context: after Boo transforms into evil Boo
Piccolo: “…Have you noticed? …This change in Majin Boo’s ki…[ ] …He’s changed…All due to some idiotic Earthlings…He’s become pure evil, and his body has become more suited toward battle…Th-this…this…”
Kuririn: “Wha…What?...D-don’t tell me you’re saying this is bad!? …It’s al-alright! We’ve got the squirts’ Fusion! Goku said that right? That Fusion was the strongest…!”
Dende: “…”
Piccolo: “…That’d be nice, but…”

Chapter: 486 (DBZ 292), P3.1
Goku: “…This is Majin Boo, right? This ki…what is it?...”
Note: mostly I wanted to point out that Goku and co. can sense evil Boo from the Kaioshin Realm.

Chapter: 486 (DBZ 292), P12.2
Piccolo: “Da-damn it…! This Majin Boo is able to spot our ki!”

Chapter: 487 (DBZ 293), P13.5
Context: as Piccolo plans on having Goten and Trunks train in the Room of Spirit and Time
Piccolo: “Can’t you tell…?! As they are now, even if they perform Fusion they can’t win, no doubt about it…! Tell them that if they don’t want to die while they’re still just little brats, then they should train as much as they can…!”

Chapter: 488 (DBZ 294), P5.5-6
Trunks: “Huh!? That’s Majin Boo!?”
Goten: “He-he really has changed…”
Piccolo: “It’s not just his appearance…Everything about him is definitely greater than before…”

Chapter: 489 (DBZ 295), P2.6-9, P3.3
Context: after Goten and Trunks reach Super Saiyan 3 as Gotenks for the first time
Trunks: “…But its weak point is time…See…We’re only able to become it for about 5 minutes…Then even our Fusion comes undone and we turn back into two people…”
Goten: “That’s no problem. We’ll become that way right off the bat! Even with just 5 minutes, we’ll definitely be able to take care of [Boo]!”

Chapter: 490 (DBZ 296), P4.1
Context: after Boo smacks Gotenks
Gotenks: “Heh…hehen…! You’re pretty tough, aincha?...W-well, I pla-planned on that…!”

Chapter: 491 (DBZ 297), P7.5-8
Context: Gotenks’ Super Ghost Kamikaze Attack severely damaged Boo, and Gotenks spent a lot of time preparing to finish Boo off
Piccolo: “…Majin Boo returned to normal a long time ago…”
Gotenks: “Hm!? *Boo is drinking a cream soda and reading a magazine* …Bastard…He’s underestimating me…Well, he won’t be able to drink that cream soda for much longer!”

Chapter: 492 (DBZ 298), P3.3
Context: after Gotenks blows Boo up with the Super Ghost Kamikaze Attack
Piccolo: “There’s no time to relax! Majin Boo will regenerate! Burn up all the scattered pieces of flesh! I’ll help too!”

Chapter: 492 (DBZ 298), P5.7
Context: after Boo regenerates from being hit with the Super Ghost Kamikaze Attack
Piccolo: “Shi…Shit…damn it! Rather than burn [the pieces of Boo’s body], we should have completely wiped them out with our ki…!”

Chapter: 492 (DBZ 298), P10.6
Context: after Piccolo blows up the entrance to the Room of Spirit and Time
Piccolo: “…You truly are strong…Unfortunately, not even Gotenks there could defeat you…However, no matter how strong you may be, it is now impossible for you to escape here, for the rest of your life…”

Chapter: 493 (DBZ 299), P1.3
Context: following the above quote, Piccolo is of course immediately proved wrong
Piccolo: “Th-that’s un-unbelievable…! He opened a hole in the dimension with his tremendous ki power…! Th-this is bad…! He can escape.”

Chapter: 494 (DBZ 300), P10.3
Context: after sealing Boo up in the Rapid-Fire Super Doughnuts
Gotenks: “He’ll soon bust out of something like this, but I’m going to inflict a whole bunch of damage on him!”

Chapter: 495 (DBZ 301), P3.4
Context: Boo fires a huge beam of energy into the sky
Piccolo: “If the Earth had taken that head on, it would have been wiped out without a trace…!”

Chapter: 495 (DBZ 301), P6.1-3, P7.1-3
Context: after Gotenks blasts Boo with the Rapid-Fire Die-Die Missiles and Piccolo stops him
Gotenks: “Well, whatever. I already did quite a lot, after all. He should be pretty weakened.”
*Boo comes out*
Gotenks: “…He ain’t weakened…This really pisses me off!”
Piccolo: “N-no…He is weakened…I don’t know about physically, but he’s weakened a little mentally…! Th-this is the first time…that he’s fought someone strong like you…He’s feeling flustered by someone whose strength is at least on par with his own…”
Gotenks: “Dehhehheh! So in other words, Majin Boo’s freaked out, huh!? That’s right! My strength ain’t half-assed! I’m the best in the universe!”
Piccolo: “Don’t let your guard down! He’ll be coming at you frantically now…!”
Gotenks: “Dahhahhah, that’s no problem, no problem at all! That’s just what I was hoping for!”

Chapter: 498 (DBZ 304), P1.3, P2.4
Context: after Gohan beats up on Boo
Gohan: “You can’t win…”
[ ]
Gohan: “I see…So you tried testing your power just to be sure, and I really was above you…That’s too bad, Majin Boo.”

Chapter: 498 (DBZ 304), P3.2
Context: Boo says he’ll kill Gohan
Gohan: “You’re the one who should best know just how impossible that is…”

Chapter: 498 (DBZ 304), P7.4
Context: after Boo disappears
Trunks: “Even if he really is still alive, it doesn’t matter! That jerk was helpless against Gohan!”

Chapter: 507 (DBZ 313), P12.4-5
Context: after Goku and Vegeta revert Boo back to regular evil Boo
Goku: “Hehhe~~eh! With this, Boo’s power should have fallen significantly! We’re almost there! See, see: the size of his ki is completely different than before!”
Vegeta: “Alright! Let’s blast out of here and escape!”
Goku: “Wait! Even though Boo has returned to normal a whole lot, we’re still simply no match for his strength! If we go outside like this, we’ll definitely be done in…!”

Chapter: 507 (DBZ 313), P2.4-5
Context: after evil Boo appears inside his own body
Vegeta: “Da…damn it…! Th-this could be bad…”
Goku: “Di-didn’t I tell your to wear your Potara?! Th-this is why! If we could just go outside and merge, then this kind of guy would be an easy victory!”

Chapter: 507 (DBZ 313), P4.2-4, P6.3-6
Context: as Goku and Vegeta are attacked by evil Boo
Goku: “Alrii—iight! Come at me if you’re gonna. I’ll open up a huge hole inside your body! *Boo smiles* Wh-what are you smiling about?...Do you think I can’t open one?”
Boo: “It’s no use.”
Goku: “Don’t underestimate me.”
*Goku blasts, not much happens*
Goku: “…”
Vegeta: “…It di-didn’t have any effect…”
Boo: “It stung a little here *points at head*, that’s all. You guys are now far, far smaller than fleas.”
Goku: “…So we’ve got no choice but to defeat you and then search for an exit somewhere.”
Boo: “No, you can’t defeat me. Not the way you guys are now…You’re gonna die, not me…”

Chapter: 507 (DBZ 313), P7.3-6
Context: Vegeta grabs good Boo’s pod and wonders what will happen if he pulls it out
Vegeta: “This’ll be fun…Will you turn back into this fatso? Or will you become that scrawny guy? …Either way, it seems that your power will doubtlessly fall below what it is now.”
Boo: “Sto-stop it! Do-don’t touch that! Hands off!”
Vegeta: “Kukkukku…You seem even more panicked than I expected…Apparently it will be quite unfavorable for you…”
Boo: “Th-that’s the only one you mustn’t tear out…! I-I’ll stop being me!”
Goku: “’I’ll stop being me’…?”
Vegeta: “That sounds interesting…Did you really think I’d listen to you?”

---Gotenks, Piccolo-absorbed--- [#BO3#BOO#GTK]

Chapter: 499 (DBZ 305), P6.1
Context: Boo thinking to himself, before he absorbs Gotenks and Piccolo
Boo: “…If I just add that squirt’s power and…that ‘Piccolo’ guy’s brains, then…”

Chapter: 499 (DBZ 305), P11.1
Boo: “…What do you think, Gohan? My strategy succeeded safely. Look, isn’t it magnificent? This is a moment that will never appear again, no matter what the future may hold: the birth of the strongest majin.”

Chapter: 499 (DBZ 305), P12.2-4
Gohan: “…That was dirty, you bastard…You ingested the two of them into yourself…”
Boo: “It’s your fault. You were stronger than I, who should have been the absolute strongest…When I sensed your distant presence, I started up on this strategy…In case maybe, just maybe, there was anyone stronger than myself…Then I hit upon it: if I absorbed that ‘Super Gotenks’ squirt I was fighting at the time, then no matter what kind of guy appeared, my throne as the strongest would not be shaken…”

Chapter: 500 (DBZ 306), P1.2-3
Boo: "I'm going to hurry this fight along, if you don't mind. It seems that the transformation time of this "Super Gotenks" guy I've absorbed is quite limited."
Gohan: “That’s a pretty sober decision for you to make…Seems that you were correct to absorb Piccolo too…”

Chapter: 500 (DBZ 306), P6.4, P7.1
Context: after Gohan and Boo fight a bit
Boo: “What’s the matter? You’re erasing your ki and hiding in a place like that…Are you trying to stall for time? Meaning that just from that you seem to have realized…That like this, you’re absolutely no match for me…”

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P5.5
Context: Elder Kaioshin warning Goku about recklessly going to rescue Gohan from Gotenks-absorbed Boo
Elder Kaioshin: “I hate to say it, but I don’t think you could win against this current Majin Boo even if the two of you went at him together…”

Chapter: 502 (DBZ 308), P5.6
Context: when Goku shows up
Boo: “…What, did you plan on coming to save everyone? You idiot…Can’t you tell that I’m in a fundamentally different dimension than the Majin Boo from back then?”
Note: "back then" as in when he and Goku last fought.

Chapter: 502 (DBZ 308), P7.1
Context: talking to Goku after knocking out Tenshinhan
Boo: “…That guy just now was apparently quite a master, but he was reduced to that state in just 1 one kick…You’re making some empty boasts…Frankly, no matter what you try, you absolutely won’t be able to even inflict damage on me.”

---Piccolo, Goten, Trunks-absorbed--- [#BO3#BOO#PIC]

Chapter: 502 (DBZ 308), P10.4-5
Goku: “Hahha—ah! Piccolo’s coming out strong now! Looks like the Fused squirts have returned to normal! You ran out of time! Tooo—oo bad! Your power’s fallen a whole lot. Cheh…I’m a little disappointed. This way, Gohan will be able to beat you even on his own…”
Note: presumably be saying that "the Fused squirts have returned to normal", Goku means that Gotenks has split back up into Goten and Trunks, not merely that Gotenks' reverted from Super Saiyan 3 to regular Gotenks. At the very least, Goten and Trunks are separate by the time Goku and Vegeta find them inside of Boo.

---Gohan-absorbed--- [#BO3#BOO#GOH]

Chapter: 502 (DBZ 308), P13.1
Boo: “Fu…fuhahahaha…! This is great! I’ve powered up even more than before! And what’s more, now there’s no time limit!”

Chapter: 503 (DBZ 309), P8.8
Context: Goku tries to get Vegeta to use the Potara with him, but Vegeta refuses
Goku: “Knowing you, I thought you might say that…! There ain’t any other way to beat Majin Boo!”

Chapter: 504 (DBZ 310), P11.1-3
Context: as Vegetto has Boo impaled
Vegetto: “What’s the matter? You’ve gone mute…Anyway, this isn’t remotely fun. I wish you’d fight seriously…Or were you serious, and this was how you ended up? In that case, I shouldn’t have said that. My apologies.”

Chapter: 504 (DBZ 310), P13.1
Context: Boo surrounds himself in smoke, but Vegetto can still beat up on him anyway
Vegetto: “The important thing is to grasp ki strength and movement. You track me with your eyes, so you can’t follow my movements.”

Chapter: 505 (DBZ 311), P5.2
Context: after Vegetto destroys Boo's Super Ghost Kamikaze Attack
Vegetto: “Did you really think that kind of technique would work on me? A child thought that technique up. You’re pretty desperate, aren’t you?”

Chapter: 505 (DBZ 311), P6.6
Context: Vegetto blocks Boo’s attacks with his legs
Vegetto: “Look, look! What’s the matter!? My legs alone are more than enough to deal with the likes of you!”

Chapter: 506 (DBZ 312), P2.5-6
Context: after Boo absorbs Vegetto
Elder Kaioshin: “…Don’t you think it’s a little strange? …Each time Majin Boo has absorbed a warrior up to now, his power has gone up and his appearance has changed…But this time…”
Kaioshin: “He hasn’t changed…! What’s that mean!?”
Note: as we soon learn, Vegetto’s barrier prevented him from being truly absorbed

Chapter: 506 (DBZ 312), P3.5
Context: after Boo ‘absorbs’ Vegetto but nothing happens
Boo: “Hmm…Well, at any rate, I absorbed him. I have now become the strongest majin; without a doubt, there is nobody throughout the various worlds who compares to me…That’s fine…”

---South Kaioshin-absorbed--- [#BO3#BOO#SKS]

Chapter: 507 (DBZ 313), P13.5
Context: as evil Boo reverts to his South Kaioshin form
Goku: “H-hey…Vegeta…His ki is increasing, ain’t it…!?”

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P1.3
Context: evil Boo continues to revert to his South Kaioshin form
Goku: “…H-hey…He’s changed into an awfully bulky guy…”

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P4.3-4
Context: Kaioshin explains Boo's history
Kaioshin: “…First, two [Kaioshins] were killed…the North Kaioshin and the West Kaioshin….And then the South Kaioshin, the burliest and strongest one, was…somehow absorbed by Boo…..”
Elder Kaioshin: …And he become that huge Boo from before?“
Kaioshin: “…Yes……”

---Pure--- [#BO3#BOO#PUR]

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P2.3-7, P3.3
Context: after reverting to his South Kaioshin form, Boo continues to change
Vegeta: “…Look…He intends to perform another transformation…”
[ ]
Goku: “…I wish he’d cut that out…”
Kaioshin: “Th-this can’t be…it’s impossible…He’s cha-changing back…”
*Boo changes back into his pure form*
Kaioshin: “…I…I knew it…”

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P3.4-6
Context: after Boo reverts to his pure form
Goku: “…”
Vegeta: “……Heh…Heheheh…Look! He’s shrunk down quite a bit!”
Goku: “We did it! This way, we might be able to manage something.”
Note: "He’s shrunk" is chidzimu, which typically refers to physical shrinking (like with Bulma's Micro Band) and throughout DB is never used to refer to ki diminishing. So Vegeta's probably talking about how Boo’s body has shrunk. That doesn't mean Boo's ki didn't go down too, but it's not what Vegeta's talking about here.

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P4.2-7
Kaioshin: “In m…my era there were five Kaioshins…until they were defeated by the Majin Boo that the wizard Babidi created…I was the youngest and most powerless one, but I somehow survived, with only heavy injuries…But the other four fell to Boo…First, two were killed…the North Kaioshin and the West Kaioshin….And then the South Kaioshin, the burliest and strongest one, was…somehow absorbed by Boo….. “
Elder Kaioshin: …And he became that huge Boo from before? “
Kaioshin: “…Yes…Next to be absorbed was the fat but kind and gentle Dai-Kaioshin….The Majin Boo that Bibidi created was evil itself, a failed creation that even Bibidi himself couldn’t handle, but by absorbing the Dai-Kaioshin, he somehow become controllable…. “
Elder Kaioshin: “…So he was finally completed…Which is to say…that this current…small Majin Boo…is the initial…mo…most troublesome one…”
Kaioshin: “….Yes…the heart which he gained by going so far as to lower his power through absorption[s]…has returned once again to the way it was…he has no self-control whatsoever…he has become evil itself…”

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P7.3
Context: Boo fires a ki blast at the Earth, but Vegeta repels it
Goku: “Th-that was close…! Th-that bastard, he tried to blow away the Earth right off the bat…Thank you, Vegeta…”

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P8.7
Context: Boo forms a big ki blast
Goku: “It-it’s huge…! You’ve got to be kidding…! Do-does he intend to unleash that…!? …We can’t knock back something like that…!”

Chapter: 509 (DBZ 315), P6.2
Elder Kaioshin: “…Hey…Give your Potara to Goku and Vegeta! If they merge again, then this should be an easy victory!”

Chapter: 509 (DBZ 315), P9.3
Context: after Boo teleports to the Kaioshin Realm
Goku: “I-I know…That bastard saw Kaioshin’s teleportation earlier…! He copied the technique in that instant…!”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P8.2
Context: as Goku fights pure Boo
Vegeta: “Kakarot…You’re incredible…I am simply no match for that Majin Boo…You’re the only one capable of fighting him…”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P12.1
Context: after Goku fights pure Boo for awhile
Goku: “…Dammit…! Like I thought, even if I keep doing the same thing, that bastard’s stamina doesn’t fall…! He just returns to being good as new right away…”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P12.6
Vegeta: “The truth is you were right [that I’d be killed by Boo]. That Boo is stronger than I imagined…And so are you, Kakarot…”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P13.1
Vegeta: “Don’t hesitate for my sake, and finish him off! With that Super Saiyan 3, you should be able to completely wipe out Boo with your ki once you gather it with all your might…!”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P13.6-7
Context: after one of Goku’s attacks damages Boo
Goku: “That bastard…Even though he can quickly return to normal, he’s playing around by purposefully drawing it out…”
*Boo is clearly lollygagging*

Chapter: 511 (DBZ 317), P8.2
Context: as pure Boo beats up on Vegeta
Vegeta: “Wh-what fast and heavy attacks…! …Kakarot was…fighting with a gu-guy like this…?!”

Chapter: 514 (DBZ 320), P5.3
Context: as pure Boo beats up on good Boo some more
Vegeta: “…This is bad…Have you noticed, Kakarot?...The fatso’s power is falling…If it’s Boo against Boo, then he can take damage…”

Chapter: 515 (DBZ 321), P1.1
Context: after Gohan and co. contribute their genki to the Genki-Dama
Goku: “Hey, even this probably isn’t enough to wipe out Boo! What are they doing?! Hardly anyone but our friends is sending us ki!”

Chapter: 516 (DBZ 322), P11.2-3
Context: after Polunga restores Goku’s stamina and he’s about to finish Boo off with the Genki-Dama
Goku: “…You’re amazin’. You hung in there really well all on your own…This time, be reborn as a good guy…I wanna fight you one-on-one…I’ll be waitin'…And I’ll have gotten much, much better…See ya later!”

Chapter: 517 (DBZ 323), P1.1
Narrator: “Majin Boo has finally been wiped out…He has literally been completely wiped out, without even a single cell remaining…”

Chapter: 517 (DBZ 323), P4.6
Context: as Satan wants them to spare good Boo
Vegeta: “…Don’t you get it!? What do you intend to do if he gives birth to that terrible Boo again!? This time for sure it might really mean the end of the world! It’s best to kill him now. Got that, you idiot?!”
Note: it's also possible that by "that terrible Boo", Vegeta is referring to Pure Evil or Evil Boo.

Chapter: 517 (DBZ 323), P5.4-5
Context: after Goku tells Dende to heal good Boo
Goku: “Well, it’s alright, ain’t it Vegeta? This Boo and Mister Satan both did well. If these two hadn’t been here, then we and everyone else would have been done in. Right?…And if worse comes to worse, we can just fight again. Let’s train so that this time for sure we won’t lose even if we go one-on-one.”

2. Dende [#BO3#DEN]
Chapter: 502 (DBZ 308), P13.6
Context: Goku contemplates who to merge with
Goku: “De-Dende’s not a warrior…”

3. Genki-Dama [#BO3#GEN]
Chapter: 514 (DBZ 320), P8.3-4
Context: after Vegeta tells Goku to make a Genki-Dama
Goku: “Hey! So it was the Genki-Dama you were thinking of!? It-it’s no use! Against Boo, no matter how much we gathered little bits of genki from all the Earthlings…”
Vegeta: “I told you, right? That those guys on Earth should take responsibility every now and then…! It won’t be just little bit. We’ll gather ki from them right up to their limits!”

Chapter: 514 (DBZ 320), P11.3
Context: Vegeta instructs the Earthlings on how to help make the Genki-Dama
Vegeta: “Raise your hands to the sky! We’ll gather your power to defeat Boo! You’ll get very tired, but don’t worry! It will be like after you run as hard as you can! Well, go on! Raise your hands!”

Chapter: 514 (DBZ 320), P12.3
Goku: “Everyone! Give me as much genki as you possibly can! Please!”

Chapter: 514 (DBZ 320), P13.3-4
Context: after Gohan and co. contribute their genki to the Genki-Dama
Goku: “Oh! It’s here, it’s here! It’s already huge! This is Gohan and the others’ ki!”
Vegeta: “…Bu-but it’s not complete yet…Wh-why…?!”

Chapter: 515 (DBZ 321), P1.1
Context: after Gohan and co. contribute their genki to the Genki-Dama
Goku: “Hey, even this probably isn’t enough to wipe out Boo! What are they doing?! Hardly anyone but our friends is sending us ki!”

Chapter: 516 (DBZ 322), P8.5-6
Context: people on Namek and in the afterlife watch Boo stall the Genki-Dama
Elder Kaioshin: “Th-this is bad. Ma-maybe that ‘Genki-Dama’ thing st-still doesn’t have enough power…”
Dende: “Th-that can’t be…! We-we already used our ki…”
Enma Daio: “Ha-hang in there, Son Goku…! Th-that Genki-Dama has power from us here in the afterlife in it too…!”

4. Gotenks [#BO3#GTK]

---pre-RoSaT training--- [#BO3#GTK#PRE]

Chapter: 487 (DBZ 293), P13.4-5
Context: after evil Boo shows up and demands to fight Gotenks
Piccolo: “Go hit Trunks and Goten to wake them up, and take them into the Room of Spirit and Time…! Even in just 1 hour, they’ll be able to do 15 days worth of training.”
Kuririn: “Heh!? If we do it now…”
Piccolo: “Can’t you tell…?! As they are now, even if they perform Fusion they can’t win, no doubt about it…! Tell them that if they don’t want to die while they’re still just little brats, then they should train as much as they can…!”

Chapter: 489 (DBZ 295), P7.5
Context: as Gotenks is about to fight Boo
Piccolo: “Pl-please…Let there be a miracle…”

---Regular form, and in general (post-RoSaT)--- [#BO3#GTK#REG]

Chapter: 489 (DBZ 295), P3.5
Context: Trunks doesn’t like the idea of fighting Boo as a Super Saiyan 3 from the start
Trunks: “I think…that we’ve already progressed so much that even in a regular state Fusion, we’ll be about equal with Majin Boo...”

Chapter: 489 (DBZ 295), P11.4
Context: Gotenks prepares to fight Boo after his training
Gotenks: “You stupid bastard! You’re greatly mistaken if you think that I’m the same as I was before…”

Chapter: 489 (DBZ 295), P11.5
Context: seeing Gotenks after he’d trained in the Room of Spirit and Time
Piccolo: “He-he really is different…! He really has greatly powered up…! Th-this just might…!”

Chapter: 489 (DBZ 295), P12.4-7
Context: Gotenks attacks Boo, to little effect
Boo: “May I attack now?”
Gotenks: “…Wa-wait a little bit…*thinking* …Tha-that’s strange…That should have effected him a decent amount, but…Hahha~~an! He’s just pretending it didn’t hurt him…”
Piccolo: “…Th-this may be hopeless…”

Chapter: 490 (DBZ 296), P1.2
Context: after Gotenks’ initial attack didn’t affect Boo
Gotenks: “Hm-hmph! I wasn’t serious just now! O-of course not. I’ll-I’ll show you what happens when I get down to business…!”

Chapter: 490 (DBZ 296), P4.1-2
Context: after Boo smacks Gotenks
Gotenks: “Heh…hehen…! You’re pretty tough, aincha?...W-well, I pla-planned on that…!”
Boo: “Enough already. You’re weak. This isn’t any fun, so I’ll kill you.”

---Super Saiyan (post-RoSaT)--- [#BO3#GTK#SSJ]

Chapter: 490 (DBZ 296), P5.3
Piccolo: “Oh! So he can become a Super Saiyan even after Fusion?!”

Chapter: 490 (DBZ 296), P6.1-2
Context: before Gotenks uses the Galactica Super Doughnut
Gotenks: “Alright! I’ve decided [what technique I’ll use]! Though he might die in 1 hit…Well, whatever.”
Note: the Galactica Super Doughnut does not, in fact, harm Boo at all.

Chapter: 490 (DBZ 296), P12.7
Context: after Gotenks fights Boo a bit, and head-butts him
Piccolo: “He…he just might…possibly be able to de-defeat him…!”

Chapter: 491 (DBZ 297), P3.1
Context: as the Super Ghost Kamikaze Attack seems to finish Boo off
Piccolo: “It’s an inc…incredible fight, but something about it is really stupid…!”

Chapter: 492 (DBZ 298), P3.9
Piccolo: “You did well, you truly did well! Quite frankly I didn’t think you’d be able to do so much.”

Chapter: 493 (DBZ 299), P7.1
Context: Super Saiyan Gotenks and Piccolo fail to open up a dimensional hole like Boo did
Piccolo: “It-it’s no use…Not even so much as a needle-sized hole will open up…!”

---Super Saiyan 3--- [#BO3#GTK#SS3]

Chapter: 489 (DBZ 295), P2.6-9, P3.1-3
Context: after they reach Super Saiyan 3 as Gotenks for the first time
Trunks: “Haah…haah…Hey…! We did it!”
Goten: “Y-yeah! Haah, haah…Amazing! To think that there’s something above Super Saiyan…!”
Trunks: “We can definitely win like this…! Hihihi…Everyone will flip their lids…!”
Goten: “…But that tires you out…I feel like we used aa~~aall our power up at once…”
Trunks: “…But its weak point is time…See…We’re only able to become it for about 5 minutes…Then even our Fusion comes undone and we turn back into two people…”
Goten: “That’s no problem. We’ll become the way we were right off the bat! Even with just 5 minutes, we’ll definitely be able to take care of [Boo]!”

Chapter: 493 (DBZ 299), P9.2-3, P10.3-4
Context: right after Gotenks transforms into a Super Saiyan 3
Piccolo: “Wh-what’s happened to yo-you…!?”
Gotenks: “Don’t ask me, I don’t know. Hehhe~~eh, that freaked you out, didn’t it!? But I’m super-duper strong!”
*he screams and opens up a big hole*
Gotenks: “I did it!”

Chapter: 493 (DBZ 299), P11.5-6
Boo: “Huh? Did you change a little bit?”
Gotenks: “Idii---iiot! I’m not making a big fuss over just ‘a little bit’! I’ve become incredibly, incredibly, incree~~eedibly strong!”

Chapter: 493 (DBZ 299), P12.2-4
Kaioshin: “In-incredible…S-so this is Fusion?...”
Goku: “N-no…That’s Fusion, no doubt about it, but…Thi-this is Super Saiyan 3…! Un-unbelievable…Those rotten little brats…They al-already became Super Saiyan 3, and that took me years to finally manage it…Am-amazin’…haha…amazin’…!”
Note: So it seems that Goku never planned on Gotenks reaching Super Saiyan 3, but still thought he’d be able to defeat Boo (or at least that it was worth a shot).

Chapter: 494 (DBZ 300), P12.6
Context: Gotenks investigates the spot where he knocked Boo and finds a huge crater
Gotenks: “Wo-ow! Dahhahhah! It looks just like a meteorite came down here! Man, that’s scary!”

Chapter: 495 (DBZ 301), P5.2
Context: as Gotenks fires the Rapid-Fire Die-Die Missiles
Piccolo: “St-stop, you idiot! Are you trying to blow away the Earth itself?!”

Chapter: 495 (DBZ 301), P6.1-3, P7.1-3
Context: after Gotenks blasts Boo with the Rapid-Fire Die-Die Missiles and Piccolo stops him
Gotenks: “Well, whatever. I already did quite a lot, after all. He should be pretty weakened.”
*Boo comes out*
Gotenks: “…He ain’t weakened…This really pisses me off!”
Piccolo: “N-no…He is weakened…I don’t know about physically, but he’s weakened a little mentally…! Th-this is the first time…that he’s fought someone strong like you…He’s feeling flustered by someone whose strength is at least on par with his own…”
Gotenks: “Dehhehheh! So in other words, Majin Boo’s freaked out, huh!? That’s right! My strength ain’t half-assed! I’m the best in the universe!”
Piccolo: “Don’t let your guard down! He’ll be coming at you frantically now…!”
Gotenks: “Dahhahhah, that’s no problem, no problem at all! That’s just what I was hoping for!”

Chapter: 495 (DBZ 301), P8.2
Context: after Gotenks gets caught off guard and body-slammed by Boo
Piccolo: “Da-damn it! Talk about a hero who leaves himself wide open!”

Chapter: 495 (DBZ 301), P13.3-
Context: as Gotenks beats up on Boo
Goku: “Amazin’, amazin’! At this rate, Gohan ain’t gonna get a turn!”
Kaioshin: “Oh!”

Chapter: 499 (DBZ 305), P4.4
Context: Boo says Goten and Trunks are scared to fight him
Trunks: “Looks like you don’t understand a thing! If we hadn’t returned to normal back then, we definitely would have won that fight!”

Chapter: 499 (DBZ 305), P6.1
Boo: “…If I just add that squirt’s power and…that ‘Piccolo’ guy’s brains, then…”

Chapter: 514 (DBZ 320), P7.4
Context: after Vegeta has the Earth brought back with the dragonballs
Goku: “Oh, I know! You’ll bring Gohan and Gotenks back to life so they can fight.”
Vegeta: “No.”

5. Kaioshin (East Kaioshin) [#BO3#KAI]

---Initially--- [#BO3#KAI#PRE]

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P6.7
Context: after Elder Kaioshin explains about the Potara
Kaioshin: “I-I didn’t know about them…”
Elder Kaioshin: “Young people these days really are hopeless…That’s why you’re so weak, despite being a Kaioshin. Here, test it out a little. You and Kibito can use your own Potara…”

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P4.2
Kaioshin: “In m…my era there were five Kaioshins…until they were defeated by the Majin Boo that the wizard Babidi created…I was the youngest and most powerless one, but I somehow survived, with only heavy injuries…But the other four fell to Boo.”

---Post-merging--- [#BO3#KAI#POS]

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P11.2-4
Context: right after Kaioshin and Kibito merge
Kaioshin: “Oooh! Am-amazing! This is amazing power! Hahaah! [ ] Goku! I can fight too like this! I’ll go with you!”
Elder Kaioshin: “Don’t get carried away! No matter how strong you’ve become, you were never anything special. I doubt you could fight Boo head-on; you’d just end up getting absorbed. So stay here.”

Chapter: 516 (DBZ 322), P9.1
Context: Dende asks Kaioshin to teleport him to go heal Goku
Kaioshin: “So-sorry…I used up my stamina just now [when he contributed to the Genki-Dama]…Until I recover, I can’t teleport…”

6. Mister Satan [#BO3#SAT]
Chapter: 503 (DBZ 309), P2.5
Context: Goku contemplates merging with Mister Satan
Goku: “It-it’s no use doing it with Satan…I can’t win if a power of 1,000 becomes 1,001…No, if things go bad, ain’t I gonna get weaker than I am now…!?”

Chapter: 516 (DBZ 322), P3.4
Context: after Satan saves Vegeta, allowing Goku to fire the Genki-Dama at Boo
Goku: “Well done, Satan! You might really be the world’s…savior!”

Chapter: 517 (DBZ 323), P5.4
Context: after Goku tells Dende to heal good Boo
Goku: “Well, it’s alright, ain’t it Vegeta? This Boo and Mister Satan both did well. If these two hadn’t been here, then we and everyone else would have been done in. Right?”

7. Piccolo [#BO3#PIC]
Chapter: 493 (DBZ 299), P7.1
Context: Super Saiyan Gotenks and Piccolo fail to open up a dimensional hole like Boo did
Piccolo: “It-it’s no use…Not even so much as a needle-sized hole will open up…!”

Chapter: 496 (DBZ 302), P12.4
Context: as Picolo, Goten, and Trunks are cornered by Boo
Piccolo: “I don’t think you’ll be able to depend on me, but I’ll fight too…We’ll do all we can, and die together…”

Chapter: 499 (DBZ 305), P6.1
Boo: “…If I just add that squirt’s power and…that ‘Piccolo’ guy’s brains, then…”

8. Potara [#BO3#POT]
Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P6.2-6
Context: Elder Kaioshin gives the Potara to Goku
Elder Kaioshin: “Here! Put this Potara on your left ear! [ ] Put the other one on Gohan’s ear. Just by doing that, you two will be able to merge together! Like with Fusion.”
Goku: “Huh! Re-really!?”
Elder Kaioshin: “Of course. And what’s more, the effect is greater than with Fusion! This has been the trump card treasure of the Kaioshins since long ago.”

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P11.6
Context: Goku asks how long Potara-based fusion lasts
Elder Kaioshin: "The Potara don't have such a weakness. It's eternal! You'll never return to normal again!"

Chapter: 502 (DBZ 308), P1.3
Context: Goku asks if he should become a Super Saiyan before merging with the Potara, and Elder Kaioshin advices against it
Elder Kaioshin: “If you’re going to become a Super Saiyan, it’s better to do it after merging. But anyway, even without doing that, you’ll probably be plee~~eenty. The Potara’s power is just that amazing!”

Chapter: 503 (DBZ 309), P2.5
Context: Goku contemplates merging with Mister Satan
Goku: “It-it’s no use doing it with Satan…I can’t win if a power of 1,000 becomes 1,001…No, if things go bad, ain’t I gonna get weaker than I am now…!?”

Chapter: 504 (DBZ 310), P9.2-3
Context: as Vegetto beats up on Gohan-absorbed Boo
Kaioshin-Kibito: “H-he’s strong!!! Majin Boo there is helpless!!! To think that merging with the Potara would be this incredible…!!”
Elder Kaioshin: “Idiot, it’s because it was those two that they were able to go so far. Two of the top 3 masters in both the living world and afterlife have merged, after all. What’s more, two rivals have joined together. That’s definitely strongest.”

Chapter: 506 (DBZ 312), P7.4
Context: after Vegetto splits up inside of Boo
Goku: “Hey what are you doing? Don’t take off your Potara! I think we’ll be able to merge again once we leave Boo’s body! It’s prob-probably the bad air in here that’s keeping us from merging…!”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P13.5
Context: after Super Saiyan 3 Goku explains he needs to gather ki for 1 minute to defeat pure Boo
Goku: “Dammnit~~~If it was with the Potara, I could have done it in one blast. …..Cheh~~~I guess I went and showed off too much. But I thought things would go a little better than this…!”

9. Son Gohan [#BO3#GOH]

---during the power-up--- [#BO3#GOH#PRE]

Chapter: 488 (DBZ 294), P2.5
Context: Gohan is impatient with the speed of Elder Kaioshin’s power-up
Elder Kaioshin: “Hmm…The fact that we aren’t done yet…Shows that your dormant abilities are extremely incredible.”

Chapter: 488 (DBZ 294), P4.3
Context: after Gohan gets mad and unintentionally releases his power
Gohan: “Wh-what the…!? Is-is this seething power…mine…!?”

[u]Chapter:[/u] 488 (DBZ 294), P4.9, P5.1-2
Context: after Gohan’s unintentional display of power
Goku: “…Am…amazin’…So he really wasn’t just some regular dirty old geezer?...*talking to Kaioshin* ‘Do-dormant ability’…That’s a person’s true power, that they have hidden all along…Right?”
Kaioshin: “Ye-yeah…I-I think so…”
Goku: “Mu-must be…Man, Go-Gohan…Just how the heck much power is he hidin'?...”

---Post-power up--- [#BO3#GOH#POS]

Chapter: 496 (DBZ 302), P4.1-2
Gohan: “Ho-how can I turn into this mightiest of warriors!?”
Elder Kaioshin: “You transform into that Super whatever-it-is a lot, right? You’ll be fine if you just get the gist of that, and throw in a kiai.”
Gohan: “The gist of Super Saiyan…I-I got it…!”

Chapter: 496 (DBZ 302), P7.2-3
Context: after Gohan transforms into the ‘mightiest of warriors’
Goku: “It re-really is incredible…It’s super-duper…! Absolutely unbelievable…Your appearance has hardly changed…And you ain’t even a Super Saiyan…Yet you’ve been taken to su-such an extreme…”
Elder Kaioshin: “Hmph, transforming isn’t good. That Super whatever-its-called is the wrong way [of doing things]…”

Chapter: 497 (DBZ 303), P1.5
Context: as Gohan approaches Boo and co.
Piccolo: “It’s a str-strong ki…! I can’t tell who it is…Is it some new enemy…!?”

Chapter: 497 (DBZ 303), P4.1
Piccolo: “Is-is that Gohan…!? No…Something’s different about him…His features are a little different…And he has a different type of ki than before…His softness has vanished too…That’s why I couldn’t tell it was him…”

Chapter: 498 (DBZ 304), P1.3
Context: after Gohan beats up on Boo
Gohan: “You can’t win…”

Chapter: 498 (DBZ 304), P2.3-4
Boo: “Far, far, waa~~aay far away, I felt a strong power…I won’t allow anyone to have a power stronger than mine…”

Chapter: 498 (DBZ 304), P3.2
Context: Boo says he’ll kill Gohan
Gohan: “You’re the one who should best know just how impossible that is…”

Chapter: 498 (DBZ 304), P7.4-5
Context: after Boo disappears
Trunks: “Even if he really is still alive, it doesn’t matter! That jerk was helpless against Gohan! [Gohan] was about as strong as our Super Gotenks!”
Goten: “He was even stronger.”
Trunks: “Really? …Yeah…Just a little bit.”

Chapter: 499 (DBZ 305), P13.1
Context: after Gotenks-absorbed Boo explains his plan
Gohan: “…Keh…So that’s how it was, huh?...However, despite prattling on so fluently, it seems your stupidity hasn’t changed. If you wanted to take 1st prize, it would have been simple enough to absorb me…!”

Chapter: 500 (DBZ 306), P6.4, P7.1
Context: after Gohan and Gotenks-absorbed Boo fight a bit
Boo: “What’s the matter? You’re erasing your ki and hiding in a place like that…Are you trying to stall for time? Meaning that just from that you seem to have realized…That like this, you’re absolutely no match for me…”

Chapter: 500 (DBZ 306), P12.2
Context: after Gohan breaks out of Boo's Rapid-Fire Super Doughnuts
Boo: “Cheh…You’re pretty tenacious. ”

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P1.2
Context: after Gohan and Boo have fought for awhile
Boo: “What’s the matter? Hang in there. You’re weakening a great deal.”

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P5.5
Context: Elder Kaioshin warning Goku about recklessly going to rescue Gohan from Gotenks-absorbed Boo
Elder Kaioshin: “I hate to say it, but I don’t think you could win against this current Majin Boo even if the two of you went at him together…”

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P8.4-5
Context: after Dende heals Gohan
Boo: “Impossible…! He’s revived back to normal…! Who was that weird little runt?...But naturally, he’s merely returned to normal…It’s not like he’s powered up…He’s merely extended…the time that he’ll suffer…”

Chapter: 502 (DBZ 308), P10.4-5
Context: after Gotenks-absorbed Boo's time limit runs out and Gotenks inside him turns back into Goten and Trunks
Goku: “Your power’s fallen a whole lot. Cheh…I’m a little disappointed. This way, Gohan will be able to beat you even on his own…”

Chapter: 514 (DBZ 320), P7.4
Context: after Vegeta has the Earth brought back with the dragonballs
Goku: “Oh, I know! You’ll bring Gohan and Gotenks back to life so they can fight.”
Vegeta: “No.”

10. Son Goku [#BO3#GOK]

---regular form, and in general--- [#BO3#GOK#REG]

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P5.5
Context: Elder Kaioshin warning Goku about recklessly going to rescue Gohan from Gotenks-absorbed Boo
Elder Kaioshin: “I hate to say it, but I don’t think you could win against this current Majin Boo even if the two of you went at him together…”

Chapter: 502 (DBZ 308), P7.1
Context: talking to Goku after knocking out Tenshinhan
Boo: “…That guy just now was apparently quite a master, but he was reduced to that state in just 1 one kick…You’re making some empty boasts…Frankly, no matter what you try, you absolutely won’t be able to even inflict damage on me.”

Chapter: 503 (DBZ 309), P2.5
Context: Goku contemplates merging with Mister Satan
Goku: “It-it’s no use doing it with Satan…I can’t win if a power of 1,000 becomes 1,001…No, if things go bad, ain’t I gonna get weaker than I am now…!?”

Chapter: 506 (DBZ 312), P8.1
Context: Goku points out that if he and Vegeta aren’t merged, Vegeta will have to return to the afterlife
Vegeta: “Hmph…That’s better than being merged with you…Anyway, there shouldn’t be any need for us to merge anymore, right?”
Goku: “We can’t know that! There’s [no] guarantee that we’ll be able to successfully rescue everyone who got absorbed from here and return Boo to the very first one of all…!”
Note: when Goku finds the good Boo later, he calls him “the very first one of all”, so apparently that’s the form of Boo he means here too.

Chapter: 506 (DBZ 312), P12.4-5
Context: after Goku and Vegeta revert Boo back to regular evil Boo
Goku: “Hehhe~~eh! With this, Boo’s power should have fallen significantly! We’re almost there! See, see: the size of his ki is completely different than before!”
Vegeta: “Alright! Let’s blast out of here and escape!”
Goku: “Wait! Even though Boo has returned to normal a whole lot, we’re still simply no match for his strength! If we go outside like this, we’ll definitely be done in…!”

Chapter: 506 (DBZ 312), P13.1
Context: still talking about how they’re no match for Boo
Goku: “…But there is one way we can win!”
Vegeta: “You want to say Fusion, right? Well who cares about that?!”
Goku: “Huh? You know about it?”
Vegeta: “I saw it from the afterlife…You’ve got to be joking! You think I’d perform those ugly poses…?! Anyway, I thought I told you that I’m not going to merge with you a second time.”

Chapter: 507 (DBZ 313), P4.2-4, P6.3-6
Context: as Goku and Vegeta are attacked by evil Boo
Goku: “Alrii—iight! Come at me if you’re gonna. I’ll open up a huge hole inside your body! *Boo smiles* Wh-what are you smiling about?...Do you think I can’t open one?”
Boo: “It’s no use.”
Goku: “Don’t underestimate me.”
*Goku blasts, not much happens*
Goku: “…”
Vegeta: “…It di-didn’t have any effect…”
Boo: “It stung a little here *points at head*, that’s all. You guys are now far, far smaller than fleas.”
Goku: “…So we’ve got no choice but to defeat you and then search for an exit somewhere.”
Boo: “No, you can’t defeat me. Not the way you guys are now…You’re gonna die, not me…”

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P3.4-6
Context: after Boo reverts to his pure form
Vegeta: “……Heh…Heheheh…Look! He’s shrunk down quite a bit!”
Goku: “We did it! This way, we might be able to manage something.”
Note: "He’s shrunk" is chidzimu, which typically refers to physical shrinking (like with Bulma's Micro Band) and throughout DB is never used to refer to ki diminishing. So Vegeta's probably talking about how Boo’s body has shrunk. That doesn't mean Boo's ki didn't go down too, but it's not what Vegeta's talking about here.

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P8.7
Context: Boo forms a big ki blast
Goku: “It-it’s huge…! You’ve got to be kidding…! Do-does he intend to unleash that…!? …We can’t knock back something like that…!”

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P11.1
Context: Goku tries to escape from Boo's big blast
Goku: “…Guh…! …Guguh, it’s no use…! I can’t Teleport in a single instant like this…!”

Chapter: 509 (DBZ 315), P6.8, P7.1-5
Context: after Kaioshin hands Goku his Potara, but he refuses it
Goku: “…Like I thought, these…just ain’t suited for us…Even though you went out of your way to hand ‘em over…We want to fight with only our own power. I’m sorry, especially since things are so dangerous now…But [Boo] ain’t merged anymore either…“
Elder Kaioshin: “Yo-you idiot! What are you saying?! And at a time like this! It’s not like you gu-guys are in a martial arts match with Boo, you know!”
Vegeta: “…Well said, Kakarot. Just like a true…Saiyan.”
Kaioshins: “…!”
Goku: “It’s alright. I’m tellin’ ya, don’t worry. He can’t come all the way here. We’ll think up some sorta strategy. I feel bad for the aliens who will be sacrificed in the meantime, but we’ll use the dragonballs later…”

Chapter: 509 (DBZ 315), P10.2
Context: as Goku and Vegeta prepare to fight pure Boo
Elder Kaioshin: “Fr-from the looks of it, they don’t intend to perform Fusion either…Shi-shit…! Saiyans are so troublesome…!”

Chapter: 509 (DBZ 315), P11.3
Context: as Goku and Vegeta play rock-paper-scissors to decide who fights Boo
Elder Kaioshin: “Th-those dimwits! Th-they intend to fight one at a time?! They’re not gonna fight together?!”

Chapter: 516 (DBZ 322), P8.2
Context: as Boo stops the Genki-Dama
Vegeta: “I didn’t pla-plan on this…! Kakarot doesn’t have the sta-stamina to fire that all-important Genki-Dama…!”

Chapter: 516 (DBZ 322), P9.4-5
Dende: “Th-that’s it! Polunga! Could you restore the stamina of a person called ‘Son Goku’, who’s fighting with Majin Boo right now in the Kaioshin Realm!?”
Polunga: “It’s possible, as long as I’m just restoring that person’s stamina to what it normally is.”

Chapter: 516 (DBZ 322), P11.2-3
Context: after Polunga restores Goku’s stamina and he’s about to finish Boo off with the Genki-Dama
Goku: “I wanna fight you one-on-one…I’ll be waiting…And I’ll have gotten much, much better…See ya later!”

---Super Saiyan 3--- [#BO3#GOK#SS3]

Chapter: 509 (DBZ 315), P11.4-6
Context: as Goku prepares to fight Boo
Goku: “Alrii~~iight. I’d better go all out right from the start…! If we get done in, then the entire universe will go ‘poof’…”
Vegeta: “Let me see this ‘Super Saiyan 3’ thing with my own eyes…”
Goku: “Is that alright? You just might not get your turn…I can say this now, but the truth is that with that fat Boo, I would have been able to defeat him at the time with Super Saiyan 3…However, I wanted the young guys to manage something…For the Earth’s sake too…”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P8.2
Context: as Goku fights pure Boo
Vegeta: “Kakarot…You’re incredible…I am simply no match for that Majin Boo…You’re the only one capable of fighting him…”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P12.4-6
Context: after Goku fights pure Boo for a bit
Vegeta: “…Heh…You never intended to switch out, even from the beginning. Don’t spout such transparent lies…You knew…That I’d be killed at once.”
Goku: “Huh!? N-no, that’s not it…”
Vegeta: “Hmph…Don’t try sparing my feelings…The truth is you were right [that I’d be killed]. That Boo is stronger than I imagined…And so are you, Kakarot…”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P13.1-6
Vegeta: “Don’t hesitate for my sake, and finish him off! With that Super Saiyan 3, you should be able to completely wipe out Boo with your ki once you gather it with all your might…!”
Goku: “Ye…yeah…I’ve been thinking of doing that as well since awhile back, but…I haven’t gotten the chance.”
Vegeta: “Eh?”
Goku: “If I want to wipe him out, I gotta gather ki for about one minute.”
Vegeta: “One minute?!”
Goku: “Dammnit~~~If it was with the Potara, I could have done it in one blast. …..Cheh~~~I guess I went and showed off too much. But I thought things would go a little better than this…!”
Vegeta: “…S …So you weren’t thinking of me…”

Chapter: 511 (DBZ 317), P8.3-5, P10.4
Context: as Goku gathers ki, while Vegeta holds off pure Boo
Goku: “Just a little more…….!! Just a little bit more. Tough it out for me, Vegeta….!!”
Vegeta: “St…still not yet?...Hurry up…..!! I’ll be ki…..killed………..!!”
Goku: “Sh-shit…! It-it’s already over 1 minute, but…N-not yet! I still can’t wipe out Boo with this much…! [ ] …Da...Damn it……..!! …I haven’t gathered all the ki!! What’s going on? He…he’ll be killed…..!!!”

Chapter: 512 (DBZ 318), P1.6
Context: Vegeta asks Goku if he’s gathered enough ki to defeat Boo yet
Goku: “I…I know..! I know, but…It’s strange… I gathered my ki close to full power, but…The ki which I al…already gathered has begun falling off…!”

Chapter: 512 (DBZ 318), P10.3-5
Context: still with the ki-charging business
Vegeta: “Ka…Kakarot…!! …Cut it out…! How long will it take? Do…do it now…N…not yet? Have you still not gathered the ki...!?”
Goku: “Da…Damn it…Damn it…!! …It shouldn’t be…It shouldn’t be like this…!! My…my power…my power is…Fa…falling off…”
*he reverts from Super Saiyan 3 back into his regular state*

Chapter: 513 (DBZ 319), P1.2
Context: after Goku drops out of Super Saiyan 3
Goku: “Da-dammit…When I was dead, it was no problem at all…It seems that in the end, becoming a Super Saiyan 3 with a living body eats up an excessive amount of ki…”

11. South Kaioshin [#BO3#SKS]
Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P4.3-4
Context: East Kaioshin explains Boo's history
Kaioshin: “…First, two [Kaioshins] were killed…the North Kaioshin and the West Kaioshin….And then the South Kaioshin, the burliest and strongest one, was…somehow absorbed by Boo…..”
Elder Kaioshin: …And he become that huge Boo from before? “
Kaioshin: “…Yes……”

12. Tenshinhan (and Chaozu) [#BO3#TEN] [#BO3#CHA]
Chapter: 487 (DBZ 293), P13.7
Context: after Boo’s ki blasts wipe out almost all the Earthlings
Chaozu: “Th-that was close…”
Tenshinhan: “Wh-what’s going on up above…?”
Note: so apparently they were able to dodge the blasts

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P10.6
Context: after Tenshinhan arrives on the scene
Boo: “Cheh…The number of annoying small fries keeps increasing…But of course, a small fry is a small fry…”

Chapter: 501 (DBZ 307), P12.6
Context: as Boo is about to blow up the planet
Tenshinhan: “Da…damn it…! Our di-dimensions are too different…! I can’t be of any use…!”

Chapter: 502 (DBZ 308), P7.1
Context: Boo talks to Goku after knocking out Tenshinhan
Boo: “…That guy just now was apparently quite a master, but he was reduced to that state in just 1 one kick...”

13. Vegeta [#BO3#VEG]
Chapter: 500 (DBZ 306), P12.6
Context: as Enma Daio sends Vegeta to fight Boo
Vegeta: “Hmph…To think that you’d ask an evildoer like me…However, with Majin Boo as my opponent, I don’t think I can live up to your faint hopes…”

Chapter: 503 (DBZ 309), P9.2
Context: as Goku heads to Vegeta with the Potara
Boo: “Now there’s another human with great power! But naturally he’s no match for me, even if they merged!”

Chapter: 506 (DBZ 312), P8.1
Context: Goku points out that if he and Vegeta aren’t merged, Vegeta will have to return to the afterlife
Vegeta: “Hmph…That’s better than being merged with you…Anyway, there shouldn’t be any need for us to merge anymore, right?”
Goku: “We can’t know that! There’s [no] guarantee that we’ll be able to successfully rescue everyone who got absorbed from here and return Boo to the very first one of all…!”
Note: when Goku finds the good Boo later, he calls him “the very first one of all”, so apparently that’s the form of Boo he means here too.

Chapter: 506 (DBZ 312), P12.4-5
Context: after Goku and Vegeta revert Boo back to regular evil Boo
Goku: “Hehhe~~eh! With this, Boo’s power should have fallen significantly! We’re almost there! See, see: the size of his ki is completely different than before!”
Vegeta: “Alright! Let’s blast out of here and escape!”
Goku: “Wait! Even though Boo has returned to normal a whole lot, we’re still simply no match for his strength! If we go outside like this, we’ll definitely be done in…!”

Chapter: 506 (DBZ 312), P13.1
Context: still talking about how they’re no match for Boo
Goku: “…But there is one way we can win!”
Vegeta: “You want to say Fusion, right? Well who cares about that?!”
Goku: “Huh? You know about it?”
Vegeta: “I saw it from the afterlife…You’ve got to be joking! You think I’d perform those ugly poses…?! Anyway, I thought I told you that I’m not going to merge with you a second time.”

Chapter: 507 (DBZ 313), P2.4
Context: after evil Boo appears inside his own body
Vegeta: “Da…damn it…! Th-this could be bad…”

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P3.4-6
Context: after Boo reverts to his pure form
Vegeta: “……Heh…Heheheh…Look! He’s shrunk down quite a bit!”
Goku: “We did it! This way, we might be able to manage something.”
Note: "He’s shrunk" is chidzimu, which typically refers to physical shrinking (like with Bulma's Micro Band) and throughout DB is never used to refer to ki diminishing. So Vegeta's probably talking about how Boo’s body has shrunk. That doesn't mean Boo's ki didn't go down too, but it's not what Vegeta's talking about here.

Chapter: 508 (DBZ 314), P8.7
Context: Boo forms a big ki blast
Goku: “It-it’s huge…! You’ve got to be kidding…! Do-does he intend to unleash that…!? …We can’t knock back something like that…!”

Chapter: 509 (DBZ 315), P10.2
Context: as Goku and Vegeta prepare to fight pure Boo
Elder Kaioshin: “Fr-from the looks of it, they don’t intend to perform Fusion either…Shi-shit…! Saiyans are so troublesome…!”

Chapter: 509 (DBZ 315), P11.3
Context: as Goku and Vegeta play rock-paper-scissors to decide who fights Boo
Elder Kaioshin: “Th-those dimwits! Th-they intend to fight one at a time?! They’re not gonna fight together?!”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P8.2
Context: as Goku fights pure Boo
Vegeta: “Kakarot…You’re incredible…I am simply no match for that Majin Boo…You’re the only one capable of fighting him…”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P12.4-6
Context: after Goku fights pure Boo for a bit
Vegeta: “…Heh…You never intended to switch out, even from the beginning. Don’t spout such transparent lies…You knew…That I’d be killed at once.”
Goku: “Huh!? N-no, that’s not it…”
Vegeta: “Hmph…Don’t try sparing my feelings…The truth is you were right [that I’d be killed]. That Boo is stronger than I imagined…And so are you, Kakarot…”

Chapter: 511 (DBZ 317), P5.2
Context: as Vegeta blasts pure Boo, stalling for time so Goku can charge for a minute
Goku: ”Al-alright…! If this goes well, at this rate he might be able to go the entire minute!”

Chapter: 515 (DBZ 321), P5.3
Context: after Vegeta says he’ll hold off Boo again, so Goku can prepare the Genki-Dama
Goku: “You’ll sta-stall for time?…Yo-you’ve just been restored to life. Your ki still ain’t full, is it?!”

14. Vegetto [#BO3#VGT]
Chapter: 504 (DBZ 310), P9.2-3
Context: as Vegetto beats up on Gohan-absorbed Boo
Kaioshin-Kibito: “H-he’s strong!!! Majin Boo there is helpless!!! To think that merging with the Potara would be this incredible…!!”
Elder Kaioshin: “Idiot, it’s because it was those two that they were able to go so far. Two of the top 3 masters in both the living world and afterlife have merged, after all. What’s more, two rivals have joined together. That’s definitely strongest.”

Chapter: 505 (DBZ 311), P1.2
Context: after Vegetto outclasses Boo
Vegetto: “…Well, don’t feel too bad. Even I’m surprised. To think that I’d be able to make this big a fool out of you.”

Chapter: 505 (DBZ 311), P5.2
Context: after Vegetto destroys Boo's Super Ghost Kamikaze Attack
Vegetto: “Did you really think that kind of technique would work on me? A child thought that technique up. You’re pretty desperate, aren’t you?”

Chapter: 505 (DBZ 311), P6.6
Context: Vegetto blocks Boo’s attacks with his legs
Vegetto: “Hey, hey! What’s the matter!? My legs alone are more than enough to deal with the likes of you!”

Chapter: 505 (DBZ 311), P9.5-6
Context: after Boo turns Vegetto into a candy ball, and candy-Vegetto promptly hits him
Vegetto: “Sorry, my bad. Unfortunately for you Boo, it seems that somehow my strength hasn’t changed, despite me turning into this. What will you do? Your opponent is the world’s strongest candy ball! This is bad for you, isn’t it? I’m so small that it’s hard to attack me.”

Chapter: 507 (DBZ 313), P2.5
Context: evil Boo confronts Goku and Vegeta.
Goku (talking to Vegeta): “Di-didn’t I tell ya to wear your Potara?! Th-this is why! If we could just go outside and merge, then this kind of guy would be an easy victory!”

Chapter: 509 (DBZ 315), P6.2
Context: before the battle with pure Boo
Elder Kaioshin: “…Hey…Give your Potara to Goku and Vegeta! If they merge again, then this should be an easy victory!”

Chapter: 510 (DBZ 316), P13.5
Context: after Super Saiyan 3 Goku explains he needs to gather ki for 1 minute to defeat pure Boo
Goku: “Dammnit~~~If it was with the Potara, I could have done it in one blast. …..Cheh~~~I guess I went and showed off too much. But I thought things would go a little better than this…!”

[Herms]

XIX: Boo section part 4: 28th Tenkaichi Budoukai [#BO4#STA]
Chapters 518-519 (DBZ 324-325)

1. Boo, Mister [#BO4#BOO#GOO]
Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P1.3
Context: after Goten and Boo are matched up in the tournament's first round
Goten: “Th-that can’t be! How can I go up against Boo right in the first round?!”
Goku: “It’s only a problem because you keep slacking off in your training.”

2. Kirano [#BO4#1]
Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P11.2
Context: as Kirano draws his tournament lottery number
Vegeta: “…! It’s not him…!?”
Note: So apparently Kirano must be the strongest guy at the tournament besides Goku and co. and Oob, if Vegeta assumed that he was the incredible guy Goku was talking about.

3. Mou Kekko [#BO4#3]
Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P3.3
Announcer: “[Pan]’s opponent, Contestant Mou narrowly lost to Contestant Mister Boo in the semi-finals of the last tournament. He’s a powerful man with a height of 2 meters, 30 cm!”

4. Oob [#BO4#OOB]
Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P2.4-8
Context: Vegeta asks Goku why he’s entering the next Tenkaichi Budoukai
Goku: “Because someone’s entering who seems incredible! I’ve had my eye on him for awhile, and he came to the tournament grounds this morning.”
Vegeta: “What!? …I don’t feel any ki that strong…”
Goku: “He’s completely suppressing his ki now. ..But somehow I can tell…that he’s definitely strong…”
Vegeta: “…Hmph, are you joking? There’s no way a guy like that could exist…Don’t tell me he’s an alien!?”
Goku: “Nope, he’s an Earthling.”
Bulma: “Huh!? That’s impossible.”

Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P6.5
Goku: “…But someone besides us and Boo might win.”
Satan: “Hahhahhah, now really! There’s no way that could happen, right?”

Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P8.1
Trunks: “…Hey, is there really some absolutely incredible guy here somewhere?”
Goten: “…Well, there’s some weirdos at least…”

Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P10.2
Context: Goku asks Boo to rig the match-ups so he can fight Oob
Goku: “…Sorry, but I wanna fight with him no matter what, in the 1st round when both of us still have 100% of our stamina…”

Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P11.6-8
Goku: “He’s the one…While I’ve been training on my own, I’ve been waiting all this time for that kid to enter the tournament…[ ]…10 years ago, when that outrageously bad Majin Boo died, I made a wish…That this time, he be reborn as a good guy, so we could fight one-on-one…Apparently old man Enma Daio heard me, and pulled some strings on my behalf…”

Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P12.3
Oob: “Maybe mom was right after all…She told me that though I may be far and away the strongest in my village, the world is way stronger than that, and it’s sure to be full of people stronger than me…”

Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P6.4-5
Context: as Goku and Oob are about to fight
Piccolo: “This will be the most notable fight this time around…”
Dende: “Huh?”
Goku (to Oob): “Don’t be so tense. You won’t be able to put forth your true ability.”

Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P10.6
Context: as Goku and Oob fight
Kuririn: “Yo-you’re kidding…!?”
Gohan: “Wh-what is that kid…!?”

Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P12.2-5
Context: Oob is surprised by Goku’s Bukujutsu
Goku: “Oh, I see. You still don’t even know how to fly, huh? …I guess there ain’t no helping it. You haven’t had no teacher, and you probably never even considered things like that. Sorry I bad-mouthed you before. Please forgive me. I just wanted to know your true ability. You’re exactly the person I thought you were. As amazin’ as I expected. But you don’t know how to use your power. This is the first time you’ve fought like this, right? I've got it! From now on I'll live with you at your house and teach you!”

Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P13.2
Goku: “From now on, if anything should happen, you’ll be the one to defend the peace!”

Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P13.6
Context: talking to Gohan about training Oob
Goku: “I don’t know how many years it will take, but I’ll come back home every now and then. Give my best to everyone!”

Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P13.6
Goku: “Hey, Oob. Once your training is complete, we’ll have a match again, properly this time! [ ] To tell the truth, this is my number one objective!”

5. Pan [#BO4#PAN]
Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P3.8-9
Pan: “Grandpa. I’ve circled around the Earth!”
Goku: “Alrii—iight! Great, that was pretty fast!”

Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P4.1
Goku: “She won’t be able to win the tournament, I suppose, but she should definitely be able to go pretty far. Right now, Pan is the one in our family with the most guts!”
Pan: “Yeah!”

6. Son Goku [#BO4#GOK]
Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P1.3
Context: Bulma complains about how Goku never comes to visit
Bulma: “5 years! 5 years ago, when everyone was getting together, and even then you said you were training and didn’t come!”

Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P1.5
Context: Bulma complains about how Saiyans never age
Vegeta: “We Saiyans are a fighting race. In order to fight, our youthful period is long.”

Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P10.2
Context: Goku asks Boo to rig the match-ups so he can fight Oob
Goku: “…Sorry, but I wanna fight with him no matter what, in the 1st round when both of us still have 100% of our stamina…”

Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P13.6
Goku: “Hey, Oob. Once your training is complete, we’ll have a match again, properly this time! [ ] To tell the truth, this is my number one objective!”

7. Son Goten [#BO4#GOT]
Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P3.5
Vegeta: “Hmph. It pains us both how weak our children act.”
Goku: “Haha, that’s true. Well, that’s peace for you.”

Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P1.3
Goten: “Th-that can’t be! How can I go up against Boo right in the first round?!”
Goku: “It’s only a problem because you keep slacking off in your training.”

8. Trunks [#BO4#TRU]
Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P3.5
Vegeta: “Hmph. It pains us both how weak our children act.”
Goku: “Haha, that’s true. Well, that’s peace for you.”

9. Vegeta [#BO4#VEG]
Chapter: 518 (DBZ 324), P1.5
Context: Bulma complains about how Saiyans never age
Vegeta: “We Saiyans are a fighting race. In order to fight, our youthful period is long.”

Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P17.1 [Kanzenban]
Context: after Goku flies off with Oob
Vegeta: “I’ll definitely win soon. You’ll see, Kakarot… ”

10. Z Warriors, in general [#BO4#ZED]
Chapter: 519 (DBZ 325), P16.3 [Kanzenban]
Narrator: “Undoubtedly various troubles await, but they’ll definitely overcome it somehow or another…It will be alright, thanks to the incredible guys on Earth…!”

[Chibi Mystic Gohan]

Hot damn! So this is the reason you've been gone for a week, huh? I figured you had something planned for post #6000... Great job, everybody! I'm sure Herms would've went nuts, doing this all himself. Hey, I bet you're gonna get a lot less translation requests from now on, too!

I know you wanted to do quotes for DBGT, too, but I kinda gave up after episode 20. Couldn't really enjoy the fights while taking down so many notes... I'll get the rest of the quotes on a rewatch! I'd better get some "context" for my old notes, too.

[Fox666]

That's usefull like hell

[JacobYBM]

I can speak from experience...typing this behemoth while holding a tankôbon open was a pain in the ass. I'm sorry I didn't get far enough to be of any help. >_<

Herms is going to go down in fandom history. This man is a saint for having the patience to write this thing. Incredible work, Jake.

[Kaboom]

Aw damn, I can't tell if you're still waiting for my assigned portions or not, since I totally forgot about it again. I feel like crap now.

[SonEric84]

Wow, this is one of the most comprehensive guides yet. Impressive, Herms...thanks for all your hard work.

[lash]

Awesome Herms, you finally finished it! Glad we could be of some help. Now I won't have to bug you for translations as much if at all anymore.

For what I've read so far, I think this takes the reward for the best entry:

XI: Freeza section part 1: the battle on Namek & Ginyu Special-Squad [#FR1#STA]
Chapters 244-290 (DBZ 50-96)

1. Appule [#FR1#APP]
Chapter: 260 (DBZ 66), P5.2
Zarbon: “You look that way. If you find a village, don’t do anything--just come tell me! If there are strong Namekians there, you won’t be able to handle them! In any case, meet me back at the ship in three hours.”
Appule: “Yessir!”

Chapter: 522 (DBZ 328), P42.17
Goku: “He’s unquestionably the strongest being in existence!”
Note: OK, so I made this one up.

[Bardo117]

How does anyone even have time to type all that?